Infiniti Q50 ENG

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.
Owner’s Manual
Q 50
Foreword
Welcome to the growing family of new INFINITI owners. This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence. It is produced using the latest techniques and
strict quality control.
This manual was prepared to help you understand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many kilometres (miles) of driv-
ing pleasure. Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle.
A separate Warranty Information & Maintenance Booklet explains in detail the warranty coverage that applies to your vehicle.
Your INFINITI Centre knows your vehicle best. When you require any service or have any questions, your INFINITI Centre will be glad to assist you with the
extensive resources available for you.
IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE

REMINDERS FOR SAFETY! This vehicle should not be modified. Modifications could affect its perfor-
mance, safety or durability, and may even violate governmental regula-
Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and complete
tions. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from modi-
trip for you and your passengers!
fications may not be covered under INFINITI warranties.
• NEVER drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs. READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELY
• ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions. Before driving your vehicle, read this Owner’s Manual carefully. This will
• ALWAYS use your seat belts and appropriate child restraint systems. Preteen ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance requirements, assisting
children should be seated in the rear seat. you in the safe operation of your vehicle.
• ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to Throughout this manual the following symbols and words are used:
all occupants of the vehicle.
• ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manual for important safety information. WARNING
WHEN READING THE MANUAL Indicates the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal in-
jury. To avoid or reduce the risk, the procedures described must be followed pre-
This manual includes information for all options available on this model.
cisely.
Therefore, you may find some information that does not apply to your
vehicle. CAUTION
All information, specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in Indicates the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moderate personal
effect at the time of printing. INFINITI reserves the right to change specifi- injury, or damage to your vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, the procedures de-
cations or designs at any time without notice and without obligation. scribed must be followed carefully.
NOTE
Indicates additional helpful information.
Be sure to read the “Airbag warning labels” description in the Safety sec-
tion of this manual; and the “Airbag label” description at the end of this
manual.
This symbol means “Do not do this” or “Do not let this happen”.
Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these point to the front of the BATTERY DISPOSAL
vehicle.
CAUTION
An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment. Always confirm local
Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or regulations for battery disposal.
action.
Examples of the batteries that the vehicle contains:
• Vehicle battery
Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item
in the illustration.
• Remote controller battery (for Intelligent Key and/or Remote keyless entry sys-
tem)
Air bag warning labels:
• Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) sensor battery
• Remote controller battery (for Mobile Entertainment system)
If in doubt, contact your local authority, or an INFINITI Centre, or a quali-
fied workshop for advice on disposal.
INFINITI Genuine Parts and Accessories might be branded either INFINITI
or NISSAN
“NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an

ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can
occur.”
Contents Illustrated table of contents 0
Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1
Instruments and controls 2
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3
Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4
Starting and driving 5
In case of emergency 6
Appearance and care 7
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8
Technical information 9
Index 10
0 Illustrated table of contents
Seats, seat belts and Supplemental Restraint Instrument panel .............................................. 0-10
System (SRS).................................................... 0-2 Left-Hand Drive (LHD) model ......................... 0-10
Exterior front .................................................... 0-3 Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model....................... 0-11
Exterior rear ..................................................... 0-4 Meters and gauges ........................................... 0-12
Passenger compartment.................................... 0-5 Engine compartment ......................................... 0-13
Cockpit ............................................................ 0-6 2.0L Turbo engine model............................... 0-13
Left-Hand Drive (LHD) model ......................... 0-6 2.2L Diesel engine model .............................. 0-14
Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model....................... 0-8
SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
11. Front passenger air bag status light

(P. 1-38)
12. Front passenger air bag switch (P. 1-38)
NIC2022
1. Child restraint anchorage (P. 1-18) 6. Front seats (P. 1-2)

2. Head restraints (P. 1-7) 7. Supplemental front-impact air bags
(P. 1-31)
3. Seat belts (P. 1-11)
8. ISOFIX child restraint system (P. 1-18)
4. Pre-tensioner seat belt system (P. 1-39)
Supplemental curtain side-impact air bags 9. Rear seats (P. 1-6)
5.
— Child restraints (P. 1-18)
(P. 1-31)
10. Supplemental side-impact air bags (P. 1-31)
0-2 Illustrated table of contents

EXTERIOR FRONT
6. Outside rearview mirrors (P. 3-24)

— Side turn signal light (P. 2-30)
— Side view camera* (See the Infiniti
InTouch Owner’s Manual)
7. Recovery hook (P. 6-18)
8. Parking sensor (sonar) system* (See the
Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual)
9. Front camera* (See the Infiniti InTouch
Owner’s Manual)
10. Front turn signal lights (P. 2-30)
11. Front fog lights* (P. 2-31)
12. Headlight cleaner* (P. 2-30)
13. Tyres
— Tyre Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) (P. 2-7, P. 5-3)
— Tyres and wheels (P. 8-29)
— Flat tyre (P. 6-2)
— Specifications (P. 9-7)
14. Doors
JVC0620X — Keys (P. 3-2)
— Door locks (P. 3-3)
1. Bonnet (P. 3-19) — Switch operation (P. 2-26) — Intelligent Key system (P. 3-6)
— Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS)* — Security system (P. 3-17)
2. Windscreen wipers and washers
(P. 2-29) — Courtesy light* (P. 2-45)
— Switch operation (P. 2-32)
— Maintenance (P. 8-22) *: where fitted
— Blade replacement (P. 8-14)
— Window washer fluid (P. 8-15) 4. Sunroof* (P. 2-38)
— Windscreen deicer* (P. 2-35)
5. Power windows (P. 2-36)
3. Headlights
Illustrated table of contents 0-3

EXTERIOR REAR
9. Fuel filler lid

— Operation (P. 3-22)
— Fuel information (P. 9-4)
10. Child safety rear door locks (P. 3-5)
*: where fitted
JVC0621X
1. Boot 5. Parking sensor (sonar) system* (See the

— Boot lid (P. 3-21) Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual)
— Battery (for 2.2L diesel engine) (P. 8-16)
6. Rear view camera (See the Infiniti InTouch
2. High-mounted stop light (P. 8-22) Owner’s Manual)
3. DAB radio antenna* (P. 4-3) 7. Recovery hook (P. 6-18)
4. Rear window defogger (P. 2-34)/Antenna 8. Rear combination light (P. 8-22)
(P. 4-3)

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
10. Rear armrest/Boot pass-through (P. 1-7)

11. Rear cup holders (P. 2-42)
12. Rear ashtray* (P. 2-41)
13. Console box (P. 2-42)
— Power outlet (P. 2-40)
— Media hub (See the Infiniti InTouch
Owner’s Manual)
14. Front cup holders (P. 2-43)
15. Front passenger air bag status light
(P. 2-12)
*: where fitted
JVC0425X
1. Coat hooks (P. 2-43) 7. Door armrest

— Power windows controls (P. 2-36)
2. Rear personal light (P. 2-45)
— Power door lock switch (P. 3-5)
3. Sun visors (P. 3-44) — Outside rearview mirror remote control
4. Map light (P. 2-45) switch (P. 3-25)
5. Sunroof switch* (P. 2-38) 8. Automatic drive positioner switch* (P. 3-28)
6. Sunglasses holder (P. 2-42) 9. Inside rearview mirror (P. 3-24)

COCKPIT
6. Shift lever
— Automatic Transmission (AT) (P. 5-12)
— Manual Transmission (MT) (P. 5-16)
7. INFINITI controller (See the Infiniti InTouch
Owner’s Manual)
8. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch
(except for Europe) (P. 5-21) or Electronic
Stability Programme (ESP) OFF switch
(P. 5-23)
9. Stop/Start OFF switch* or Idling Stop OFF
switch* (P. 5-29)
10. Boot lid release switch (P. 3-21)
11. Instrument brightness control switch
(P. 2-3)
12. TRIP/RESET switch for twin trip odometer
(P. 2-2)
13. Electric tilting/telescopic steering wheel
switch* (P. 3-24)
14. Manual tilting/telescopic steering wheel
JVC0622X lever* (P. 3-23)
15. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left
LEFT-HAND DRIVE (LHD) MODEL — Power steering system (P. 5-110) side)
— Horn (P. 2-36) — Audio control steering switch (See the
1. Side vent (P. 4-2)
— Driver’s supplemental front-impact air Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual)
2. Headlight, fog light and turn signal switch bag (P. 2-31) — Hands-free phone system switch (See
— Headlight (P. 2-26)
4. Windscreen wiper and washer switch the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual)
— Turn signal (P. 2-30)
(P. 2-32) — Voice recognition system switch (See
— Fog light (P. 2-31)
the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual)
5. Hazard indicator flasher switch (P. 6-2)
3. Steering wheel

16. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right
side)
— Trip computer switch (P. 2-23)
— Speed limiter switches (P. 5-55)
— Cruise control switches* (P. 5-57)
— Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system
switches* (P. 5-59, P. 5-74)
— Dynamic driver assistance switch*
(P. 5-34, P. 5-40, P. 5-90)
17. INFINITI Drive Mode Selector (P. 5-17)
*: where fitted

— Power steering system (P. 5-110)
— Horn (P. 2-36)
— Driver’s supplemental front-impact air
bag (P. 2-31)
6. Windscreen wiper and washer switch
(P. 2-32)
7. Side vent (P. 4-2)
8. INFINITI Drive Mode Selector (P. 5-17)
9. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left
side)
— Audio control steering switch (See the
Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual)
— Hands-free phone system switch (See
— Voice recognition system switch (See
10. Electric tilting/telescopic steering wheel
switch* (P. 3-24)
11. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right
side)
JVC0623X
— Trip computer switch (P. 2-23)
— Speed limiter switches (P. 5-55)
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE (RHD) MODEL 4. Headlight, fog light and turn signal switch — Cruise control switches* (P. 5-57)
— Headlight (P. 2-26) — Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system
1. INFINITI controller (See the Infiniti InTouch
— Turn signal (P. 2-30) switches* (P. 5-59, P. 5-74)
Owner’s Manual)
— Fog light (P. 2-31) — Dynamic driver assistance switch*
2. Shift lever (P. 5-34, P. 5-40, P. 5-90)
5. Steering wheel
— Automatic Transmission (AT) (P. 5-12)
— Manual Transmission (MT) (P. 5-16) 12. Manual tilting/telescopic steering wheel
lever* (P. 3-23)
3. Hazard indicator flasher switch (P. 6-2)

13. Instrument brightness control switch
(P. 2-3)
14. TRIP/RESET switch for twin trip odometer
(P. 2-2)
15. Boot lid release switch (P. 3-21)
16. Stop/Start OFF switch (P. 5-29)
17. Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) OFF
switch (P. 5-23)
*: where fitted

INSTRUMENT PANEL
8. Defogger switch (P. 2-34)/Windscreen

deicer switch* (P. 2-35)
9. Front passenger’s supplemental front-
impact air bag (P. 2-31)
10. Bonnet release handle (P. 3-19)
11. Fuse box cover (P. 8-19)
12. Parking brake pedal (Automatic Transmis-
sion (AT) model)
— Parking (P. 5-106)
— Maintenance (P. 8-11)
13. Parking brake lever (Manual Transmission
(MT) model)
— Maintenance (P. 8-11)
14. Ashtray and cigarette lighter* (P. 2-41) or
Storage box (P. 2-41)
15. Heated seat switches* (See the Infiniti
JVC0624X
16. Audio system (See the Infiniti InTouch
LEFT-HAND DRIVE (LHD) MODEL 5. Heater and air conditioner (See the Infiniti Owner’s Manual)
InTouch Owner’s Manual) 17. Glove box lid release handle (P. 2-41)
1. Paddle shifter* (P. 5-14)
6. Upper touch screen display (upper display) *: where fitted
2. Meters and gauges (P. 2-2)
and Navigation system* (See the Infiniti
— Clock (P. 2-26)
3. Push-button ignition switch (P. 5-7)
7. Lower touch screen display (lower display)
4. Centre vent (P. 2-2) (See the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual)

8. Meters and gauges (P. 2-2)
9. Paddle shifter* (P. 5-14)
10. Glove box lid release handle (P. 2-41)
11. Parking brake lever (Manual Transmission
(MT) model)
12. Storage box (P. 2-41)
13. Heated seat switches* (See the Infiniti
14. Audio system (See the Infiniti InTouch
Owner’s Manual)
15. Parking brake pedal (Automatic Transmis-
sion (AT) model)
16. Fuse box cover (P. 8-19)
17. Bonnet release handle (P. 3-19)
JVC0625X *: where fitted
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE (RHD) MODEL 4. Lower touch screen display (lower display)
(See the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual)
1. Front passenger’s supplemental front-
impact air bag (P. 2-31) 5. Upper touch screen display (upper display)
and Navigation system* (See the Infiniti
2. Heater and air conditioner (See the Infiniti
6. Centre vent (P. 2-2)
3. Defogger switch (P. 2-34)
7. Push-button ignition switch (P. 5-7)

METERS AND GAUGES
JVC0502X
1. Tachometer (P. 2-2) 5. Vehicle information display (P. 2-15)

— Odometer/twin trip odometer (P. 2-2)
2. Warning/Indicator lights (P. 2-5)
— Automatic Transmission (AT) position
3. Speedometer (P. 2-2) indicator (where fitted) (P. 2-21)
4. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P. 2-3) 6. Fuel gauge (P. 2-3)

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
10. Window washer fluid reservoir (P. 8-15)

The auxiliary battery is located in the boot. (See
“Battery” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”
section (P. 8-16.)
*: The layout illustrated is for the Left-Hand Drive
(LHD) model. On the Right-Hand Drive (RHD)
model, these components are located on the op-
posite side.
JVC0646X
2.0L TURBO ENGINE MODEL 6. Fuse and fusible link holder (P. 8-19)
1. Fuse and fusible link holder* (P. 8-19) 7. Engine oil dipstick (P. 8-7)
2. Battery* (P. 8-16) 8. Engine drive belt location (P. 8-9)

3. Engine oil filler cap (P. 8-7) 9. Power steering fluid reservoir (where fit-
ted) (P. 8-14)
4. Brake fluid reservoir* (P. 8-12)
5. Engine coolant reservoir (P. 8-6)

10. Window washer fluid reservoir (P. 8-15)
The auxiliary battery is located in the boot. (See
“Battery” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”
section (P. 8-16.)
*: The layout illustrated is for the Left-Hand Drive
(LHD) model. On the Right-Hand Drive (RHD)
model, these components are located on the op-
posite side.
JVC0626X
2.2L Diesel ENGINE MODEL 5. Engine coolant reservoir (P. 8-6)
1. Fuse and fusible link holder* (P. 8-19) 6. Fuse and fusible link holder (P. 8-19)
2. Battery* (P. 8-16) 7. Engine drive belt location (P. 8-9)
3. Engine oil filler cap (P. 8-7) 8. Engine oil dipstick (P. 8-7)
4. Brake and clutch (where fitted) fluid 9. Power steering fluid reservoir (where fit-
reservoir* (P. 8-12) ted) (P. 8-14)

1 Safety — seats, seat belts and
supplemental restraint system
Seats ............................................................... 1-2 Three-point type seat belt ............................. 1-15

Front seats................................................... 1-2 Seat belt maintenance .................................. 1-18
Rear seats.................................................... 1-6 Child restraints................................................. 1-18
Armrest ....................................................... 1-7 Precautions on child restraints usage ............ 1-18
Head restraints................................................. 1-7 Universal child restraints for front seat and
Adjustable head restraint components .......... 1-8 rear seats .................................................... 1-19
Non-adjustable head restraint components.... 1-8 ISOFIX child restraint system......................... 1-24
Remove ....................................................... 1-8 Child restraint anchorage.............................. 1-25
Install.......................................................... 1-9 Child restraint installation using ISOFIX ......... 1-25
Adjust ......................................................... 1-9 Child restraint installation using
Active head restraints (where fitted) .............. 1-10 three-point type seat belt ............................. 1-27
Seat belts......................................................... 1-11 Supplemental restraint system .......................... 1-31
Precautions on seat belt usage...................... 1-11 Precautions on Supplemental Restraint
Child safety ................................................. 1-13 System (SRS) ............................................... 1-31
Pregnant women .......................................... 1-13 Supplemental air bag systems ...................... 1-37
Injured persons............................................ 1-13 Pre-tensioner seat belt system ...................... 1-39
Pre-crash seat belts with comfort function Repair and replacement procedure ................ 1-40
(front seats) (where fitted) ............................ 1-14 Pop-up engine bonnet (where fitted) .................. 1-41
Centre mark on seat belts ............................. 1-14
SEATS
SSS0133Z
FRONT SEATS
WARNING
• Do not drive and/or ride in the vehicle with the WARNING

seatback reclined. This can be dangerous. The Do not adjust the driver’s seat while driving so that
shoulder belt will not be properly against the body. full attention may be given to vehicle operation.
In an accident, you and your passengers could be
thrown into the shoulder belt and receive neck or Manual seat adjustment
other serious injuries. You and your passengers
could also slide under the lap belt and receive se- WARNING
rious injuries.
After adjusting a seat, gently shake the seat to con-
• For the most effective protection while the vehicle firm that the seat is locked securely. If the seat is not
is in motion, the seatback should be upright. Al- locked securely, it may move suddenly and could
ways sit well back in the seat and adjust the seat cause the loss of control of the vehicle.
properly. See “Seat belts” later in this section.
CAUTION
When adjusting the seat positions, be sure not to con-
tact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and/
or damages.
1-2 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Seat lifter:
SSS0792Z
SSS0793Z
Forward and backward:

WARNING
1. Pull up the adjusting lever j
Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to ad-
1 .
The seatback should not be reclined any more than just the seat height until the desired position is
2. Slide the seat to the desired position. needed for comfort. Seat belts are most effective when achieved.
3. Release the adjusting lever to lock the seat in the passenger sits well back and straight up in the
seat. If the seatback is reclined, the risk of sliding
Power seat adjustment
position.
under the lap belt and being injured is increased.
Reclining: WARNING
1. Pull up the adjusting lever j

2 . Never leave children or adults who would normally re-
quire the support of others alone in the vehicle. Pets
2. Tilt the seatback to the desired position.
should not be left alone either. They could unknow-
3. Release the adjusting lever to lock the seat- ingly activate switches or controls and inadvertently
back in position. become involved in a serious accident and injure
themselves.
The reclining feature allows the adjustment of
the seatback for occupants of different sizes to Operating tips:
help obtain the proper seat belt fit. (See “Seat
belts” later in this section.)
• The power seat motor has an auto-reset overload
protection circuit. If the motor stops during the seat
The seatback may be reclined to allow occupants adjustment, wait 30 seconds, then reactivate the
to rest when the vehicle is parked. switch.
Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

• To avoid discharge of the battery, do not operate
the power seats for a long period of time when the
engine is not running.
For the automatic drive positioner (where fitted)
operation, see “Automatic drive positioner (where
fitted)” in the “3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments”
section.
SSS1051Z
Forward and backward:

WARNING
Move forward or backward the adjusting switch
j1 to the desired position.
The seatback should not be reclined any more than
needed for comfort. Seat belts are most effective when
Reclining: the passenger sits well back and straight up in the
Move forward or backward the adjusting switch seat. If the seatback is reclined, the risk of sliding
j
2 to the desired position. under the lap belt and being injured is increased.
The reclining feature allows the adjustment of

the seatback for occupants of different sizes to
help obtain the proper seat belt fit. (See “Seat
belts” later in this section.)
The seatback may be reclined to allow occupants
to rest when the vehicle is parked.

Seat lifter: Side support (where fitted): The lumbar support feature provides lower back
support to the driver.
Power adjustment type (where fitted):
SSS1052Z JVR0186XZ
1. Pull up or push down the adjusting switch to The side support feature allows you to adjust SSS1053
adjust the seat height until the desired posi- the torso supports. Push the switch inside j
1 or
tion is achieved. outside j2 to adjust the torso area.
The lumbar support feature provides lower back
2. Tilt up or down the adjusting switch to adjust Lumbar support (where fitted) support to the driver.
the front angle of the seat until the desired
Manual adjustment type: Push each side of the adjusting switch to adjust
position is achieved.
the seat lumbar area until the desired position
is achieved.
SSS0684Z
Move the adjusting lever j 1 forward or back-

ward to adjust the seat lumbar area until the
desired position is achieved.

Thigh extension (where fitted) • When returning the seatbacks to the upright posi-
tion, be certain they are completely secured in the
latched position. If they are not completely se-
cured, passengers may be injured in an accident or
sudden stop.
• Closely supervise children when they are around

cars to prevent them from playing and becoming
locked in the boot where they could be seriously
injured. Keep the car locked, with the rear seatback
and boot lid securely latched when not in use, and
SSS1057Z prevent children’s access to car keys.
The front portion of the front seats can be ex-

tended forward for seating comfort. Pull up and
hold the lever j1 to extend the front portion to
the desired position.
REAR SEATS
Folding (where fitted)
WARNING
• Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area (boot) JVR0195X
or on the rear seat when it is in the fold-down posi-

tion. Use of these areas by passengers without The rear seatback can be folded according to the
proper restraints could result in serious injury in following procedure.
an accident or sudden stop.
Before folding the seatback:
• Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to
• Disconnect and stow the centre seat belt and
help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not
tongue into the retractor base. (See “Rear centre
place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sud-
seat belt (models with rear seat folding)” later in
den stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause
this section.)
personal injury.

HEAD RESTRAINTS
• Always reconnect the centre seat belt when the seat Interior boot access
WARNING
is returned to the upright position.
• Remove drink containers from the rear cup holder. Head restraints supplement the other vehicle safety
systems. They may provide additional protection
To fold the seatback: against injury in certain rear end collisions. Adjust the
1. Open the boot lid. head restraints properly, as specified in this section.
Check the adjustment after someone else uses the
2. Pull the strap located on the left and right seat. Do not attach anything to the head restraint
side of the boot. The rear seatback will be stalks or remove the head restraint. Do not use the
unlatched. seat if the head restraint has been removed. If the
3. Fold the rear seatback down. JVR0187XZ head restraint was removed, reinstall and properly ad-
just the head restraint before an occupant uses the
To return the seatback: seating position. Failure to follow these instructions
The rear centre seatback can be folded to allow
1. Fold up the rear seatback. can reduce the effectiveness of the head restraints.
boot access from inside of the vehicle.
This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in
2. Securely lock the seatback in position.
To access the boot, pull down the rear centre a collision.
ARMREST armrest and pull out the interior boot access lid
j1 . • Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints that
Rear may be integrated, adjustable or non-adjustable.
To lock the lid, use the mechanical key and turn
it to the lock position j
2 . To unlock, turn the key • Adjustable head restraints have multiple notches
to the unlock position j
along the stalk to lock them in a desired adjust-
3 . For the mechanical
ment position.
key usage, see “Keys” in the “3. Pre-driving checks
and adjustments” section. • The non-adjustable head restraints have a single
locking notch to secure them to the seat frame.
Make sure that the key is removed from the ac-
cess lid key cylinder before opening or closing • Proper Adjustment:
the interior boot access lid. Otherwise, the lid
– For the adjustable type, align the head re-
and the rear armrest may be damaged.
straint so the centre of your ear is approxi-
SSS1061Z
mately level with the centre of the head
restraint.
Pull the armrest forward until it is horizontal.

– If your ear position is still higher than the NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT REMOVE
recommended alignment, place the head COMPONENTS
restraint at the highest position.
• If the head restraint has been removed, ensure that

it is reinstalled and locked in place before riding in
that designated seating position.
ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT

COMPONENTS
SSS1037Z
JVR0203XZ
Use the following procedure to remove the head

1. Removable head restraint restraint.
2. Single notch 1. Pull the head restraint up to the highest posi-
tion.
3. Lock knob
2. Push and hold the lock knob.
SSS0992Z
4. Stalks
3. Remove the head restraint from the seat.
1. Removable head restraint 4. Store the head restraint properly in a secure

place so it is not loose in the vehicle.
2. Multiple notches
5. Reinstall and properly adjust the head re-
3. Lock knob straint before an occupant uses the seating
4. Stalks position.

INSTALL ADJUST the lock knob is engaged in the notch before
riding in that designated seating position.
Raise
SSS1038Z SSS0997Z
1. Align the head restraint stalks with the holes For adjustable head restraint SSS1035Z
in the seat. Make sure that the head restraint
Adjust the head restraint so the centre is level
is facing the correct direction. The stalk with
with the centre of your ears. If your ear position To raise the head restraint, pull it up.
the adjustment notch j 1 must be installed in
is still higher than the recommended alignment,
the hole with the lock knob j 2 . Make sure the head restraint is positioned from
place the head restraint at the highest position.
the stored position or any non-latch position so
2. Push and hold the lock knob and push the
the lock knob is engaged in the notch before
head restraint down.
riding in that designated seating position.
3. Properly adjust the head restraint before an
occupant uses the seating position.
JVR0259XZ
For non-adjustable head restraint

Make sure the head restraint is positioned from
the stored position or any non-latch position so

Lower ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINTS (where fitted) Active head restraints are effective to provide
protection at low to medium speeds in which
whiplash injury seems to occur most.
Active head restraints operate only in certain
rear-end collisions. After the collision, the head
restraints return to their original positions.
Properly adjust the active head restraints as de-
scribed in the previous section.
SSS1036Z SSS0508Z
To lower, push and hold the lock knob and push WARNING
the head restraint down.
Make sure the head restraint is positioned so
• Failure to adjust the head restraint properly may
reduce the effectiveness of the active head
the lock knob is engaged in the notch before restraint. Always adjust the head restraint as de-
riding in that designated seating position. scribed earlier in this section.
• Do not attach anything to the head restraint stalks.

Doing so could impair the active head restraint
function.
• Always wear seat belts. Active head restraints are

designed to supplement other safety systems. No
system can prevent all injuries in any accident.
The active head restraint moves forward utilis-
ing the force that the seatback receives from the
occupant in a rear-end collision. The movement
of the head restraint helps support the front oc-
cupant’s head by reducing its backward move-
ment and helps absorb some of the forces that
may lead to whiplash type injuries.

SEAT BELTS
PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE

If you are wearing the seat belt properly adjusted
and sitting upright and well back in the seat,
chances of being injured or killed in an accident
and/or the severity of injury may be greatly re-
duced. INFINITI strongly encourages you and all
of your passengers to buckle up every time you
drive, even if your seating position includes the
supplemental air bag systems.
SSS0134AZ
SSS0136AZ

tion of the belt across the abdominal area must be be away from your face and neck, but not falling off
avoided. Serious injury may occur if a seat belt is your shoulder. Serious injury may occur if a seat
not worn properly. belt is not worn properly.
• Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible • No modifications or additions should be made by
around the hips, not the waist. A lap belt worn too the user which will either prevent the seat belt ad-
high could increase the risk of internal injuries in justing devices from operating to remove slack, or
an accident. prevent the seat belt assembly from being
adjusted to remove slack.
• Do not allow more than one person to use the same
SSS0014Z
seat belt. Each belt assembly must only be used by • Care should be taken to avoid contamination of
one occupant; it is dangerous to put a belt around the webbing with polishes, oils and chemicals, and
a child being carried on the occupant’s lap. particularly battery acid. Cleaning may safely be
carried out using mild soap and water. The belt
• Never carry more people in the vehicle than there
should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed,
are seat belts.
contaminated or damaged.
• Never wear seat belts inside out. Belts should not
• It is essential to replace the entire assembly after
be worn with straps twisted. Doing so may reduce
it has been worn in a severe impact even if damage
their effectiveness.
to the assembly is not obvious.
• Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as pos-
• All seat belt assemblies including retractors and
sible, consistent with comfort, to provide the pro-
attaching hardware should be inspected after any
tection for which they have been designed. A slack
SSS0016Z collision by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-
belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to
shop. INFINITI recommends that all seat belt as-
the wearer.
semblies in use during a collision be replaced un-
• Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle less the collision was minor and the belts show no
WARNING should use a seat belt at all times. Children should damage and continue to operate properly. Seat
be properly restrained in the rear seat and, if ap- belt assemblies not in use during a collision
• Seat belts are designed to bear upon the bony
propriate, in a child restraint system. should also be inspected and, when necessary, re-
structure of the body, and should be worn low
placed if either damage or improper operation is
across the front of the pelvis or the pelvis, chest • Do not put the belt behind your back or under your
noted.
and shoulders, as applicable; wearing the lap sec- arm. Always route the shoulder belt over your
shoulder and across your chest. The belt should

• Once the pre-tensioner seat belt has activated, it that fits close to the face or neck, the use of a
cannot be reused. It must be replaced together booster seat (commercially available) may help
with the retractor. Contact an INFINITI Centre or overcome this. The booster seat should raise the
qualified workshop. child so that the shoulder belt is properly posi-
tioned across the top, middle portion of the
• Removal and installation of the pre-tensioner seat
shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips. The
belt system components should be done by an
booster seat should also fit the vehicle seat.
INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.
Once the child has grown so that the shoulder
CHILD SAFETY belt is no longer on or near the face or neck of
SSS0099Z the child, use the shoulder belt without the
WARNING booster seat. In addition, there are many types
of child restraint systems available for larger
• Infants and children need special protection. The Infants and small children children that should be used for maximum pro-
vehicle’s seat belts may not fit them properly. The INFINITI recommends that infants and small chil- tection.
shoulder belt may come too close to the face or dren be seated in a child restraint system. You
neck. The lap belt may not fit over their small hip- should choose a child restraint system that fits PREGNANT WOMEN
bones. In an accident, an improperly fitted seat your vehicle and the child, and always follow INFINITI recommends that pregnant women use
belt could cause serious or fatal injury. the manufacturer’s instructions for installation seat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug,
• Always use an appropriate child restraint system. and use. and always position the lap belt as low as pos-
sible around the hips, not the waist, and place
Children need adults to help protect them. They Large children the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across
need to be properly restrained. The proper re-
your chest. Never run the lap/shoulder belt over
straint depends on the child’s size. WARNING your abdominal area. Contact your doctor for
• Never allow children to stand or kneel on any seats. specific recommendations.
• Never allow children in the luggage areas while INJURED PERSONS

the vehicle is moving. A child could be seriously
INFINITI recommends that injured persons use
injured in an accident or sudden stop.
seat belts, depending on the injury. Check with
Children who are too large for a child restraint your doctor for specific recommendations.
system should be seated and restrained by the
seat belts that are provided.
If the child’s seating position has a shoulder belt

PRE-CRASH SEAT BELTS WITH seat belt is fastened, the motor tightens the seat CENTRE MARK ON SEAT BELTS
COMFORT FUNCTION (front seats) belt for a snug fit. When the seat belt is unfas-
tened, the motor retracts the seat belt. If the Selecting correct set of seat belts
(where fitted)
seat belt is not fully retracted, the motor retracts
The pre-crash seat belt tightens the seat belt
the seat belt when the door is opened.
with a motor to help restrain front seat occu-
pants. This helps reduce the risk of injury in a Always wear your seat belt correctly and sit up-
collision. right and well back.
The motor retracts the seat belt under the fol- If the motor cannot retract the seat belt when
lowing emergency conditions: the seat belt is fastened or unfastened, it may
indicate the pre-crash seat belt system has a
• During emergency braking malfunction. Have your INFINITI Centre or quali-
• During sudden steering manoeuvres fied workshop check and repair the system. SSS1084Z
• Activation of the Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) sys- When the seat belt is retracted repeatedly in a
The centre seat belt buckle is identified by the
tem. (See “Forward emergency braking system short period of time, the motor may not be able
(where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” sec- to retract the seat belt. After 30 seconds, the CENTER mark j A . The centre seat belt tongue
tion.) motor reactivates and retracts the seat belt. If can be fastened only into the centre seat belt
the seat belt still cannot be retracted by the mo- buckle.
The pre-crash seat belt will not be active when:
tor, the pre-crash seat belt system has a mal-
• The seat belt is not fastened. function. Have your INFINITI Centre or qualified
workshop check and repair the system.
• The vehicle speed is under 15 km/h (10 MPH) dur-
ing emergency braking.
• The vehicle speed is under 30 km/h (19 MPH) dur-

ing sudden steering manoeuvres.
The pre-crash seat belt will not be active when
the brake pedal is not depressed except when
sudden steering manoeuvres occur or the for-
ward emergency braking system activates.
The motor also retracts the seat belt when the
seat belt is fastened or unfastened. When the

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT • If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully Shoulder belt height adjustment
retracted position, firmly pull the belt and re- (where fitted)
Fastening seat belts lease it. Then smoothly pull the belt out of the
retractor.
SSS0294AZ
SSS0292Z
SSS0467Z
WARNING
WARNING
The seatback should not be in a reclined position any 3. Position the lap belt portion low and snug on • The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad-
the hips as shown. justed to the position best for you. Failure to do so
more than needed for comfort. Seat belts are most
may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint
effective when the passenger sits well back and 4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the re-
system and increase the chance or severity of in-
straight up in the seat. tractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the
jury in an accident.
1. Adjust the seat. (See “Seats” earlier in this sec- shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder
tion.) and is snug across your chest. • The shoulder belt should rest on the middle of the
shoulder. It must not rest against the neck.
2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor
and insert the tongue into the buckle until • Be sure that the seat belt is not twisted in any way.
you hear and feel the latch engage. • Be sure that the shoulder belt anchor is secured by
trying to move the shoulder belt anchor up and
• The retractor is designed to lock during a sud-
down after adjustment.
den stop or on impact. A slow pulling motion
permits the seat belt to move, and allows you To adjust, push in the release button j A and
some freedom of movement in the seat. move the shoulder belt anchor to the proper po-
sition, so that the belt passes over the centre of
the shoulder. The belt should be away from your

face and neck, but not falling off your shoulder. Rear centre seat belt (models with WARNING
Release the button to lock the shoulder belt an- rear seat folding)
chor into position. • Always fasten the connector tongue and the seat
belt in the order shown.
Unfastening seat belts
Push the button on the buckle. The seat belt au-
• Always make sure both the connector tongue and
the seat belt tongue are secured when using the
tomatically retracts.
seat belt. Do not use it with only the seat belt
Checking seat belt operation tongue attached. This could result in serious per-
sonal injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop.
Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat
belt movement:
• When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the re- JVR0257XZ
tractor.
• When the vehicle slows down rapidly. The rear centre seat belt has a seat belt tongue
j1 and a connector tongue j 2 . Both the con-
To increase your confidence in the seat belts, nector tongue and the seat belt tongue must be
check the operation by grasping the shoulder securely latched for proper seat belt operation.
belt and pulling forward quickly. The retractor
should lock and restrict further belt movement.
If the retractor does not lock during this check,
contact an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop
immediately.
SSS0241Z

Stowing rear centre seat belt: tongue is released from the connector buckle. Attaching rear centre seat belt:
Release the connector tongue by inserting a
suitable tool such as key j
A into the connec-
tor buckle.
2. Then secure the connector tongue into the
retractor base j
2 .
WARNING
• Do not unfasten the rear centre seat belt connector

except when folding down the rear seat.
• When attaching the rear centre seat belt connec-

tor, be certain that the seatbacks are completely
secured in the latched position and the rear centre
seat belt connector is completely secured.
• If the rear centre seat belt connector and the seat-

backs are not secured in the correct position, seri-
ous personal injury may result in an accident or
sudden stop.
JVR0196X JVR0197X
When folding down the rear seat, the rear centre Always be sure the rear centre seat belt connec-
seat belt can be retracted into a stowed position tor tongue and connector buckle are attached.
as follows: Disconnect only when folding down the rear
1. Hold the connector tongue j
seat.
1 so that the seat
belt does not retract suddenly when the

CHILD RESTRAINTS
To connect the buckle: seat belt anchors, the seat belts may retract PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS
slowly. Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a USAGE
1. Pull out the connector tongue from the retrac-
tor base j
clean, dry cloth.
2 .
To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a mild soap
2. Pull the seat belt and secure the connector
buckle until it clicks j
solution or any solution recommended for clean-
3 .
ing upholstery or carpet. Then wipe with a cloth
The centre seat belt connector tongue and and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade. Do
buckle are indicated by the m and m mark. not allow the seat belts to retract until they are
The centre seat belt connector tongue can be completely dry.
attached only into the rear centre seat belt con-
nector buckle.
SSS0099Z
To fasten the seat belt, see “Fastening seat belts”
earlier in this section.
WARNING
WARNING • Infants and small children should always be placed

in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the
When attaching the rear centre seat belt connector,
vehicle. Failure to use a child restraint can result in
be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured
serious injury or death.
in the latched position and the rear centre seat belt
connector is completely secured. • Infants and small children should never be carried
on your lap. It is not possible for even the stron-
SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE gest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident.
Periodically check that the seat belt and all the The child could be crushed between the adult and
metal components, such as buckles, tongues, parts of the vehicle. Also, do not put the same seat
retractors, flexible wires and anchors, work belt around both your child and yourself.
properly. If loose parts, deterioration, cuts or
other damage on the seat belt webbing is found,
• INFINITI recommends that the child restraints be
installed in the rear seat. According to accident
the entire seat belt assembly should be statistics, children are safer when properly
replaced. restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat.
If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the
• Improper use or improper installation of a child
restraint can increase the risk or severity of injury

for both the child and other occupants of the ve- restraint could be struck by the supplemental • Place your child in the child restraint and check the
hicle and can lead to serious injury or death in an front-impact air bags in an accident and could se- various adjustments to be sure the child restraint
accident. riously injure or kill your child. is compatible with your child. Always follow all of
the recommended procedures.
• Follow all of the child restraint manufacturer’s in- • If the seat belt in the position where a child re-
structions for installation and use. When purchas- straint is installed requires a locking device and if • Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure
ing a child restraint, be sure to select one which it is not used, injuries could result from a child it is compatible with vehicle’s seat belt system.
will fit your child and vehicle. It may not be pos- restraint tipping over during normal vehicle brak-
sible to properly install some types of child re- ing or cornering.
• Refer to the tables later in this section for a list of
the recommended fitment positions and the ap-
straint in your vehicle.
CAUTION proved child restraints for your vehicle.
• The direction of the child restraint, either front-
Remember that a child restraint left in a closed ve-
facing or rear-facing, depends on the type of the
hicle can become very hot. Check the seating surface
child restraint and the size of the child. Refer to
and buckles before placing your child in a child re-
the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions for
straint.
details.
INFINITI recommends that infants and small chil-
• After attaching a child restraint, test it before you
dren be seated in a child restraint. You should
place the child in it. Push it from side to side and
choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and
tug it forward to make sure that it is held securely
always follow the manufacturer’s instructions
in place. The child restraint should not move more
for installation and use. In addition, there are
than 25 mm (1 in). If the restraint is not secure,
many types of child restraints available for
tighten the belt as necessary, or install the re-
larger children that should be used for maximum
straint in another seat and test it again.
protection.
• When the child restraint is not in use, keep it se-
UNIVERSAL CHILD RESTRAINTS FOR
cured with the ISOFIX child restraint system or a
seat belt to prevent it from being thrown around in FRONT SEAT AND REAR SEATS
case of a sudden stop or accident. When selecting any child restraint, keep the fol-
lowing points in mind:
• Never install a rear-facing child restraint on the
front passenger’s seat when the front passenger’s • Choose a child restraint that complies with the lat-
air bag is available. Supplemental front-impact air est European safety standard, ECE Regulation
bags inflate with great force. A rear-facing child 44.04.

Approved child restraint positions (except ISOFIX child restraint)
The following restriction is applied when using child restraints varying by infants weight and
installation position.
Seating position
Mass group Front passenger Front passenger
with passenger air With passenger air Rear outboard seat Rear centre seat
bag ON bag OFF
0 X U U X
0+ X U/L U/L X
I X U U X
II X UF UF/L X
III X UF UF/L X
U: The seat is suitable for all approved types of child safety.

UF: The seat is suitable for forward facing “universal” category restraints approved in this mass group.
L: Suitable only for particular child restraint systems specified in the following table of recommended seats in this
manual or in the vehicle list of the child restraint system manufacturer.
X: No child restraint system permitted in this mass group.
If you install a child restraint system in the front seat, move the front seat to the rearmost position
(slide), highest position (lifter), initial position (lumbar support adjuster, thigh support adjuster),
remove the front seat head restraint.
If you install a child restraint system in the rear seat, remove the rear seat head restraint.

Permissible options for fitting an ISOFIX child restraint
Suitability
Mass group
Front passenger seat Rear outboard seat Rear centre seat
F ISO/L1 X X X
Carry-cot
G ISO/L2 X X X
0 (< 10 kg) E ISO/R1 X IL* X
E ISO/R1 X IL X
0+ (< 13 kg) D ISO/R2 X IL* X
C ISO/R3 X IL* X
D ISO/R2 X IL* X
C ISO/R3 X IL* X
I (9 to 18 kg) B ISO/F2 X IUF X
B1 ISO/F2X X IL/IUF X
A ISO/F3 X IUF X
II (15 to 25 kg) X X X
III (22 to 36 kg) X X X
IL: Suitable for particular ISOFIX child restraint systems specified in the following tables of recommended seats, or
in the vehicle list of the child restraint system manufacturer.
IL*: Suitable for particular ISOFIX child restraint systems given in the vehicle list of the child restraint system manu-
facturer.
IUF: Suitable for ISOFIX forward-facing child restraint systems of “universal” category approved for use in this mass
group.
X: No ISOFIX child restraint system approved in this mass group.
If you install a child restraint in the rear seat, remove the rear seat head restraint.

List of Universal recommended child restraints
Front passenger seat
Rear outboard seat Rear centre seat
(with passenger air bag OFF)
0 (< 10 kg) - - -
0+ (< 13 kg) Maxi Cosi Cabrio Fix Maxi Cosi Cabrio Fix -
I (9 to 18 kg) Römer King plus Römer King plus -
Römer Kid Fix Römer Kid Fix
II (15 to 25 kg) -
(belt mounted) (belt mounted)
Römer Kid Fix Römer Kid Fix
III (22 to 36 kg) -
(belt mounted) (belt mounted)
List of Semi-universal recommended child restraints

Front passenger seat
Rear outboard seat Rear centre seat
(with passenger air bag OFF)
0 (< 10 kg) - - -
Maxi Cosi Cabrio Fix plus Maxi Cosi Cabrio Fix plus
-
Easy Fix Easy Fix
0+ (< 13 kg)
Maxi Cosi Cabrio Fix plus
- -
Easy Fix Base
Maxi Cosi Pearl plus
I (9 to 18 kg) - -
Family Fix
Römer Kid Fix
II (15 to 25 kg) - -
(ISOFIX mounted)
Römer Kid Fix
III (22 to 36 kg) - -
(ISOFIX mounted)

List of approved child restraints
WARNING
Name of CRS Fixture of CRS Facing position Category In vehicles equipped with a side air bag system, do
Römer Baby safe plus ISOFIX + base not let any infants or small children sit in the front
0+ (< 13 kg) Rear facing Semi-universal
SHR II ISOFIX base and support leg passenger’s seat as the air bag may cause serious in-
ISOFIX + F2X jury in case of deployment during a collision.
I (9 to 18 kg) Römer Duo Plus Front facing Universal
top tether
NOTE
Universal child restraints approved to ECE Regulation
NO. 44.04 are clearly marked “Universal”.

ISOFIX CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM ISOFIX lower anchor point locations seat cushion near the seatback. A label is at-
tached to the seatback to help you locate the
The ISOFIX anchor points are provided to install
ISOFIX anchors.
child restraints in the rear outboard seating po-
sitions only. Do not attempt to install a child ISOFIX child restraint anchor
restraint in the centre position using the ISOFIX attachments
anchors.
JVR0255XZ
Models with rear seat folding
SSS0644Z
JVR0252XZ Anchor attachment
Models with rear seat folding ISOFIX child restraints include two rigid attach-
ments that can be connected to two anchors lo-
cated in the seat. With this system, you do not
have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child
restraint. Check your child restraint for a label
JVR0188XZ
stating that it is compatible with the ISOFIX child
Models without rear seat folding restraints. This information may also be in the
Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor instructions provided by the child restraint
points that are used with ISOFIX child restraint manufacturer.
systems.
ISOFIX child restraints generally require the use
SSS0637Z
of a top tether strap or other anti-rotation de-
Models without rear seat folding vices such as support legs. When installing
The ISOFIX anchors are located at the rear of the ISOFIX child restraints, carefully read and follow
the instructions in this manual and those sup-

plied with the child restraints. (See “Child re- Anchorage location section. If a child restraint is not secured
straint installation using ISOFIX” later in this section.) properly, your child could be seriously in-
jured or killed in an accident.
CHILD RESTRAINT ANCHORAGE
Your vehicle is designed to accommodate a child
• Do not install child restraints that require the use
of a top tether strap to seating positions that do
restraint system on the rear seat. When install-
not have a top tether anchor.
ing a child restraint, carefully read and follow
the instructions in this manual and those sup- • Do not secure a child restraint in the centre rear
plied with the child restraint. seating position using the ISOFIX lower anchors.
The child restraint will not be secured properly.
WARNING NPA1230 • Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fin-
Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand gers into the lower anchor area and feeling to make
only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re- The anchor points are located under the anchor- sure there are no obstructions over the ISOFIX an-
straints. Under no circumstances are they to be used age cover on the rear parcel shelf finisher for the chors, such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion
for adult seat belts, harnesses or for attaching other right and left outboard seating positions of the material. The child restraint will not be secured
items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could rear seat. properly if the ISOFIX anchors are obstructed.
damage the child restraint anchorages. The child re- Position the top tether strap over the top of the • Child restraint anchorages are designed to with-
straint will not be properly installed using the dam- seatback and secure it to the tether anchorage stand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted
aged anchorage, and a child could be seriously injured that provides the straightest installation. child restraints. Under no circumstance are they to
or killed in a collision. Tighten the tether strap according to the manu- be used for adult seat belts, harnesses or for at-
facturer’s instruction to remove any slack. taching other items or equipment to the vehicle.
Doing so could damage the child restraint anchor-
CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION ages. The child restraint will not be properly in-
USING ISOFIX stalled using the damaged anchorage, and a child
could be seriously injured or killed in a collision.
WARNING
• Attach ISOFIX child restraints only at the specified

locations. For the ISOFIX lower anchor locations,
see “ISOFIX child restraint system” earlier in this

Installation on rear outboard seats
Front-facing:
Be sure to follow the manufacturer’s instruc-
tions for the proper use of your child restraint.
Follow these steps to install a front-facing child
restraint on the rear outboard seats using
ISOFIX:
SSS0754AZ SSS0755AZ
Front-facing: Step 4 Front-facing: Step 7
4. Shorten the rigid attachment to have the 7. Test the child restraint before you place the
child restraint firmly tightened; press down- child in it j 5 . Push the child restraint from
ward j 3 and rearward j 4 firmly in the centre side to side and tug it forward to make sure
of the child restraint with your knee to com- that it is held securely in place.
press the vehicle seat cushion and seatback.
8. Check to make sure that the child restraint is
SSS0646AZ 5. If the child restraint is equipped with a top properly secured prior to each use. If the
Front-facing: Steps 1 and 2 tether strap, route the top tether strap and child restraint is loose, repeat steps 3
secure the tether strap to the tether anchor through 7.
1. Position the child restraint on the seat j
1 .
point. (See “Child restraint anchorage” earlier in
2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach- this section.)
ments to the ISOFIX lower anchors j
2 .
6. If the child restraint is equipped with other
3. The back of the child restraint should be se- anti-rotation devices such as support legs,
cured against the vehicle seatback. The head use them instead of the top tether strap fol-
restraint should be removed to obtain the lowing the child restraint manufacturer’s in-
correct child restraint fit. Store the head re- structions.
straint in a secure place. Be sure to install
the head restraint when the child restraint is
removed. (See “Head restraints” earlier in this
section.)

Rear-facing: 3. Shorten the rigid attachment to have the 7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is
child restraint firmly tightened; press down- properly secured prior to each use. If the child
ward j 3 and rearward j 4 firmly in the centre restraint is loose, repeat steps 3 through 6.
of the child restraint with your hand to com-
Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION
press the vehicle seat cushion and seatback.
restraint on the rear outboard seats using USING THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT
ISOFIX: 4. If the child restraint is equipped with a top
tether strap, route the top tether strap and Installation on rear seats
secure the tether strap to the tether anchor Front-facing:
point. (See “Child restraint anchorage” earlier in
this section.)
5. If the child restraint is equipped with other Follow these steps to install a front-facing child
anti-rotation devices such as support legs, restraint on the rear seats using three-point type
use them instead of the top tether strap fol- seat belt without automatic locking mode:
lowing the child restraint manufacturer’s in-
structions.
SSS0649AZ
Rear-facing: Steps 1 and 2
1 .
2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-
ments to the ISOFIX lower anchors j
2 .
SSS0758AZ
Front-facing: Step 1
SSS0757AZ
1 .
Rear-facing: Step 6
6. Test the child restraint before you place the
child in it j5 . Push the child restraint from
side to side and tug it forward to make sure
SSS0756AZ that it is held securely in place.
Rear-facing: Step 3

firmly in the centre of the child restraint with Rear-facing:
your knee to compress the vehicle seat cush-
ion and seatback while pulling up on the seat
belt.
Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child
restraint on the rear seats using three-point type
seat belt without automatic locking mode:
SSS0493AZ
2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child
restraint and insert it into the buckle j
2 until
SSS0638AZ
you hear and feel the latch engage.
3. To prevent slack in the seat belt webbing, it is
5. Test the child restraint before you place the SSS0759AZ
necessary to secure the seat belt in place with
child in it j5 . Push the child restraint from Rear-facing: Step 1
locking devices attached to the child
restraint. 1 .
that it is held securely in place.
properly secured prior to each use. If the child
restraint is loose, repeat steps 3 through 5.
SSS0647AZ SSS0654AZ
Front-facing: Step 4 Rear-facing: Step 2
4. Remove any additional slack from the seat
belt; press downward j3 and rearward j 4

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child
restraint and insert it into the buckle j
2 until
you hear and feel the latch engage.
3. To prevent slack in the seat belt webbing, it is
necessary to secure the seat belt in place with
locking devices attached to the child
restraint.
SSS0658AZ
Rear-facing: Step 5
5. Test the child restraint before you place the
child in it j5 . Push the child restraint from
that it is held securely in place.
SSS0639AZ
properly secured prior to each use. If the child
Rear-facing: Step 4 restraint is loose, repeat steps 3 through 5.
4. Remove any additional slack from the seat
belt; press downward j 3 and rearward j 4
firmly in the centre of the child restraint with
your hand to compress the vehicle seat cush-
ion and seatback while pulling up on the seat
belt.

JVR0285XZ SSS0627Z
Front-facing: Steps 2 and 3
Installation on front passenger’s seat • Child restraints for infants must be used in the 2. Move the seat to the rearmost position j
1 .
3. Remove the head restraint j
rear-facing direction and therefore must not be
2 .
WARNING used on the front passenger’s seat when the front
passenger’s air bag is available. 4. Position the child restraint in the seat.
• Never install a rear-facing child restraint on the
front passenger’s seat when the front passenger’s Front-facing:
air bag is available. Supplemental front-impact air Be sure to follow the manufacturer’s instruc-
bags inflate with great force. A rear-facing child tions for the proper use of your child restraint.
restraint could be struck by the supplemental Follow these steps to install a front-facing child
front-impact air bags in an accident and could se- restraint on the front passenger’s seat using
riously injure or kill your child. three-point type seat belt without automatic
• Never install a child restraint with a top tether locking mode:
strap on the front seat. 1. Turn off the front passenger’s air bag using
• INFINITI recommends that a child restraint be in- the front passenger air bag switch. (See
“Supplemental restraint system” later in this sec- Front-facing: Step 5
SSS0360CZ
stalled on the rear seat. However, if you must in-

stall a child restraint on the front passenger’s seat, tion.) Place the ignition switch in the ON posi- 5. Route the seat belt tongue through the child
move the passenger’s seat to the rearmost position and make sure that the front passenger restraint and insert it into the buckle j
3 until
tion. air bag status light m (OFF) illuminates. you hear and feel the latch engage.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
6. To prevent slack in the seat belt webbing, it is 8. Test the child restraint before you place the PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL
necessary to secure the seat belt in place with child in it j6 . Push the child restraint from RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
locking devices attached to the child side to side and tug it forward to make sure
This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) sec-
restraint. that it is held securely in place.
tion contains important information concerning
9. Check to make sure that the child restraint is the driver’s and passenger’s supplemental
properly secured prior to each use. If the child front-impact air bags, supplemental side-
restraint is loose, repeat steps 6 through 8. impact air bags, supplemental curtain side-im-
pact air bags, and pre-tensioner seat belts.
Supplemental front-impact air bag

system
This system can help cushion the impact force
to the head and chest area of the driver and/or
SSS0647BZ
front passenger in certain frontal collisions. The
Front-facing: Step 7 supplemental front-impact air bag is designed
7. Remove any additional slack from the seat to inflate on the front where the vehicle is im-
belt; press downward j 4 and rearward j 5 pacted.
firmly in the centre of the child restraint with
your knee to compress the vehicle seat cush-
Supplemental side-impact air bag
ion and seatback while pulling up on the seat system
belt. This system can help cushion the impact force
to the chest and pelvis area of the driver and
front passenger in certain side-impact colli-
sions. The supplemental side-impact air bag is
designed to inflate on the side where the ve-
hicle is impacted.
Supplemental curtain side-impact air

bag system
This system can help cushion the impact force
JVR0286XZ to the head of the driver and passengers in front
Front-facing: Step 8 and rear outboard seating positions in certain

side-impact collisions. The supplemental cur-
tain side-impact air bag is designed to inflate on
the side where the vehicle is impacted.
The SRS is designed to supplement the accident
protection provided by the driver’s and passen-
ger’s seat belts and is not designed to substi-
tute for them. The SRS can help save lives and
reduce serious injuries. However, inflating air
bags may cause abrasions or other injuries. Air
bags do not provide protection to the lower SSS0131AZ
body. Seat belts should always be correctly worn

and the occupants should always be seated a
suitable distance away from the steering wheel,
instrument panel and door finishers. (See “Seat
belts” earlier in this section.) The air bags inflate
quickly in order to help protect the occupants.
The force of the air bags inflating can increase
the risk of injury if the occupants are too close
to, or are against, the air bag modules during
inflation. The air bags will deflate quickly after
deployment. SSS0132AZ
The SRS operates only when the ignition switch

is in the ON position. • The seat belts and the supplemental front-impact
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, air bags are most effective when you are sitting
WARNING well back and upright in the seat. The front-impact
the SRS air bag warning light illuminates for
about 7 seconds and then turns off. This indi- • The supplemental front air bags ordinarily will not air bags inflate with great force. If you and your
cates that the SRS is operational. (See “Warn- inflate in the event of a side impact, rear impact, passengers are unrestrained, leaning forward, sit-
ing/indicator lights and audible reminders” in the rollover, or lower severity frontal collision. Always ting sideways, or out of position in any way, you
“2. Instruments and controls” section.) wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or se- and your passengers are at greater risk of injury or
verity of injury in various kinds of accidents. death in an accident. You and your passengers may
also receive serious or fatal injuries from the

supplemental front-impact air bag if you are up
against it when it inflates. Always sit back against
the seatback and as far away as practical from the
steering wheel or instrument panel. Always use
the seat belts.
• Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel.

Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could
increase the risk of injury if the supplemental front
air bag inflates.
SSS0007Z SSS0008Z
SSS0006Z SSS0009Z

• Children may be severely injured or killed when
the air bags inflate if they are not properly re-
strained.
• Never install a rear-facing child restraint system in

the front seat. An inflating supplemental front-im-
pact air bag could seriously injure or kill your child.
(See “Child restraints” earlier in this section.)
SSS0099Z SSS0059AZ
SSS0100Z SSS0140Z
WARNING
• Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their

hands or face out of the window. Do not attempt to
hold them in your lap or arms. Some examples of
dangerous riding positions are shown in the illus-
trations.

• The seat belts and the supplemental side-impact Pre-tensioner seat belt system
air bags and supplemental curtain side-impact air
The pre-tensioner seat belt system may activate
bags are most effective when you are sitting well
with the supplemental air bag system in certain
back and upright in the seat. The supplemental
types of collisions.
side-impact air bags and supplemental curtain
side-impact air bags inflate with great force. If you Working with the front seat belt retractors and
and your passengers are unrestrained, leaning for- lap outer anchors, it helps tighten the seat belt
ward, sitting sideways, or out of position in any the instant the vehicle becomes involved in cer-
way, you and your passengers are at greater risk of tain types of collisions, helping to restrain front
SSS0159Z injury or death in an accident. seat occupants. (See “Pre-tensioner seat belt
system” later in this section.)
• Do not allow anyone to place their hands, legs or
face near the supplemental side-impact air bags Air bag warning labels
and supplemental curtain side-impact air bags lo-
cated on the sides of the seatback of the front seats
or near the side roof rails. Do not allow anyone sit-
ting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to
extend their hands out of the windows or lean
against the doors. Some examples of dangerous
riding positions are shown in the illustrations.
• When sitting in the rear seats, do not hold onto

SSS0162Z the seatback of the front seats. If the supplemen-
tal side-impact air bags and supplemental curtain NPA1242
side-impact air bags inflate, you may be seriously Label location

injured. Be especially careful with children, who Warning labels about the supplemental front-
WARNING should always be properly restrained. impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle
• The supplemental side-impact air bags and • Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks. They
as shown in the illustration.
supplemental curtain side-impact air bags ordi- may interfere with the supplemental side-impact The warning label j 1 is located on the surface
narily will not inflate in the event of a front impact, air bag inflations. of the driver’s and/or passenger’s sun visor.
rear impact, rollover, or lower severity side colli-
sion. Always wear the seat belts to help reduce the The label(s) warn you not to fit a rear-facing child
risk or severity of injury in accidents. restraint system on the front passenger seat as
such a restraint system used in this position

could cause serious injury to the infant in case SRS air bag warning light Under these conditions, the air bag and/or pre-
of air bag deployment during a collision. tensioner seat belt systems may not operate
properly. They must be checked and repaired.
Contact an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop
immediately.
SPA1097Z
JVR0243XZ
Air bag warning label The SRS bag warning light, displaying m in
The label j
1 warns: the instrument panel, monitors the circuits for
the air bag systems, pre-tensioner seat belt sys-
“NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on
tems and all related wiring.
a seat protected by an ACTIVE AIR BAG in front of
it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
occur.” the SRS air bag warning light illuminates for
about 7 seconds and then turns off. This indi-
In vehicles equipped with a front-impact pas-
cates that the SRS air bag systems are opera-
senger air bag system, use a rear-facing child
tional.
restraint system only on the rear seats.
If any of the following conditions occur, the air
When installing a child restraint system in your
bag and/or pre-tensioner seat belt systems
vehicle, always follow the child restraint system
need servicing:
manufacturer’s instructions for installation. For
additional information, see “Child restraints” ear- • The SRS air bag warning light remains on after ap-
lier in this section. proximately 7 seconds.
• The SRS air bag warning light flashes intermit-

tently.
• The SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate

at all.

10. Lap outer pre-tensioners
WARNING
• Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad,

on the instrument panel, and near the front door
finishers and the front seats. Do not place any ob-
jects between any occupants and the steering
wheel pad, on the instrument panel, and near the
front door finishers and the front seats. Such ob-
jects may become dangerous projectiles and cause
injury if a supplemental air bag inflates.
• Immediately after inflation, several supplemental

air bag system components will be hot. Do not
touch them: you may severely burn yourself.
• No unauthorised changes should be made to any

components or wiring of the supplemental air bag
systems. This is to prevent accidental inflation of
the supplemental air bags or damage to the
supplemental air bag systems.
• Do not make unauthorised changes to your vehi-

JVR0253X cle’s electrical system, suspension system, front
end structure, and side panels. This could affect
proper operation of the supplemental air bag sys-
SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS 5. Supplemental curtain side-impact air bags
tems.
1. Crash zone sensor 6. Supplemental curtain side-impact air bag
2. Supplemental front air bag modules
inflators • Tampering with the supplemental air bag systems
may result in serious personal injury. Tampering
7. Diagnosis sensor unit includes changes to the steering wheel and the
3. Front passenger air bag switch (where fit-
ted) 8. Satellite sensors instrument panel by placing materials over the
steering wheel pad and above, around or on the
4. Supplemental side air bag modules 9. Seat belt pre-tensioner retractors

instrument panel or by installing additional trim flate in certain frontal collisions. Vehicle dam- OFF lights illuminate and then turn off or remain
materials around the supplemental air bag sys- age (or lack of it) is not always an indication of on depending on the front passenger air bag
tems. proper supplemental front-impact air bag sys- status.
tem operation.
• Work on and around the supplemental air bag sys- • When the ignition switch is placed in the ON posi-
tems should be done by an INFINITI Centre or quali- Front passenger air bag status light: tion and the front passenger air bag is active, the
fied workshop. The SRS wiring should not be modi- front passenger air bag status OFF light (m ) will
fied or disconnected. Unauthorised electrical test turn off after about 7 seconds.
equipment and probing devices should not be used
The front passenger air bag status ON light
on the supplemental air bag systems.
(m ) will illuminate and then turn off after
• The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow 1 minute when the front passenger air bag
and/or orange for easy identification. switch is in the ON position.
When the air bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may • When the ignition switch is placed in the ON posi-
be heard, followed by the release of smoke. This tion and the front passenger air bag is inactive, the
smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a SSS1099Z
front passenger air bag status ON light (m ) will
fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it OFF light turn off after about 7 seconds.
may cause irritation and choking. Those with a
The front passenger air bag status OFF light
history of a breathing condition should get fresh
(m ) will illuminate and remain on as long
air promptly.
as the front passenger air bag switch is in the
Supplemental front-impact air bag “OFF” position.
system If the front passenger air bag status light oper-
The driver’s supplemental front-impact air bag ates in a way other than described above, the
is located at the centre of the steering wheel. front passenger air bag may not function prop-
The passenger’s supplemental front-impact air erly. Have the system checked, and if necessary
bag is located at the instrument panel above the repaired, by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-
glove box. JVR0264XZ shop promptly.
ON light
The supplemental front-impact air bag system
is designed to inflate in higher severity frontal The front passenger air bag status light is lo-
collisions, although it may inflate if the forces in cated on the instrument panel.
another type of collision are similar to those of When the ignition switch is placed in the ON po-
a higher severity frontal impact. It may not in- sition, the front passenger air bag status ON and

Front passenger air bag switch: To turn on the front passenger air bag: sions, although it may inflate if the forces in an-
other type of collision are similar to those of a
1. Place the ignition switch in the “OFF” posi-
higher severity side impact. It may not inflate in
tion.
certain side collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack
2. Open the glove box and insert the mechani- of it) is not always an indication of proper
cal key into the front passenger air bag supplemental side-impact air bag system opera-
switch. tion.
3. Push and turn the key to the ON position. Supplemental curtain side-impact air
4. Place the ignition switch in the ON position. bag system
The front passenger air bag status ON light The supplemental curtain side-impact air bag is
JVR0375XZ
(m ) will illuminate. located at the roof rails.
The front passenger air bag can be turned off 5. After 1 minute, the front passenger air bag The supplemental curtain side-impact air bag
with the front passenger air bag switch j
A lo- status ON light (m ) will turn off. system is designed to inflate in higher severity
cated in the glove box. side collisions, although it may inflate if the
Supplemental side-impact air bag
forces in another type of collision are similar to
To turn off the front passenger air bag: system
those of a higher severity side impact. It may
1. Place the ignition switch in the “OFF” posi- not inflate in certain side collisions. Vehicle
tion. damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication
of proper supplemental curtain side-impact air
2. Open the glove box and insert the mechani-
bag system operation.
cal key into the front passenger air bag
switch. For the mechanical key usage, see PRE-TENSIONER SEAT BELT SYSTEM
“Keys” in the “3. Pre-driving checks and
adjustments” section. WARNING
3. Push and turn the key to the “OFF” position.
SSS0521Z • The pre-tensioner seat belt cannot be reused after
4. Place the ignition switch in the ON position. activation. It must be replaced together with the
The front passenger air bag status OFF light retractor and buckle as a unit.
The supplemental side-impact air bag is located
(m ) will illuminate and remain on.
at the outside of the front seats’ seatbacks. • If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but
the pre-tensioner is not activated, be sure to have
The supplemental side-impact air bag system is
designed to inflate in higher severity side colli-

the pre-tensioner system checked and, if neces- When the pre-tensioner seat belt activates, a belts are designed to activate on a one-time-
sary, replaced by an INFINITI Centre or qualified fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by the only basis. As a reminder, unless the SRS air
workshop. release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and bag warning light is damaged, the SRS air bag
does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken warning light remains illuminated after inflation
• No unauthorised changes should be made to any
not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and has occurred. The repair and replacement of the
components or wiring of the pre-tensioner seat
choking. Those with a history of a breathing con- SRS should be done only by an INFINITI Centre
belt system. This is to prevent accidental activa-
dition should get fresh air promptly. or qualified workshop.
tion of the pre-tensioner seat belt or damage to
the pre-tensioner seat belt system. REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT When maintenance work is required on the ve-
PROCEDURE hicle, information about the air bags, pre-ten-
• Work around or on the pre-tensioner seat belt sys-
sioner seat belts and related parts should be
tem should be done by an INFINITI Centre or quali-
WARNING pointed out to the person performing the main-
fied workshop. The SRS wiring should not be modi-
tenance. The ignition switch should always be
fied or disconnected. Unauthorised electrical test
equipment and probing devices should not be used
• Once the supplemental front-impact air bags, in the LOCK position when working under the
supplemental side-impact air bags or supplemen- bonnet or inside the vehicle.
on the pre-tensioner seat belt system. tal curtain side-impact air bags have been inflated,
• If you need to dispose of the pre-tensioner seat the air bag modules will not function and must be
belt system, or scrap the vehicle, contact an replaced. The air bag modules must be replaced by
INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop. Correct pre- an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop. The in-
tensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the flated air bag modules cannot be repaired.
appropriate INFINITI Service Manual. Incorrect dis-
posal procedures could cause personal injury.
• The air bag systems should be inspected by an
INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop if there is
The pre-tensioner seat belt system may activate any damage to the front end or side portion of the
with the supplemental air bag system in certain vehicle.
types of collisions.
• If you need to dispose of the SRS or scrap the ve-
Working with the seat belt retractor, it helps hicle, contact an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-
tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes shop. Correct disposal procedures are set forth in
involved in certain types of collisions, helping the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual. Incorrect
to restrain front seat occupants. disposal procedures could cause personal injury.
The pre-tensioner is encased with the front seat The supplemental front-impact air bags, supple-
belt’s retractor and anchor. These seat belts are mental side-impact air bags, supplemental cur-
used the same as conventional seat belts. tain side-impact air bags and pre-tensioner seat

POP-UP ENGINE BONNET (where fitted)
In certain frontal collisions with a pedestrian,

WARNING
• If you need to dispose of the pop-up engine bon-
the pop-up engine bonnet system can help re- net system, or scrap the vehicle, contact an
duce impact to the head of a pedestrian. This
system is designed to pop up the rear end of the
• The pop-up engine bonnet will not activate in the INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop. Correct pop-
up engine bonnet system disposal procedures are
event of a side impact, rear impact or rollover col-
bonnet in certain frontal collisions to provide lision. set forth in the appropriate INFINITI Service
specified clearance between the bonnet and the Manual. Incorrect disposal procedures could cause
engine compartment to reduce impact to a pe- • The pop-up engine bonnet may not activate in the
personal injury.
event of a corner impact collision of the front
destrian.
bumper. • The pop-up engine bonnet cannot be reused after
The pop-up engine bonnet system activates in activation. Contact an INFINITI Centre or qualified
certain frontal collisions with pedestrians or ob- • No unauthorised changes should be made to any
workshop for replacement. If the vehicle becomes
components including bonnet and front bumper,
jects when the vehicle is driven at a certain involved in a frontal collision but the pop-up en-
or wiring of the pop-up engine bonnet system. This
speed. The speed of pop-up engine bonnet acti- gine bonnet system is not activated, be sure to
is to prevent accidental or improper activation, or
vation depends on each model. While driving, have the pop-up engine bonnet system checked
damage to the pop-up engine bonnet system.
the pop-up engine bonnet may activate in the and, if necessary, replaced by an INFINITI Centre or
event of an impact collision involving the bot- • Work around or on the pop-up engine bonnet sys- qualified workshop.
tom of the vehicle or bumper. The system acti- tem should be done by an INFINITI Centre or quali-
vates when the collision impact reaches a cer- fied workshop. The wiring of the pop-up engine
tain level even though the collision does not bonnet system should not be modified or discon-
cause damage to the bumper. nected. Unauthorised electrical test equipment
and probing devices should not be used on the
The pop-up engine bonnet operates only when
pop-up engine bonnet system. This could affect
the ignition switch is in the ON position. When
proper operation of the pop-up engine bonnet and
the ignition switch is in the ON position, the
cause accidental and improper activation.
pop-up engine bonnet warning light illuminates
for about 7 seconds and then turns off. This in- • Do not pull the bonnet lock release handle or push
dicates that the pop-up engine bonnet is opera- the bonnet down after the pop-up engine bonnet
tional. (See “Warning/indicator lights and audible system activates. Doing so could cause injury or
reminders” in the “2. Instruments and controls” sec- damage to the bonnet because the bonnet cannot
tion.) be closed manually after the system is activated.
When the pop-up engine bonnet activates, contact
an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

2 Instruments and controls
Meters and gauges ........................................... 2-2 Rain-sensing auto wiper system (where
Speedometer and odometer.......................... 2-2 fitted) .......................................................... 2-33
Tachometer.................................................. 2-2 Defogger switch................................................ 2-34
Engine coolant temperature gauge ................ 2-3 Windscreen deicer switch (where fitted) ............. 2-35
Fuel gauge ................................................... 2-3 Horn ................................................................ 2-36
Instrument brightness control ....................... 2-3 Windows .......................................................... 2-36
Automatic Transmission (AT) position Power windows ............................................ 2-36
indicator (where fitted) ................................. 2-4 Sunroof (where fitted) ....................................... 2-38
Warning/indicator lights and audible Automatic sunroof........................................ 2-38
reminders ........................................................ 2-5 Power outlet ..................................................... 2-40
Checking bulbs ............................................ 2-6 Ashtrays and cigarette lighter (where fitted) ....... 2-41
Warning lights ............................................. 2-6 Front (where fitted)....................................... 2-41
Indicator lights ............................................ 2-11 Rear ............................................................ 2-41
Audible reminders........................................ 2-14 Storage ............................................................ 2-41
Vehicle information display ............................... 2-15 Glove box .................................................... 2-41
Indicators for operation ................................ 2-17 Console box ................................................. 2-42
Indicators for maintenance ........................... 2-21 Storage box ................................................. 2-42
Trip computer............................................... 2-23 Sunglasses holder........................................ 2-42
Clock and outside air temperature ................. 2-26 Card holder.................................................. 2-42
Headlight and turn signal switch........................ 2-26 Cup holders ................................................. 2-42
Headlight switch .......................................... 2-26 Soft bottle holder ......................................... 2-43
Automatic aiming control.............................. 2-29 Coat hooks .................................................. 2-43
Battery saver system .................................... 2-29 Boot hooks .................................................. 2-44
Adaptive Front Lighting System (AFS) Sun visors ........................................................ 2-44
(where fitted) ............................................... 2-29 Courtesy light (where fitted) .............................. 2-45
Headlight cleaner (where fitted) .................... 2-30 Interior lights ................................................... 2-45
Turn signal switch ........................................ 2-30 Map lights ................................................... 2-45
Fog light switch ................................................ 2-31 Rear personal lights ..................................... 2-45
Front fog lights (where fitted) ........................ 2-31 Console light................................................ 2-45
Rear fog light ............................................... 2-31 Interior light control switch ........................... 2-46
Windscreen wiper and washer switch ................. 2-32 Vanity mirror lights....................................... 2-46
Windscreen wiper and washer switch ............ 2-32 Boot light .................................................... 2-46
Battery saver system .................................... 2-46
METERS AND GAUGES
NOTE Odometer/twin trip odometer TACHOMETER

For an overview see “Instrument panel” in the “0. Il-
lustrated table of contents” section and see “Meters
and gauges” in the “0. Illustrated table of contents”
section.
SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER

Speedometer
JVI0771XZ JVI0768XZ
Odometer/twin trip odometer
The odometer/twin trip odometer is displayed The tachometer indicates the engine speed in
in the vehicle information display when the igni- revolutions per minute (rpm). Do not rev the en-
tion switch is in the ON position. gine into the red zone j1 .
The odometer j 1 displays the total distance the The red zone varies with models.
vehicle has been driven.
JVI0732XZ
Speedometer The twin trip odometer j
2 displays the distance
of individual trips.
The speedometer indicates the vehicle speed
(km/h or MPH). Changing twin trip odometer display:
Push the TRIP RESET switch j3 on the right or
left of the combination meter panel to change
the display as follows:
TRIP A → TRIP B → TRIP A
Resetting twin trip odometer:

Push the TRIP RESET switch j 3 for more than 1
second to reset the trip odometer to zero.
2-2 Instruments and controls

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE • If the engine is overheated, continued operation of CAUTION
GAUGE the vehicle may seriously damage the engine. (See
Refuel before the gauge reads the empty (0) position.
“Engine overheat” in the “6. In case of emergency”
section for immediate action required.) There is a small reserve of fuel in the tank when
the fuel gauge reads the empty (0) position.
FUEL GAUGE
INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL
JVI0767XZ
The engine coolant temperature gauge indicates

the engine coolant temperature. JVI0640XZ
JVI0644XZ
The engine coolant temperature is normal when
the gauge needle points within the zone j 1 The fuel gauge indicates the approximate fuel
shown in the illustration. level in the tank when the ignition switch is in
the ON position.
The engine coolant temperature will vary with
the outside air temperature and driving condi- The gauge may move slightly during braking,
tions. turning, accelerating, or going up and down hills
due to movement of fuel in the tank.
CAUTION
The low fuel warning light m illuminates on
• If the gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera-
the meter when the fuel level in the tank is get-
ture is near the hot end of the normal range, re-
ting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient, pref-
duce vehicle speed to decrease the temperature.
erably before the gauge reads the empty (0) po- JVI0937XZ
• If the gauge is over the normal range, stop the ve- sition.
hicle as soon as safely possible and let the engine
The arrow, m , indicates the fuel filler lid is The instrument brightness control switch can be
idle.
located on the right side of the vehicle. operated when the ignition switch is in the ON
Instruments and controls 2-3

position. When the switch is operated, the ve-
hicle information display switches to the bright-
ness adjustment mode.
Push the + side of the switch j
A to brighten the
meter panel lights and instrument panel lights.
The bar j1 moves to the + side.
Push the - side of the switch j
B to dim the lights.
The bar j1 moves to the − side.
The vehicle information display returns to the
normal display under the following conditions
when the instrument brightness control switch
is not operated for more than 5 seconds.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (AT)

POSITION INDICATOR (where fitted)
The Automatic Transmission (AT) position indi-
cator indicates the shift lever position when the
ignition switch is in the ON position. (See “33.
Automatic Transmission (AT) position indicator (Auto-
matic Transmission (AT) models)” later in this section
and “Driving with Automatic Transmission (AT)” in the
“5. Starting and driving” section.)

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) war-

Seat belt warning light High beam indicator light
ning light
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
Malfunction Indicator Light (MI)
air bag warning light
Brake warning light Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning
light (except for Europe)/ Electronic
Rear fog light indicator light
Stability Programme (ESP) warning
light (for Europe)
Water-in-fuel-filter warning light (diesel
Charge warning light Security indicator light
engine)
Forward emergency braking system
Dipped beam indicator light Small light indicator light
warning light*
Stop/Start System indicator light/
Low fuel warning light Door lock indicator light
Idling Stop System indicator light*
Low tyre pressure warning light Front fog light indicator light Trailer direction indicator light*
Master warning light Front passenger air bag status light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off

Glow plug indicator light (diesel indicator light (except for Europe)/
Pop-up engine bonnet warning light*
engine) Electronic Stability Programme (ESP)
off indicator light (for Europe)
Power steering warning light High beam assist indicator light* *: where fitted

CHECKING BULBS cate the ABS is not functioning properly. Have Parking brake warning indicator:
the system checked by an INFINITI Centre or
With all doors closed, apply the parking brake, When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON
qualified workshop.
fasten the seat belts and push the ignition position with the parking brake applied, the
switch to the ON position without starting the If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock func- brake warning light illuminates. When the park-
engine. Where fitted, the following lights will il- tion is turned off. The brake system then oper- ing brake is released, the brake warning light
luminate: m , m , m , m , m ates normally, but without anti-lock assistance. turns off.
(See “Brake system” in the “5. Starting and driving”
Where fitted, the following lights will illuminate If the parking brake is not fully released, the
section.)
briefly and then turn off: m , m , m , m , brake warning light remains on. Be sure that the
m ,m ,m Brake warning light brake warning light has turned off before driv-
ing. (See “Parking brake” in the “3. Pre-driving checks
If any lights fail to illuminate, it may indicate a
and adjustments” section.)
burned-out bulb or an open circuit in the electri- WARNING
cal system. Have the system checked, and if nec- Low brake fluid warning indicator:
essary repaired, by an INFINITI Centre or quali- • If the brake fluid level is below the minimum mark
If the brake warning light illuminates while the
on the brake fluid reservoir, do not drive the ve-
fied workshop promptly.
hicle until the brake system has been checked by engine is running, or while driving, and the park-
Some indicators and warnings are also an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop. ing brake is released, it may indicate that the
displayed in the vehicle informational display brake fluid level is low.
between the speedometer and tachometer. (See • Even if you judge it to be safe, have your vehicle
When the brake warning light illuminates while
towed because driving it could be dangerous.
“Vehicle information display” later in this section.)
driving, stop the vehicle safely as soon as pos-
WARNING LIGHTS
• Depressing the brake pedal without the engine sible. Stop the engine and check the brake fluid
running and/or with a low brake fluid level could level. If the brake fluid level is at the minimum
Anti-lock Braking System increase the stopping distance and require greater mark, add brake fluid as necessary. (See “Brake
(ABS) warning light pedal travel distance and effort. fluid” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, The brake warning light indicates the parking tion.)
the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light brake system operation, low brake fluid level of If the brake fluid level is sufficient, have the
illuminates and then turns off. This indicates the the brake system and Anti-lock Braking System brake system checked by an INFINITI Centre or
ABS is operational. (ABS) malfunction. qualified workshop promptly.
If the ABS warning light illuminates while the
engine is running, or while driving, it may indi-

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning illuminated, have the charging system checked There will be a small reserve of fuel remaining
indicator: by an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches the 0
promptly. position.
When the parking brake is released and the
brake fluid level is sufficient, if both the brake CAUTION Low tyre pressure warning
warning light and the Anti-lock Braking System light
Do not continue driving if the alternator belt is loose,
(ABS) warning light illuminate, it may indicate
broken or missing. When the ignition switch is placed in the ON po-
that the ABS is not functioning properly. Have
sition, the low tyre pressure warning light illu-
the brake system checked, and if necessary re- Forward emergency braking
minates and then turns off. This indicates that
paired, by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work- system warning light the low tyre pressure warning system is opera-
shop promptly. (See “ Anti-lock Braking System (where fitted) tional.
(ABS) warning light” earlier in this section.)
When the ignition switch is placed in the “ON”
This light illuminates if there is low tyre pres-
Charge warning light position, the forward emergency braking system
sure, flat tyre (where fitted) or a tyre pressure
warning light illuminates. After starting the en-
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, warning system malfunction.
gine, the forward emergency braking system
the charge warning light illuminates. After start-
warning light turns off. The Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
ing the engine, the charge warning light turns
monitors the tyre pressure of all tyres except the
off. This indicates that the charging system is This light illuminates when the forward emer-
spare tyre (where fitted).
operational. gency braking system is set to OFF on the lower
display. Low tyre pressure warning:
If the charge warning light illuminates while the
engine is running, or while driving, it may indi- If the light illuminates when the forward emer- If the vehicle is being driven with low tyre pres-
cate that the charging system is not functioning gency braking system is ON, it may indicate that sure, the warning light will illuminate. The [Low
properly and may need servicing. the system is unavailable. See “Forward emer- Tyre Pressure] warning also appears in the ve-
gency braking system (where fitted)” in the “5. Start- hicle information display.
When the charge warning light illuminates while
ing and driving” section for more details.
driving, stop the vehicle safely as soon as pos- When the low tyre pressure warning light illumi-
sible. Stop the engine and check the alternator Low fuel warning light nates, you should stop and adjust the tyre pres-
belt. If the alternator belt is loose, broken or sure to the recommended COLD tyre pressure
This light illuminates when the fuel in the tank is
missing, the charging system needs repair. (See shown on the tyre placard. Use a tyre pressure
getting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient,
“Drive belts” in the “8. Maintenance and gauge to check the tyre pressure.
preferably before the fuel gauge reaches the 0
do-it-yourself” section.)
(empty) position. The low tyre pressure warning light may not au-
If the alternator belt appears to be functioning tomatically turn off when the tyre pressure is
correctly but the charge warning light remains adjusted. After the tyre is inflated to the recom-

mended pressure, reset the tyre pressures reg- sound for 10 seconds. A [Flat Tyre] warning also For additional information, see “Tyre Pressure
istered in your vehicle and then drive the ve- appears in the vehicle information display. Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5. Starting and
hicle at speeds above 25 km/h (16 MPH). driving” section.
The chime will only sound at the first indication
These operations are required to activate the of a flat tyre and the warning light will illuminate
TPMS and turn off the low tyre pressure warning continuously. When the flat tyre warning is acti- WARNING
light. vated, have the system reset and the tyre
checked, and replaced if necessary, by an
• Radio waves could adversely affect electric medi-
TPMS resetting must be also performed after a cal equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should
INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop. Even if the contact the electric medical equipment manufac-
tyre or a wheel is replaced, or the tyres are ro-
tyre is inflated to the specified COLD tyre pres- turer for the possible influences before use.
tated.
sure, the warning light will continue to illumi-
Depending on a change in the outside tempera- nate until the system is reset by an INFINITI • If the light does not illuminate with the ignition
ture, the low tyre pressure warning light may switch pushed ON, have the vehicle checked by an
Centre or qualified workshop.
illuminate even if the tyre pressure has been ad- INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop as soon as
For models with run-flat tyres, you can drive the possible.
justed properly. Adjust the tyre pressure to the
vehicle for a limited time on a flat tyre. See “Run-
recommended COLD tyre pressure again when
the tyres are cold, and reset the TPMS.
flat tyres (where fitted)” in the “6. In case of • If the low tyre pressure warning light illuminates
while driving, avoid sudden steering manoeuvres
emergency” section and “Run-flat tyres (where
If the low tyre pressure warning light still contin- or abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull off
fitted)” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-
ues to illuminate after the resetting operation, it the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as
tion for more details.
may indicate that the TPMS is not functioning soon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tyres
properly. Have the system checked by an TPMS malfunction: may permanently damage the tyres and increase
INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop. If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the low the likelihood of tyre failure. Serious vehicle dam-
tyre pressure warning light will flash for approxi- age could occur and may lead to an accident and
For additional information, see “Tyre Pressure could result in serious personal injury. Check the
mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is
Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5. Starting and tyre pressure for all four tyres. Adjust the tyre
placed in the ON position. The light will remain
driving” section and “Vehicle information display” pressure to the recommended COLD tyre pressure
on after 1 minute. Have the system checked by
later in this section. shown on the tyre placard to turn the low tyre pres-
an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop. The
Flat tyre warning (where fitted): [Low Tyre Pressure] warning or [Flat Tyre] warn- sure warning light off. If you have a flat tyre, repair
ing (where fitted) does not appear if the low tyre it with the emergency tyre puncture repair kit
The flat tyre warning warns of a flat tyre. (where fitted).
pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a
If the vehicle is being driven with one or more
flat tyres, the low tyre pressure warning light
TPMS malfunction. • For models with run-flat tyres, although you can
continue driving with a punctured run-flat tyre, re-
will illuminate continuously and a chime will member that vehicle handling stability is reduced,

which could lead to an accident and personal in- CAUTION • Chassis control warning
jury. Also, driving a long distance at high speeds
may damage the tyres.
• The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tyre • Parking brake release warning
pressure check. Be sure to check the tyre pressure
– Do not drive at speeds above 80 km/h (50 regularly.
• SHIFT “P” warning
MPH) and do not drive more than approxi-
• If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than
• Low oil pressure warning (where fitted)
mately 150 km (93 miles) with a punc-
tured run-flat tyre. The actual distance
25 km/h (16 MPH), the TPMS may not operate cor- • Low oil level warning (where fitted)
rectly.
the vehicle can be driven on a flat tyre • Door/boot open warning
depends on outside temperature, vehicle • Be sure to install the specified size of tyres to all
• Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS) warning
load, road conditions and other factors. four wheels correctly. (where fitted)
– If you detect any unusual sounds or vibra- Master warning light • Headlight warning (where fitted)
tions while driving with a punctured run-
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, (See “Vehicle information display” later in this sec-
flat tyre, pull off the road to a safe loca-
the master warning light illuminates if any of tion.)
tion and stop the vehicle as soon as pos-
the following are displayed in the vehicle infor-
sible. The tyre may be seriously damaged If the driver assist system warnings (where fit-
mation display.
and need to be replaced. ted) appear in the vehicle information display,
• After adjusting the tyre pressure, be sure to reset
• NO KEY warning the master warning light also illuminates. See
the TPMS. Unless the resetting is performed, the • PUSH warning (where fitted) “Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system/Lane Depar-
ture Prevention (LDP) system (where fitted)” in the
TPMS will not warn of the low tyre pressure.
• Key ID Incorrect warning “5. Starting and driving” section, “Blind Spot Warn-
• When a spare tyre is mounted or a wheel is re-
• Low washer fluid warning ing/Blind Spot Intervention/Back-up Collision Inter-
placed, the TPMS will not function and the low tyre vention systems (where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and
pressure warning light will flash for approximately • Door/boot open warning driving” section, “Distance Control Assist (DCA) sys-
1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute.
Contact your INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop
• Low tyre Pressure warning tem (where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” sec-
tion, “Forward emergency braking system (where
as soon as possible for tyre replacement and/or • Flat Tyre warning (where fitted) fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section and
system resetting. • Headlight warning (where fitted) “Predictive forward collision warning system (where
• Replacing tyres with those not originally specified • Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS) warning fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section.
by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the (where fitted)
TPMS.
• Intelligent Key system warning

Pop-up engine bonnet warning ing warning light stays on for a few seconds and Seat belt warning light
light (where fitted) turns off. This indicates that Direct Adaptive
The light and chime remind you to fasten seat
Steering is operational. Drive the vehicle after
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, belts.
the power steering warning light turns off.
the pop-up engine bonnet warning light illumi-
When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
nates for about 7 seconds and then turns off. If the power steering warning light illuminates
the front seat belt warning light in the meter il-
This indicates that the pop-up engine bonnet while driving, pull off the road to a safe location
luminates. The light will continue to illuminate
system is operational. and stop the vehicle. If the power steering warn-
until the front seat belts are fastened.
ing light turns off, you can drive again. If the
If any of the following conditions occur, the pop-
power steering warning light continues to illu- When the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h (10
up engine bonnet system need servicing. Have
minate, have Direct Adaptive Steering checked MPH), the light will blink and the chime will
the system checked, and if necessary repaired,
by an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop. (See sound unless the front seat belts are securely
by an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop
5-111.) fastened. The chime will continue to sound for
promptly.
about 90 seconds until the seat belts are fas-
Models with hydraulic pump electric power
• The pop-up engine bonnet warning light remains steering system:
tened.
illuminated after about 7 seconds.
When the ignition switch is in the “ON” posi-
• The pop-up engine bonnet warning light flashes tion, the power steering warning light illumi-
the rear seat belt warning lights on the instru-
intermittently. ment panel illuminate. If any of the rear passen-
nates. After starting the engine, the power steer-
ger seat belts is unfastened, the seat belt warn-
• The pop-up engine bonnet warning light does not ing warning light turns off. This indicates that or
ing light illuminates to show which seat belt is
come on at all. hydraulic pump electric power steering system
not fastened. When a rear passenger’s seat belt
is operational.
Unless checked and repaired, the pop-up engine has been securely fastened, the corresponding
bonnet system may not function properly. (See If the power steering warning light illuminates seat belt warning light will turn off.
“Pop-up engine bonnet (where fitted)” in the “1. Safety while the engine is running, it may indicate hy-
When the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h (10
— seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint draulic pump electric power steering system is
MPH), if a rear passenger’s seat belt is not fas-
system” section.) not functioning properly and may need servic-
tened, a chime will sound and the rear seat belt
ing. Have hydraulic pump electric power steer-
Power steering warning light ing system checked by an INFINITI Centre or
warning light will illuminate. The seat belt warn-
ing light illuminates until the corresponding rear
Models with Direct Adaptive Steering: qualified workshop. (See 5-110.)
passenger’s seat belt is fastened.
When the ignition switch is in the “ON” posi-
For precautions on seat belt usage, see “Seat
tion, the power steering warning light illumi-
belts” in the “1. Safety — seats, seat belts and supple-
nates. After starting the engine, the power steer-
mental restraint system” section.

Supplemental Restraint Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) Water-in-fuel-filter warning
System (SRS) air bag warning warning light (except for light (for diesel engine model)
light Europe)/Electronic Stability If the water-in-fuel-filter warning light illumi-
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, Programme (ESP) warning nates while the engine is running, drain the wa-
the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) air light (for Europe) ter from the fuel filter promptly. (See “Fuel filter”
bag warning light illuminates for about 7 sec- When the ignition switch is in the ON position, in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)
onds and then turns off. This indicates that the the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)/Electronic CAUTION
SRS air bag system is operational. Stability Programme (ESP) warning light illumi-
nates and then turns off. Continuing vehicle operation without properly drain-
If any of the following conditions occur, the SRS
ing could cause serious damage to the engine.
air bag system and pre-tensioner seat belt need The warning light blinks when the VDC/ESP sys-
servicing. Have the system checked, and if nec- tem is operating. INDICATOR LIGHTS
essary repaired, by an INFINITI Centre or quali-
When the warning light blinks while driving, the Dipped beam indicator light
driving condition is slippery and the vehicle’s
The dipped beam indicator light illuminates
• The SRS air bag warning light remains illuminated traction limit is about to be exceeded.
when the headlight low beam is on. The indica-
after about 7 seconds.
If the warning light illuminates when the igni- tor turns off when the high beam is selected.
• The SRS air bag warning light flashes intermit- tion switch is placed in the ON position, it may (See 2-27)
tently. indicate that the VDC/ESP, active trace control,
brake force distribution or hill start assist sys-
Door lock indicator light
• The SRS air bag warning light does not come on at tem is not functioning properly and may need
(where fitted)
all.
servicing. Have the system checked, and if nec- The door lock indicator light, located on the in-
Unless checked and repaired, the SRS air bag essary repaired, by an INFINITI Centre or quali- strument panel, illuminates when all the doors
system and pre-tensioner seat belt may not func- fied workshop promptly. are locked.
tion properly. (See “Supplemental restraint system”
in the “1. Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental If a malfunction occurs in the system, the VDC/ • With the ignition switch in the ON position, the door
ESP system function will be cancelled but the lock indicator light will illuminate and stay on when
restraint system” section.)
vehicle is still driveable. the doors are locked using the power door lock
switch.
See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system” in the
“5. Starting and driving” section or “Electronic Stabil-
ity Programme (ESP) system” in the “5. Starting and
driving” section.

• With the ignition switch in the ACC, “OFF” or LOCK For more details, see “Supplemental front-impact poor driveability, reduced fuel economy, and dam-
position, the door lock indicator light will operate air bag system” in the “1. Safety — seats, seat belts age to the engine control system, which may af-
as follows: and supplemental restraint system” section. fect the vehicle’s warranty coverage.
– When the doors are locked with the power Glow plug indicator light • Incorrect setting of the engine control system may
door lock switch, the door lock indicator lead to non-compliance of local and national emis-
light will illuminate for 30 minutes. sion laws and regulations.
the glow plug indicator light illuminates and
– When the doors are locked by pushing the turns off after the glow plugs have warmed up. When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
LOCK button on the Intelligent Key or any the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) illumi-
If the glow plugs have already warmed up, the
request switch, the door lock indicator nates. After starting the engine, the MIL turns
glow plug indicator flashes briefly and then
light will illuminate for 1 minute. off. This indicates that the engine control sys-
turns off.
tem is operational.
The door lock indicator light turns off when any
door is unlocked. High beam assist indicator For Europe and 2.0L turbo petrol engine model:
light (where fitted)
For locking or unlocking doors, see “Door locks” If the MIL illuminates while the engine is run-
The indicator light illuminates when the head-
in the “3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments” sec- ning, it may indicate that the engine control sys-
lights come on while the headlight switch is in
tion. tem is not functioning properly and may need
the AUTO position with the high beam selected.
servicing. Have the vehicle checked, and if nec-
Front fog light indicator light This indicates that the high beam assist system
The front fog light indicator light illuminates is operational. (See 2-27.)
when the front fog lights are on. (See “Fog light High beam indicator light If the MIL blinks while the engine is running, it
switch” later in this section.)
The high beam indicator light illuminates when may indicate a potential malfunction in the
/ Front passenger air the headlight high beam is on. The indicator emission control system. In this case, the emis-
bag status light turns off when the low beam is selected. (See sion control system may not function properly
2-27.) and may need servicing. Have the system
The front passenger air bag status light (m )
checked, and if necessary repaired, by an
located on the instrument panel will illuminate Malfunction Indicator Light INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop promptly.
when the front passenger air bag is turned off (MI)
with the front passenger air bag switch. When Precautions:
CAUTION
the front passenger air bag is turned on, the
To reduce or avoid possible damage to the en-
front passenger air bag status light (m ) will • Continuing vehicle operation without proper ser- gine control system when the MIL blinks:
illuminate. vicing of the engine control system could lead to
• Avoid driving at speeds above 70 km/h (43 MPH).
• Avoid sudden acceleration or deceleration. Small light indicator light • When the Stop/Start System indicator light blinks
at a low speed (once approximately every 1 sec-
• Avoid going up steep uphill grades. The small light indicator light illuminates when
ond), have the system checked, and if necessary
the front clearance lights, instrument panel
• Avoid carrying or towing unnecessary loads. lights, tail lights and number plate lights are on.
repaired, by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-
shop promptly.
Except for Europe and 2.0L turbo petrol engine The indicator light turns off when the m is
model: turned off. Except for Europe:
If the MIL illuminates while the engine is run- Stop/Start System indicator The Idling Stop System indicator light illumi-
ning, it may indicate that the engine control sys- light/Idling Stop System nates in the meter when the Idling Stop System
tem is not functioning properly and may need is activated or is in the ready state.
indicator light (where fitted)
servicing. Have the system checked, and if nec-
For Europe: The Idling Stop System indicator light blinks at
a high speed when the engine bonnet is open
fied workshop promptly. The Stop/Start System indicator light illumi- while the engine is stopped by the system (for
Rear fog light indicator light nates in the meter when the Stop/Start System AT model).
is activated.
The rear fog light indicator light illuminates The Idling Stop System indicator light blinks at
when the rear fog light turns on. (See “Rear fog The Stop/Start System indicator light blinks at a a low speed, when the Idling Stop System is mal-
light” later in this section.) high speed, when the engine bonnet is open functioning.
while the engine is stopped by the system (for
Security indicator light Automatic Transmission (AT) model). NOTE
The security indicator light blinks when the igni- The Stop/Start System indicator light blinks at a • Models with Automatic Transmission (AT): When
tion switch is in the ACC, “OFF” or LOCK posi- low speed, when the Stop/Start System is mal- the Idling Stop System indicator light blinks at a
tion. This function indicates that the security functioning. high speed (twice approximately every 1 second),
system equipped on the vehicle is operational. be sure to check if the engine bonnet is open. When
NOTE the engine bonnet is open, the engine will be in
If the security system is malfunctioning, this
light will remain on while the ignition switch is • Models with Automatic Transmission (AT): When the normal stopped state. In this case, restart the
the Stop/Start System indicator light blinks at a engine using the ignition switch.
in the ON position. (See “Security systems” later in
high speed (twice approximately every 1 second),
this section.)
be sure to close the engine bonnet. When the en-
• When the Idling Stop System indicator light blinks
at a low speed (once approximately every 1 sec-
gine bonnet is open, the engine will be in the nor- ond), have the system checked, and if necessary
mal stopped state. In this case, restart the engine repaired, by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-
using the ignition switch. shop promptly.

• Even if the Idling Stop System indicator light illu- When the VDC/ESP OFF switch is pushed to the • The power door lock switch is pushed to the lock
minates before stopping your vehicle, the Idling “OFF” position, the VDC/ESP system is turned position while the driver’s door is open and the
Stop System may not activate when driving on an off. ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.
uphill or downhill grade, or when the steering
wheel is operated, etc.
See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system” in the • The power door lock switch is pushed to the lock
“5. Starting and driving” section or “Electronic Stabil- position while any door is open except for the driv-
Trailer direction indicator light ity Programme (ESP) system” in the “5. Starting and er’s door.
(where fitted) driving” section.
Be sure that the ignition switch is switched to
The light will illuminate whenever an additional AUDIBLE REMINDERS the LOCK position when the door is opened, and
electrical load is detected by the direction indi- carry the Intelligent Key with you when leaving
cator system. Brake pad wear warning the vehicle.
The disc brake pads have audible wear warn- For the Intelligent Key system, an inside or out-
For additional information, see “Trailer towing (for
ings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it side chime will sound under some conditions.
Europe)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section.
will make a high pitched scraping sound when When a chime sounds, be sure to check both the
Turn signal/hazard indicator the vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound will vehicle and the Intelligent Key. (See “Intelligent
lights first occur only when the brake pedal is Key system” in the “3. Pre-driving checks and
depressed. After more wear of the brake pad, adjustments” section.)
The turn signal/hazard indicator lights blink
the sound will always be heard even if the brake
when the turn signal switch lever or hazard indi-
pedal is not depressed. Light reminder chime
cator flasher switch is on. (See “Turn signal switch”
later in this section or “Hazard warning flasher switch” Have the system checked, and if necessary re- The light reminder chime will sound if the driv-
in the “6. In case of emergency” section.) paired, by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work- er’s side door is opened and the following op-
shop promptly. (See “Brakes” in the “8. Mainte- erations are detected:
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
off indicator light (except for
nance and do-it-yourself” section.)
• The headlight switch is in either the m or m
Key reminder chime position, and the ignition switch is in the ACC,
Europe)/Electronic Stability
“OFF” or LOCK position.
Programme (ESP) off indicator The key reminder chime will sound if any of the
light (for Europe) following operations are detected: Be sure to turn the headlight switch to the “OFF”
or “AUTO” position when you leave the vehicle.
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)/Electronic Sta-
bility Programme (ESP) off indicator light illumi-
• The driver’s door is opened while the ignition
switch is in the ACC or “OFF” position.
nates when the VDC/ESP OFF switch is pushed
to the “OFF” position.

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY
Parking brake reminder chime • Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)

The parking brake reminder chime will sound if – See “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system
the vehicle is driven at more than 7 km/h (4 MPH) (where fitted for Manual Transmission (MT)
with the parking brake applied. Stop the vehicle model)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section
and release the parking brake. (P. 5-74)
Stop/Start System or Idling Stop • Active lane control

System reminder buzzer (where fitted) – See “Active lane control system (where fitted)”
The Stop/Start System or Idling Stop System re- in the “5. Starting and driving” section
minder buzzer will sound if the engine bonnet is JVI0641XZ (P. 5-30)
opened (for AT and MT models), or the driver’s
door is opened and the driver’s seat belt is un- The vehicle information display j 1 is located
• Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Lane Departure
Prevention (LDP) system
fastened (for MT models) while the Stop/Start between the tachometer and the speedometer,
System or Idling Stop System is activated. and it displays the following information and – See “Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system/
other warnings and information. Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system (where
NOTE fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section
• Be sure to close the engine bonnet. When the en- • Automatic transmission (AT) (P. 5-34)
gine bonnet is open, the engine will be in the nor-
mal stopped state. In this case, restart the engine
– See “Driving with Automatic Transmission
(AT)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section
• BSW/Blind Spot Intervention/BCI system
with the ignition switch (for AT and MT models). (P. 5-12) – See “Blind Spot Warning/Blind Spot Interven-
tion/Back-up Collision Intervention systems
• Be sure to check that the driver’s seat belt is fas- • Speed limiter (where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving”
tened and the driver’s door is closed. When the section (P. 5-40)
– See “Speed limiter” in the “5. Starting and
driver’s seat belt is unfastened and the driver’s
door is open, the engine will be in the normal
driving” section (P. 5-55)
• Distance Control Assist (DCA) system
stopped state. In this case, restart the engine with • Cruise control – See “Distance Control Assist (DCA) system
the ignition switch (for MT model). – See “Cruise control (where fitted)” in the (where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving”
“5. Starting and driving” section (P. 5-57) section (P. 5-90)
• Forward emergency braking system

– See “Forward emergency braking system
(where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving”
section (P. 5-97)

• Predictive forward collision warning system
– See “Predictive forward collision warning sys-
tem (where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and
driving” section (P. 5-102)
• Active trace control

– See “Active trace control” in the “5. Starting
and driving” section (P. 5-23)
• Intelligent Key system

– See “Intelligent Key system” in the “3. Pre-
driving checks and adjustments” section
(P. 3-6)
• Stop/Start System
– See “Stop/Start System (for Europe) or Idling
Stop System (except for Europe) (where fitted)”
in the “5. Starting and driving” section (P. 5-25)

INDICATORS FOR OPERATION
JVI1003XZ

1. Engine start operation indicator (for 4. NO KEY warning • SHIFT P warning → (Move the shift lever to P)
Automatic Transmission (AT) models) → PUSH warning → (Push the ignition switch
The warning appears when the door is closed
→ ignition switch position is turned to ON)
This indicator appears when the shift lever is in with the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicle
→ PUSH warning → (Push the ignition switch
the P (Park) position. and the ignition switch in the ACC or ON posi-
→ ignition switch position is turned to “OFF”)
tion. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is inside
This indicator means that the engine will start
by pushing the ignition switch with the brake
the vehicle. 7. Intelligent Key battery discharge
pedal depressed. You can start the engine di- See “Intelligent Key system” in the “3. Pre-driving indicator
rectly in any position. checks and adjustments” section for more details. This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key
battery is running out of power.
2. Engine start operation indicator (for 5. SHIFT P warning (Automatic
Manual Transmission (MT) models) Transmission (AT) models) If this indicator appears, replace the battery with
a new one. (See “Intelligent Key battery discharge”
This indicator means that the engine will start This warning appears when the ignition switch
in the “5. Starting and driving” section.)
by pushing the ignition switch with the clutch is pushed to stop the engine with the shift lever
pedal depressed. You can start the engine di- in any position except the P (Park) position. 8. Engine start operation for
rectly in any position.
If this warning appears, move the shift lever to Intelligent Key system indicator
You can also start the engine by pushing the ig- the P (Park) position or place the ignition switch This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key
nition switch with the brake pedal depressed in the ON position. battery is running out of power and when the
when the shift lever is in the N (Neutral) posi- Intelligent Key system and vehicle are not com-
An inside warning chime will also sound. (See
tion. municating normally.
“Intelligent Key system” in the “3. Pre-driving checks
3. Steering lock release malfunction and adjustments” section.) If this indicator appears, touch the ignition
indicator switch with the Intelligent Key while depressing
6. “PUSH” warning (Automatic the brake pedal. (See “Intelligent Key battery
This indicator appears when the steering lock Transmission (AT) models) discharge” in the “5. Starting and driving” section.)
cannot be released.
This warning appears when the shift lever is
If this indicator appears, push the ignition moved to the P (Park) position with the ignition 9. Key ID Incorrect warning
switch while lightly turning the steering wheel switch in the ACC position after the SHIFT P warn- This warning appears when the ignition switch
right and left. ing appears. is pushed from the LOCK position and the Intel-
ligent Key cannot be recognised by the system.
See “Steering lock” in the “5. Starting and driving” To push the ignition switch to the “OFF” posi-
You cannot start the engine with an unregistered
section. tion, perform the following procedure:

key. Use the registered Intelligent Key. See “In- 14. Intelligent Key system warning lier in this section and “Tyre Pressure Monitoring Sys-
telligent Key system” in the “5. Pre-driving checks and tem (TPMS)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section.
This warning appears if there is a malfunction in
adjustments” section.
the Intelligent Key system. 17. Low oil warning (for 2.2L diesel
10. Parking brake release warning If this warning appears while the engine is engine models)
This warning appears when the vehicle speed is stopped, the engine cannot be started. If this This warning appears if low engine oil level is
above 7 km/h (4 MPH) and the parking brake is warning appears while the engine is running, detected. If this warning appears, check the oil
applied. Stop the vehicle and release the park- the vehicle can be driven. However, contact an level using the dipstick. (See “Engine oil” in the
ing brake. INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop for repair “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)
as soon as possible.
11. Low fuel warning CAUTION
This warning appears when the fuel level in the
15. Low tyre pressure warning The oil level should be checked regularly using the
tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is conve- This warning ([Low Tyre Pressure] and a vehicle engine oil dipstick. Operating with an insufficient
nient, preferably before the fuel gauge reaches icon - where fitted) appears when the low tyre amount of oil can damage the engine and such dam-
the empty (0) position. pressure warning light in the meter illuminates age is not covered by the warranty.
and low tyre pressure is detected. The warning
There is a small reserve of fuel remaining in the
appears each time the ignition switch is placed
18. Extended storage fuse warning
tank when the fuel gauge reaches the empty (0)
in the ON position as long as the low tyre pres- This warning may appear if the extended stor-
position.
sure warning light remains illuminated. If this age fuse switch is not pushed in (switched on).
12. Low washer fluid warning warning appears, stop the vehicle and adjust the When this warning appears, push in (switch on)
pressure to the recommended COLD tyre pres- the extended storage fuse switch to turn off the
This warning appears when the washer tank
sure shown on the tyre placard. (See “ Low tyre warning. For more information, see “Extended
fluid is at a low level. Add washer fluid as neces-
pressure warning light” earlier in this section and storage fuse switch” in the “8. Maintenance and
sary. (See “Window washer fluid” in the “8. Mainte-
“Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the do-it-yourself” section.
nance and do-it-yourself” section.)
13. Door/boot open warning 19. Headlight warning (where fitted)
16. Flat tyre warning (where fitted) This warning appears if the LED headlights are
This warning appears if any of the doors and/or
This warning ([Flat Tyre] and a vehicle icon - malfunctioning. Have the system checked by an
the boot lid are open or not closed securely. The
where fitted) appears when the low tyre pres- INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.
vehicle icon indicates which door or the boot lid
sure warning light in the meter illuminates and
is open on the display.
one or more flat tyres are detected while driv-
ing. A chime also sounds for approximately 10
seconds. See “ Low tyre pressure warning light” ear-

20. Adaptive Front lighting System 24. “TIMER” indicator 28. Cruise indicator
(AFS) warning (where fitted) This indicator appears when the set “TIMER” in- Models without Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
This warning appears when the Adaptive Front dicator activates. You can set the time for up to system:
lighting System (AFS) is not functioning prop- 6 hours. (See the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s
This indicator shows the cruise control system
erly. Have the system checked by an INFINITI Manual.)
status. The status is shown by the colour.
25. Low outside temperature warning See “Cruise control (where fitted)” in the “5. Starting
(See “Adaptive Front Lighting System (AFS) (where
This warning appears if the outside temperature and driving” section for details.
fitted)” later in this section.)
is below 3°C (37°F). The warning can be set not
Models with Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
21. Power will turn off to save the to be displayed. (See the Infiniti InTouch Own-
system:
battery warning er’s Manual.)
This indicator shows the conventional (fixed
This warning appears after a period of time if 26. Chassis control warning speed) cruise control mode status. The status is
the shift lever has not moved from the P (Park) shown by the colour.
This warning appears if chassis control is not
position.
functioning properly. Chassis control consists of See “Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode”
22. Power turned off to save the Active Lane Control (where fitted), Active Trace in the “5. Starting and driving” section or “Conven-
battery Control and/or Emergency Stop Signal. Have the tional (fixed speed) cruise control mode” in the
system checked by an INFINITI Centre or quali- “5. Starting and driving” section for details.
This warning appears after the ignition switch is
fied workshop. (See “Chassis control” in the
automatically turned OFF to save the battery. 29. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
23. Light reminder warning system ON indicator (where fitted)
27. Speed limiter indicator
This warning appears when the driver side door This indicator shows the Intelligent Cruise Con-
This indicator shows the speed limiter system
is opened with the headlight switch is left ON trol (ICC) system status. The status is shown by
status. The status is shown by the colour.
and the ignition switch is placed in the ACC, the colour.
“OFF” or LOCK position. Place the headlight For more details, see “Speed limiter” in the
See or “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (where
switch in “OFF” or “AUTO” position. For addi- “5. Starting and driving” section.
fitted for Manual Transmission (MT) model)” in the
tional information, see “Headlight and turn signal “5. Starting and driving” section or “Intelligent Cruise
switch” later in this section. Control (ICC) system (where fitted for Automatic Trans-
mission (AT) model)” in the “5. Starting and driving”
section.

30. Driver assist system indicator spot indicator” or “driver assist system forward See “Driving with Automatic Transmission (AT)” in the
(where fitted) indicator” depending on the systems.) “5. Starting and driving” section for further details.
This indicator shows the status of the following 31. INFINITI Drive Mode Selector INDICATORS FOR MAINTENANCE
systems. indicator
• Lane Departure Warning (LDW) When a driving mode is selected using the
INFINITI Drive Mode Selector, the selected mode
• Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) indicator is displayed.
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW) • PERSONAL
• Blind Spot Intervention • SPORT
• Distance Control Assist (DCA) • STANDARD
• Forward emergency braking • SNOW (where fitted)
• Predictive forward collision warning (See “INFINITI drive mode selector” in the “5. Starting
For more details, see “Lane Departure Warning and driving” section.)
(LDW) system/Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system
(where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section, 32. Stop/Start System or Idling Stop
“Blind Spot Warning/Blind Spot Intervention/Back-up System indicator
Collision Intervention systems (where fitted)” in the This indicator shows the Stop/Start System or
“5. Starting and driving” section, “Distance Control Idling Stop System status. See “Stop/Start Sys-
Assist (DCA) system (where fitted)” in the “5. Starting tem (for Europe) or Idling Stop System (except for Eu-
and driving” section, “Forward emergency braking rope) (where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving”
system (where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section.
section and “Predictive forward collision warning sys-
tem (where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” sec- 33. Automatic Transmission (AT)
tion. position indicator (Automatic JVI0722XZ
Transmission (AT) models)

The figure and colour of this indicator will For setting of the indicators for maintenance,
change depending on the conditions of the This indicator shows the automatic shift posi-
see the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual.
above systems. (In each section, the name of tion.
this indicator is referred to as, “driver assist sys- This indicator shows the automatic shift posi-
tem lane indicator”, “driver assist system blind tion.

1. Engine oil and filter replacement 3. Other indicator
indicator This indicator appears when the customer set
This indicator appears when the customer set time comes for replacing items other than the
time comes for changing the engine oil and fil- engine oil, oil filter and tyres. You can set or re-
ter. You can set or reset the distance for chang- set the distance for replacing the items.
ing the engine oil and filter. (See INFINITI In
Touch Owner’s Manual.)
2. Tyre replacement indicator

This indicator appears when the customer set
distance comes for replacing tyres. You can set
or reset the distance for replacing tyres.
WARNING
The tyre replacement indicator is not a substitute for
regular tyre checks, including tyre pressure checks.
See “Changing tyres and wheels” in the “8. Mainte-
nance and do-it-yourself” section. Many factors in-
cluding tyre inflation, alignment, driving habits and
road conditions affect tyre wear and when tyres should
be replaced. Setting the tyre replacement indicator
for a certain driving distance does not mean your tyres
will last that long. Use the tyre replacement indicator
as a guide only and always perform regular tyre
checks. Failure to perform regular tyre checks, includ-
ing tyre pressure checks could result in tyre failure.
Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to a
collision, which could result in serious personal injury
or death.

TRIP COMPUTER
JVI0723XZ
Switches for the trip computer are located on

the right side of the steering wheel. To operate
the trip computer, push the switches as shown
above.
Each time the m switch is pushed, the display
will change.
The display item for trip computer is changed on
the lower display. For details, see INFINITI In
Touch Owner’s Manual.
1. Current fuel consumption and

average fuel consumption (l
(litre)/100 km, km/l(litre) or MPG)
Current fuel consumption:
The current fuel consumption mode shows the
current fuel consumption.
JVI0981XZ

Average fuel consumption: Trip odometer: 5. Navigation (where fitted)
The average fuel consumption mode shows the The trip odometer mode shows the total dis- When the route guidance is set in the navigation
average fuel consumption since the last reset. tance the vehicle has been driven since the last system, this item shows the navigation route in-
Resetting is done by pushing the m switch for reset. Resetting is done by pushing the m formation.
longer than 1 second. switch for longer than 1 second. (The elapsed
For more details, see the Infiniti InTouch Own-
time is also reset at the same time.)
The average fuel consumption is also reset on er’s Manual.
the lower display. See the Infiniti InTouch Own- 4. Distance to empty (dte — km or
er’s Manual. 6. Audio
mile)
The audio mode shows the status of audio infor-
The display is updated every 30 seconds. At The distance to empty (dte) mode provides you
mation.
about the first 500 m (1/3 mile) after a reset, the with an estimation of the distance that can be
display shows “——”. driven before refuelling. The dte is constantly For more details, see the Infiniti InTouch Own-
being calculated, based on the amount of fuel in er’s Manual.
2. Average speed (km/h or MPH)
the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption.
The average speed mode shows the average ve-
7. Driving aids (where fitted)
The display is updated every 30 seconds.
hicle speed since the last reset. Resetting is The driving aids mode shows the operating con-
done by pushing the m switch for longer than The dte mode includes a low range warning fea- dition for the following systems.
1 second. ture. If the fuel level is low, the warning is dis-
played on the screen.
• Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
The display is updated every 30 seconds. The
first 30 seconds after a reset, the display shows When the fuel level drops even lower, the dte
• Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)
“——”. display will change to “——”. • Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
3. Elapsed time and trip odometer (km • If the amount of fuel added is small, the display • Blind Spot Intervention
or mile) just before the ignition switch is placed in the “OFF”
• Distance Control Assist (DCA)
position may continue to be displayed.
Elapsed time:
• When driving uphill or rounding curves, the fuel in • Forward emergency braking
The elapsed time mode shows the time since
the last reset. The displayed time can be reset
the tank shifts, which may momentarily change the • Predictive forward collision warning
display. For more details, see “Lane Departure Warning
by pushing the m switch for longer than 1 sec-
ond. (The trip odometer is also reset at the same (LDW) system/Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system
time.) (where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section,
“Blind Spot Warning/Blind Spot Intervention/Back-up
Collision Intervention systems (where fitted)” in the

“5. Starting and driving” section, “Distance Control 10. Stop/Start System or Idling Stop Total CO2 saved and engine stop time (for
Assist (DCA) system (where fitted)” in the “5. Starting System (where fitted) Europe):
and driving” section, “Forward emergency braking
The Stop/Start System or Idling Stop System The total CO2 saved and engine stop time mode
system (where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving”
mode shows the CO2 or fuel saved and the en- shows accumulated Stop/Start System informa-
section and “Predictive forward collision warning sys-
gine stop time. (See “Stop/Start System (for Eu- tion since the vehicle was built. The values can-
tem (where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” sec-
rope) or Idling Stop System (except for Europe) (where not be reset.
tion.
fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section.)
Trip fuel saved and engine stop time (except
8. Tyre pressure (where fitted) The CO2 or fuel saved and engine stop time for Europe):
The tyre pressure mode shows the pressure of mode shows: The trip fuel saved and engine stop time mode
all four tyres while the vehicle is driven.
• The estimated CO2 exhaust emissions prevented shows amount of fuel saved and the engine stop
When the [Low Tyre Pressure] warning or [Flat (for Europe) time since the time the ignition switch was
Tyre] warning (where fitted) appears, the display turned ON.
can be switched to the tyre pressure mode by • The estimated quantity of saved fuel (except for Eu-
rope) Total fuel saved and engine stop time (except
pushing the m switch.
for Europe):
The tyre pressure unit can be changed in the • The time that the engine has been stopped for by
the Stop/Start System or Idling Stop System The total fuel saved and engine stop time mode
[TPMS setting] under the [Settings] menu on the
shows amount of fuel saved and the engine stop
lower display. (See the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Trip CO2 saved and engine stop time (for time since the last reset.
Manual.) Europe):
The fuel saved and engine stop time can be re-
9. Chassis control The trip CO2 saved and engine stop time mode
set by pushing the m /m switch for longer
shows the CO2 saving and engine stop time
When Active Lane Control (where fitted) or the than 1 second.
since the last reset.
active trace control system is operated, it shows
The CO2 saved and engine stop time can be re-
11. Warning check
the operating condition. See “Active lane control
system (where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” set by pushing the m switch for longer than 1 The present warnings are displayed. If no warn-
section and “Active trace control” in the “5. Starting second. ing is present, “No Warning” is displayed.
and driving” section for more details.

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
CLOCK AND OUTSIDE AIR HEADLIGHT SWITCH instrument panel lights, tail lights and licence
TEMPERATURE plate lights turn on automatically depending on
the brightness of the surroundings.
The headlights will turn on automatically at twi-
light or in rainy weather (when the windscreen
wiper is operated continuously).
When the ignition switch is pushed to the “OFF”
position, the lights will turn off automatically.
JVI0751XZ
JVI0724XZ With rear fog light
The clock j1 and outside air temperature j 2

are displayed on the upper side of the vehicle
information display.
Clock
SIC3784AZ
The clock can be adjusted on the lower display.
See the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual.
CAUTION
Outside air temperature (°C or °F)
SIC3330Z Do not place any objects on top of the sensor j A . The
The outside air temperature is displayed in °C or With front and rear fog light sensor senses the brightness level and controls the
°F in the range of −40 to 60°C (−40 to 140°F). autolight function. If the sensor is covered, it reacts
INFINITI recommends that you consult the local
The outside temperature sensor is located in regulations concerning the use of lights. as if it is dark, and the headlights will illuminate.
front of the radiator. The sensor may be affected
AUTO position Automatic headlights off delay (where fitted):
by road or engine heat, wind directions and
other driving conditions. The display may differ When the ignition switch is in the ON position You can keep the headlights on for up to 180
from the actual outside temperature or the tem- and the headlight switch is in the “AUTO” posi- seconds after you push the ignition switch to
perature displayed on various signs or tion j
1 , the headlights, front clearance lights, the “OFF” position and open any door then close
billboards. all the doors.

You can adjust the period of the automatic head- Headlight beam select When the lever is pulled towards the rearmost
lights off delay from 0 seconds (OFF) to 180 sec- position j3 after the ignition switch is pushed
onds. The factory default setting is 45 seconds. to the “OFF” or LOCK position, the headlight will
turn on and stay on for 30 seconds. The lever
For automatic headlights off delay setting, see
can be pulled 4 times for up to 2 minutes.
the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s manual.
m position High beam assist (where fitted)

The m position j
The high beam assist system will operate when
2 turns on the front clear-
the vehicle is driven at the following speeds and
ance, front side marker (where fitted), rear side
above.
marker, instrument panel, tail and number plate
lights. JVI0752XZ
• approximately 35 km/h (22 MPH) (for Russia and
With rear fog light Ukraine)
m position
The m position j 3 turns on the headlights in • approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) (for Europe)
addition to the other lights. If an oncoming vehicle or leading vehicle ap-
pears in front of your vehicle when the headlight
high beam is on, the headlight will be switched
to the low beam automatically.
Precautions on high beam assist:
WARNING
SIC3331Z
With front and rear fog light • The high beam assist system is a convenience but
it is not a substitute for safe driving operation. The
To turn on the high beam, push the lever towards driver should remain alert at all times, ensure safe
the front position j1 . driving practices and switch the high beams and
To turn off the high beam, return the lever to the low beam manually when necessary.
neutral position j 2 .
• The high beam or low beam may not switch auto-
To flash the headlights, pull the lever towards matically under the following conditions. Switch
the rearmost position j 3 . The headlights can the high beam and low beam manually.
be flashed even when the headlights are not on.

– During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, – The brightness of the headlights of the tion). The high beam assist indicator light in the
wind, etc.). oncoming vehicle or leading vehicle. meter will illuminate while the headlights are
turned on.
– When a light source similar to a headlight – The movement and direction of the on-
or tail lamp are in the vicinity of the ve- coming vehicle and the leading vehicle. If the high beam assist indicator light does not
hicle. illuminate in the above condition, it may indi-
– When only one light on the oncoming ve-
cate that the system is not functioning properly.
– When the headlights of the oncoming vehicle or the leading vehicle is illuminated.
Have the system checked by an INFINITI Centre
hicle or the leading vehicle are turned off,
– When the oncoming vehicle or the lead- or qualified workshop.
when the colour of the light is affected
ing vehicle is a two-wheeled vehicle.
due to foreign materials on the lights, or When the vehicle speed lowers to less than the
when the light beam is out of position. – Road conditions (incline, curve, the road following speeds, the headlight remains the low
surface, etc.). beam.
– When there is a sudden, continuous
change in brightness. – The number of passengers and the • approximately 27 km/h (17 MPH) (for Russia and
amount of luggage. Ukraine)
– When driving on a road that passes over
rolling hills, or a road that has level dif- High beam assist operations: • approximately 30 km/h (19 MPH) (for Europe)
ferences.
To turn off the high beam assist system, turn the
– When driving on a road with many curves. headlight switch to the m position or select
the low beam position by placing the lever in the
– When a sign or mirror-like surface is re-
neutral position.
flecting intense light towards the front of
the vehicle.
– When the container, etc. being towed by
a leading vehicle is reflecting intense
light.
JVI0753XZ
– When a headlight on your vehicle is dam-
aged or dirty.
To activate the high beam assist system, turn
– When the vehicle is leaning at an angle the headlight switch to the “AUTO” position j
1
due to a punctured tyre, being towed, etc. and push the lever forward j 2 (high beam posi-
• The timing of the low beam and high beam may
change under the following situations.

Ambient image sensor maintenance: Daytime light system m or m position after the lights automati-
cally turn off, the lights will turn on when the
Even if the headlight switch is off, the daytime
engine is started.
lights will come on after starting the engine.
However, you cannot change low beam to high CAUTION
beam when the light switch is off.
Do not leave the lights on when the engine is not run-
When the light switch is turned to the m posi- ning for extended periods of time to prevent the bat-
tion, the headlight low beam will turn off. tery from being discharged.
AUTOMATIC AIMING CONTROL ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM

The headlights are equipped with the automatic
(AFS) (where fitted)
JVI0670XZ
levelling system. Headlight axis is controlled au- The Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS) will au-
tomatically. tomatically adjust the headlights (low beam) to-
The ambient image sensor j 1 for the high beam
ward the turning direction to improve the driv-
assist system is located in front of the inside BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM er’s view. When the headlight switch is ON and
rearview mirror. To keep the proper operation of
The light reminder chime will sound if the driv- the driver operates the steering wheel in a turn,
the high beam assist system and prevent a sys-
er’s door is opened while the following improper the AFS system will be activated.
tem malfunction, be sure to observe the follow-
operations are found:
ing: The AFS will operate:
The headlight switch is in either the m or
• Always keep the windscreen clean. m position, and the ignition switch in the
• when the headlight switch is ON.
• Do not attach a sticker (including transparent ma- ACC, “OFF” or LOCK position. • when the shift lever is in any position other than P
terial) or install an accessory near the ambient im- (Park) or R (Reverse).
Be sure to turn the headlight switch to the “OFF”
age sensor.
or “AUTO” position and the fog light switch to • when the vehicle is driven at above 5 km/h (3 MPH)
• Do not strike or damage the areas around the am- the “OFF” position when you leave the vehicle. for the driver’s side headlight. Note that the front
bient image sensor. Do not touch the sensor lens passenger’s side low beam headlight will swivel
When the headlight switch is in the m or m
that is located on the ambient image sensor. but the driver’s side headlight will not swivel when
position while the ignition switch is in the ON
the vehicle is below 5 km/h (3 MPH) and the steer-
If the ambient image sensor is damaged due to position, the lights will automatically turn off af-
ing wheel is turned.
an accident, contact an INFINITI Centre or quali- ter a period of time when pushing the ignition
fied workshop. switch to the “OFF” or LOCK position and open- AFS is equipped with the automatic headlights
ing the driver’s side door. levelling system. The headlights will be adjusted
to proper axis automatically, depending on the
When the headlight switch remains in either the

number of occupants in the vehicle, the load the • Pull the windscreen washer switch toward you (ex- TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
vehicle is carrying and the road conditions. cept for Russia and Ukraine).
If the AFS warning in the vehicle information dis- – The headlight cleaner operates with the
play appears after the ignition switch has been windscreen washer operation. This opera-
pushed to the ON position, this may indicate tion activates once each time either the
that the AFS is not functioning properly. Have ignition switch or the headlight switch is
the system checked by an INFINITI Centre or turned off and on.
qualified workshop.
– After the first operation, the headlight
When the engine is started, the headlights will cleaner operates once for every few op-
vibrate to check the system condition. This is erations of the windscreen washer switch.
JVI0754XZ
not a malfunction. With rear fog light
See “Windscreen wiper and washer switch” later in
HEADLIGHT CLEANER (where fitted) this section.
CAUTION
• Do not operate the washer if the window washer

fluid reservoir is empty.
• Do not operate the washer continuously for longer

than 30 seconds.
SIC3332Z
JVI0778XZ With rear fog light
For Russia and Ukraine CAUTION
The headlight cleaner operates when the head-
The turn signal switch will not be cancelled automati-
light is on and the ignition switch is in the ON
cally if the steering wheel turning angle does not ex-
position.
ceed the preset amount. After the turn or lane change,
To operate the headlight cleaner: make sure that the turn signal switch is returned to its
original position.
• Push the windscreen washer switch forward (for
Russia and Ukraine).

FOG LIGHT SWITCH
Turn signal FRONT FOG LIGHTS (where fitted) When the headlight switch is in the “AUTO” po-
sition:
To turn on the turn signals, move the lever up
j1 or down j 2 to the point where the lever • Turning the fog light switch to the m position
latches. When the turn is completed, the turn will turn on the headlights, fog lights and the other
signal cancels automatically. lights while the ignition switch is in the ON posi-
tion or the engine is running.
Lane change signal
To turn on the lane change signals, move the REAR FOG LIGHT
lever up j 1 or down j 2 to the point where the Models with rear fog light
indicator light begins to flash, but the lever does
To turn on the front fog lights, turn the fog light
not latch. JVI0755XZ
With rear fog light switch to the m position j 1 with the head-
If the lever is moved back right after moving up light switch in the m or m position.
j 1 or down j 2 , the light will flash 3 times.
To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog light switch
To cancel the flashing, move the lever to the op- to the “OFF” position.
posite direction.
Models with front and rear fog light
To turn on the rear fog light, turn the fog light
switch to the m position j 2 with the head-
light switch in the m position. The switch re-
turns to the m position automatically, and the
rear fog light will illuminate with the front fog
SIC3333Z
lights. Make sure the m indicator light on the
With front and rear fog light
instrument panel illuminates.
To turn on the front fog lights, turn the fog light
switch to the m position j 1 with the head- To turn off the rear fog light, turn the fog light
light switch in the m or m position. switch to the m position again. Make sure
the m indicator light on the instrument panel
To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog light switch turns off.
to the “OFF” position.
To turn off both the front and rear fog lights, turn
the fog light switch to the “OFF” position.

WINDSCREEN WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
When the headlight switch is in the “AUTO” po-

sition: WARNING
• Turning the rear fog light switch to the m posi- In freezing temperatures, the washer fluid may freeze
on the windscreen and obscure your vision. Warm the
tion will turn on the headlights, rear fog lights and
the other lights while the ignition switch is in the windscreen with the defogger before you wash the
ON position or the engine is running. windscreen.
The rear fog light should be used only when vis- CAUTION
ibility is seriously reduced. [Generally, to less
than 100 m (328 ft)]
• Do not operate the washer continuously for longer
than 30 seconds. JVI0769XZ
• Do not operate the washer if the window washer Type B

fluid reservoir is empty. The windscreen wiper and washer operate when
the ignition switch is in the ON position.
• If the wiper operation is interrupted by snow or
ice, the wiper may stop moving to protect its mo- Wiper operation
tor. If this occurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFF
The lever position INT j
1 (Type A) operates the
position and remove the snow or ice on and around
wiper intermittently.
the wiper arms. In approximately 1 minute, turn
the switch on again to operate the wiper. • The intermittent operation can be adjusted by turn-
ing the adjustment control knob, (longer) j
A or
WINDSCREEN WIPER AND WASHER (shorter) j
B.
SWITCH
• The speed of the intermittent operation varies de-
pending on the vehicle speed. To turn on or off this
function, see the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual.
The lever position AUTO (Type B) j 1 operates
the rain-sensing auto wiper system. (See “Rain-
sensing auto wiper system (where fitted)” later in this
section.)
The lever position LO or “m ” j
2 operates the
wiper at low speed.
JVI0737XZ
Type A

The lever position HI or “m ” j
3 operates the Washer operation For Russia and Ukraine:
wiper at high speed.
To operate the washer, pull the lever toward the Pull the lever toward the front of the vehicle to
To stop the wiper operation, move the lever up back of the vehicle j 5 until the desired amount operate the headlight cleaner. See “Headlight
to the OFF position. of washer fluid is spread on the windscreen. The cleaner (where fitted)” earlier in this section.
The lever position MIST or “m ” j
wiper will automatically operate several times.
4 operates CAUTION
the wiper one sweep. The lever automatically re- The headlight cleaner (where fitted) will also op-
Do not operate the headlight cleaner if the window
turns to its original position. erate with operation of the windscreen washer.
washer fluid reservoir is empty.
(See “Headlight cleaner (where fitted)” later in this
Pulling up the wiper arm:
section.) RAIN-SENSING AUTO WIPER SYSTEM
The wiper arm should be in the up position when (where fitted)
replacing the wiper. Wiper drip wipe system:
To pull up the wiper arm, push up j

The wiper will also operate once about 3 sec-
4 twice when
onds after the washer and wiper are operated.
the ignition switch is in the “OFF” position within
This operation is to wipe washer fluid that has
1 minute. The wiper operation stops in mid-op-
dripped on the windscreen.
eration and the wiper arm can be pulled up.
The shift lever should be in the P (Park) position Headlight cleaner (where fitted)
(Automatic Transmission (AT) model) or the park- Push the lever toward the front of the vehicle to
ing brake must be applied (Manual Transmission operate the headlight cleaner. See “Headlight
(MT) model). cleaner (where fitted)” earlier in this section.
JVI0770XZ
To return the wiper arm, place the wiper arm in Except for Russia and Ukraine:
the down position and operate the wiper switch The rain-sensing auto wiper system can auto-
Pull the lever toward the rear of the vehicle. The
once. matically turn on the wipers and adjust the wiper
headlight cleaner will operate with operation of
CAUTION the windscreen washer. The headlight cleaner speed depending on the rainfall and the vehicle
operates with the windscreen washer operation. speed by using the rain sensor located on the
Do not operate the windscreen wiper while the wiper
This operation activates once each time either upper part of the windscreen.
arm is pulled up. The wiper arm may be damaged.
the ignition switch or the headlight switch is To set the rain-sensing auto wiper system, push
turned off and on. After the first operation, the the lever down to the AUTO position j 1 . The
headlight cleaner operates once for every few wiper will sweep once while the ignition switch
operations of the windscreen washer switch. is in the ON position.

DEFOGGER SWITCH
The rain sensor sensitivity level can be adjusted • The rain-sensing auto wipers may not operate if
by turning the knob toward j 2 (High) or toward rain does not hit the rain sensor even if it is rain-
j3 (Low). ing.
• High — High sensitive operation • Using genuine wiper blades is recommended for
proper operation of the rain-sensing auto wiper
• Low — Low sensitive operation system. (See “Wiper blades” in the “8. Mainte-
To turn the rain-sensing auto wiper system off, nance and do-it-yourself” section for wiper blade
push up the lever to the OFF position, or pull replacement.)
down the lever to the “m ”,“LO” or “m ”,
“HI” position. JVI0643XZ
CAUTION
The rear window and outside door mirror defog-
• Do not touch the rain sensor and around it when ger switch operates when the ignition switch is
the wiper switch is in the AUTO position and the in the ON position.
ignition switch is in the ON position. The wipers
may operate unexpectedly and cause an injury or The defogger is used to reduce the moisture, fog
wiper damage. or frost on the rear window surface to improve
the rear views and on the outside rearview mir-
• The rain-sensing auto wipers are intended for use ror surface to improve the side views.
during rain. If the switch is left in the AUTO posi-
tion, the wipers may operate unexpectedly when When the defogger switch j 1 is pushed, the in-
dirt, fingerprints, oil film or insects are stuck on or dicator light j2 illuminates and the defogger
around the sensor. The wipers may also operate operates for approximately 15 minutes. After the
when exhaust gas or moisture affect the rain sen- preset time has passed, the defogger will turn
sor. off automatically. To turn off the defogger manu-
ally, push the defogger switch again, and the
• When the windscreen glass is coated with water indicator light turns off.
repellent, the speed of the rain-sensing auto wip-
ers may be higher even though the amount of the CAUTION
rainfall is small. • When operating the defogger continuously, be
• Be sure to turn off the rain-sensing auto wiper sys- sure to start the engine. Otherwise, it may cause
the battery to discharge.
tem when you use a car wash.

WINDSCREEN DEICER SWITCH (where fitted)
• When cleaning the inner side of the window, be • When cleaning the inner side of the window, be
careful not to scratch or damage the electrical con- careful not to scratch or damage the electrical con-
ductors on the surface of the window. ductors on the surface of the window.
JVI0643XZ
The windscreen deicer switch (defogger switch)

operates when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
The deicer is used to remove ice from the wind-
screen when a wiper is frozen to the windscreen.
When the switch j 1 is pushed, the indicator
light j2 illuminates and the deicer operates for
approximately 15 minutes. The rear window de-
fogger will activate at the same time. After the
preset time has passed, the deicer will turn off
automatically. To turn off the deicer manually,
push the deicer switch again, and the indicator
light turns off.
CAUTION
• When operating the deicer continuously, be sure

to start the engine. Otherwise, it may cause the
battery to discharge.

HORN WINDOWS
POWER WINDOWS Driver’s window switch
WARNING
• Make sure that all passengers have their hands,

etc. inside the vehicle before operating the power
windows.
• Never leave children or adults who would normally

require the support of others alone in the vehicle.
JVI0645XZ They could unknowingly activate switches or con-
trols and inadvertently become involved in an ac- SIC4463Z
cident.
The horn switch operates regardless of the igni-
tion switch position except when the battery is The power windows operate when the ignition 1. Driver side window
discharged. switch is in the ON position.
2. Front passenger side window
When the horn switch is pushed and held, the To open a window, push down the power win-
3. Rear left passenger side window
horn will sound. Releasing the horn switch will dow switch.
cease the horn sound. 4. Rear right passenger side window
To close a window, pull up the power window
switch. 5. Window lock button
The driver’s switch, the main switch, can control
all windows.
Locking passengers’ windows:

When the lock button j
A is pushed in, the pas-
sengers’ windows cannot be operated.
To cancel the passengers’ windows lock, push
the lock button j
A again.

Passenger’s window switch Automatic function sition. The window timer will be cancelled when
the driver’s or front passenger’s door is opened
or the preset time has expired.
Auto-reverse function:
WARNING
There is a small distance just before the closed posi-
tion which cannot be detected. Make sure that all pas-
sengers have their hands, etc. inside the vehicle be-
SIC4353Z SIC4354Z fore closing the windows.
The auto-reverse function enables a window to
The passenger’s switch can control its corre- The automatic function is available for the automatically reverse when something is caught
sponding window. switch that has an m mark on its surface. in the window as it is closing. When the control
unit detects an obstacle, the window will be low-
If the passengers’ windows lock button on the The automatic function enables a window to fully
ered immediately.
driver’s side switch is pushed in, the passen- open or close without holding the switch down
ger’s switch cannot be operated. or up. Depending on the environment or driving condi-
tions, the auto-reverse function may activate if
To fully open the window, push the power win-
an impact or load similar to something being
dow switch down to the second detent and re-
caught in the window occurs.
lease the switch. To fully close the window, pull
the power window switch up to the second de- Operating windows with Intelligent
tent and release the switch. The switch does not Key
have to be held during window operation.
The windows can be opened or closed (where
To stop the window open/close operation dur- fitted) by pushing the “LOCK” or “UNLOCK” but-
ing the automatic function, push down or pull ton on the Intelligent Key. This function will not
up the switch in opposite directions. operate while the window timer is activated or
when the windows need to be initialised. For de-
Window timer:
tails about the Intelligent Key button usage, see
The window timer allows the window switch to “Using remote keyless entry system” in the “3. Pre-
be operated for approximately 45 seconds even driving checks and adjustments” section.
if the ignition switch is pushed to the “OFF” po-

SUNROOF (where fitted)
Opening: 2. Close the door.

WARNING
To open the windows, push the “UNLOCK” m 3. Open the window completely by operating
button on the Intelligent Key for about 3 sec- the power window switch. • In an accident you could be thrown from the ve-
onds after the door is unlocked. hicle through an open sunroof. Adults should al-
4. Pull the power window switch and hold it to ways use seat belts and children should always
To stop opening, release the “UNLOCK” m close the window, and then hold the switch use seat belts or child restraint systems.
button. more than 3 seconds after the window is
If the window open operation is stopped on the
closed completely. • Never allow anyone to stand up or extend any por-
tion of their body out of the opening while the ve-
way while pushing the “UNLOCK” m button, 5. Release the power window switch. Operate hicle is in motion or while the sunroof is closing.
release and push the button again until the win- the window by the automatic function to con-
dows open completely. firm the initialisation is complete. CAUTION
Closing: 6. Perform steps 2 through 5 above for other • Remove water drops, snow, ice or sand from the
windows. sunroof before opening.
To close the windows, push the “LOCK” m
button on the Intelligent Key for about 3 sec- If the power window automatic function does not • Do not place any heavy objects on the sunroof or
onds after the door is locked. operate properly after performing the procedure surrounding area.
above, have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI
To stop closing, release the “LOCK” m but- AUTOMATIC SUNROOF
ton.
If the window close operation is stopped on the
way while pushing the “LOCK” m button, re-
lease and push the button again until the win-
dows close completely.
If the windows do not close

automatically
If the power window automatic function (closing
JVI0756XZ
only) does not operate properly, perform the fol-
lowing procedure to initialise the power window
system. The sunroof operates when the ignition switch
is in the ON position.
1. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.

Sunshade Auto-reverse function Opening:
To open or close the sunshade, slide the sun- To open the sunroof, push the “UNLOCK” m
shade manually. WARNING button on the Intelligent Key for about 3 sec-
There is a small distance just before the closed posi- onds after the door is unlocked.
The sunshade will open automatically when the
sunroof is opened. The sunshade needs to be tion which cannot be detected. Make sure that all pas- To stop opening, release the “UNLOCK” m
closed manually by sliding it. When the sunroof sengers have their hands, etc. inside the vehicle be- button.
is opened, the sunshade can be closed manu- fore closing the sunroof.
Closing:
ally to the position where the sunroof is opened. The auto-reverse function enables the sunroof
to automatically reverse when something is To close the sunroof, push the “LOCK” m but-
Sunroof ton on the Intelligent Key for about 3 seconds
caught in the sunroof as it is closing. When the
Tilting: control unit detects an obstacle, the sunroof will after the door is locked.
To tilt up, first close the sunroof, then push the open immediately. To stop closing, release the “LOCK” m but-
switch to the tilt up position j1 and release it; it If the sunroof cannot be closed automatically ton.
need not be held. To tilt down the sunroof, push when the auto reverse function activates due to If sunroof does not operate
the switch to the tilt down position j 2 . a malfunction, push and hold the sunroof switch
Sliding: to the close position j
1 . If the sunroof does not operate properly, per-
form the following procedure to initialise the
To fully open or close the sunroof, push the Depending on the environment or driving condi- sunroof operation system.
switch to the open j 2 or close j 1 position and tions, the auto-reverse function may activate if
an impact or load similar to something being 1. If the sunroof is open, close it fully by repeat-
release it; it need not be held. The roof will auto-
caught in the sunroof occurs. edly pushing the sunroof switch to the close
position j
matically open or close all the way. To stop the
1 to tilt the sunroof up.
roof, push the switch once more while it is open- Operating sunroof with Intelligent Key
ing or closing. 2. Push and hold the switch to the close posi-
The sunroof can be opened or closed (where fit- tion j
1 .
Sunroof timer: ted) by pushing the LOCK or “UNLOCK” button
3. Release the sunroof switch after the sunroof
The sunroof timer allows the sunroof switch to on the Intelligent Key. This function will not op-
moves slightly up and down.
be operated for approximately 45 seconds even erate while the sunroof timer is activated or
if the ignition switch is placed in the “OFF” posi- when the sunroof need to be initialised. For de- 4. Push and hold the switch to the open posi-
tion. The sunroof timer will be cancelled when tails about the Intelligent Key button usage, see tion j
2 to fully tilt the sunroof down.
the driver’s or front passenger’s door is opened “Using remote keyless entry system” in the “3. Pre-
5. Check if the sunroof switch operates
or the preset time has expired. driving checks and adjustments” section.
normally.

POWER OUTLET
If the sunroof does not operate properly after • Before inserting or disconnecting a plug, be sure
performing the procedure above, have your ve- that the electrical accessory being used is turned
hicle checked by an INFINITI Centre or qualified OFF.
workshop.
• When not in use, be sure to close the cap. Do not
allow water to contact the outlet.
JVI0716XZ
Power outlets are located in the centre console

for powering electrical accessories such as a
mobile telephone.
CAUTION
• The outlet and plug may be hot during or immedi-

ately after use.
• This power outlet is not designed for use with a

cigarette lighter unit.
• Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt,

120W (10A) power draw. Do not use double adapt-
ers or more than one electrical accessory.
• Use this power outlet with the engine running to

avoid discharging the vehicle battery.
• Avoid using when the air conditioner, headlights

or rear window defogger is on.
• Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact

is not made, the plug may overheat or the internal
temperature fuse may blow.

ASHTRAYS AND CIGARETTE LIGHTER STORAGE
(where fitted)
FRONT (where fitted) The cigarette lighter operates when the ignition
switch is in the ACC or ON position. To heat the WARNING
cigarette lighter, push in j 3 until it latches. • The storage compartments should not be used
When the lighter is heated, it will spring out au- while driving so that the full attention may be given
tomatically. to vehicle operation.
Return the cigarette lighter to its original posi-
tion after use.
• Keep the storage lids closed while driving to help
prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop.
REAR GLOVE BOX
JVI0815XZ
Ashtray
To open the ashtray, push j
1 .
To take out the ashtray, pull out j
2 .
Cigarette lighter (where fitted)

SIC2570Z JVI0763XZ
WARNING
The cigarette lighter should not be used while driving To open the ashtray, pull j
1 . To open the glove box, pull the handle j
1 .
To empty the ashtray, push down j
so that full attention may be given to vehicle opera-
2 , and pull To close, push the lid in until the lock latches.
tion.
out.
To lock j2 /unlock j 3 the glove box, use the me-
CAUTION
chanical key. For mechanical key usage, see
• The cigarette lighter socket is a power source for “Keys” in the “3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments”
the cigarette lighter element only. The use of the section.
cigarette lighter socket as a power source for any
other accessory is not recommended.
• Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory

lighter.

CONSOLE BOX Do not use the storage box as an ashtray. CARD HOLDER
SUNGLASSES HOLDER
JVI0653XZ SIC4348Z
JVI0757XZ
To open the console box, push the knob up j
A The card holder is located on the driver’s or pas-
and pull up the lid. senger’s sun visor.
CAUTION
To close, push the lid down until the lock latches. To use the card holder, slide the card in the card
• Do not use for anything other than sunglasses.
holder.
STORAGE BOX • Do not leave sunglasses in the sunglasses holder
while parking in direct sunlight. The heat may dam- CUP HOLDERS
age the sunglasses. CAUTION
To open the sunglasses holder, push it. To close, Avoid abrupt starting and braking especially when you
push the holder up until the lock latches. use the cup holders. Doing so may cause the bever-
ages to spill over, and if they are hot, they may scald
you or your passengers.
JVI0664XZ
To open, push the storage box lid.

Do not place valuable items in the storage box.

Front SOFT BOTTLE HOLDER COAT HOOKS
JVI0649XZ JVI0715XZ SIC3248Z
Rear CAUTION CAUTION
• Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that Do not apply a total load of more than 1 kg (2 lb) to the
could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly hook.
injure people during sudden braking or an acci-
The coat hooks are equipped at the rear assist
dent.
grips.
• Do not use bottle holder for open liquid contain-
ers.
JVI0650XZ
Open the lid on the rear armrest to use the cup

holder.

SUN VISORS
BOOT HOOKS 1. To block glare from the front, swing down the
sun visor j1 .
2. To block glare from the side, remove the sun
visor from the centre mount and swing it to
the side j2 .
3. Slide the sun visor j
3 in or out as needed.
SIC4350Z
WARNING
• Always make sure that the cargo is properly se-

cured. Use the suitable ropes and hooks.
• Unsecured cargo can become dangerous in an ac-

cident or sudden stop.
CAUTION
Do not apply a total load of more than 10 kg (22 lb) to
a single hook.
SIC3739

COURTESY LIGHT (where fitted) INTERIOR LIGHTS
CAUTION REAR PERSONAL LIGHTS

• Turn off the lights when you leave the vehicle.
• Do not use the lights for extended periods of time

with the engine stopped. This could result in a dis-
charged battery.
MAP LIGHTS
SIC4328Z
SIC3250Z
When the doors are unlocked by pushing the

“UNLOCK” button on the Intelligent Key or Push the button as illustrated to turn the light
touching the one touch unlock sensor with the on or off.
ignition switch in the LOCK position, the cour-
tesy light j
A will illuminate. CONSOLE LIGHT
To activate or deactivate the courtesy light, set JVI0758XZ
[Lamp ON When Door Unlocks]. See the Infiniti

InTouch Owner’s Manual. Push the button as illustrated to turn the light
on or off.
JVI0759XZ
The console light will turn on whenever the clear-

ance lights or headlights are illuminated.

INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH • any door is opened and then closed with the igni- VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS
tion switch in the LOCK position
– remain on for about 30 seconds.
• any door is opened

– remain on while the door is opened. When
the door is closed, the lights go off.
When the DOOR OFF switch j 2 is pushed in, the
map and rear personal lights will not illuminate
under the above condition. The map and rear
JVI0760XZ SIC3869Z
personal lights can be turned on only with the
ON switch j 1 .
j
1 ON switch
When [Lamp ON When Door Unlocks] is set to
To access the vanity mirror, pull the sun visor
down and flip open the mirror cover.
When the ON switch j 1 is pushed in, the map the OFF position (see the Infiniti InTouch Own-
lights and rear personal lights will illuminate. er’s Manual), the lights will illuminate under the The vanity mirror light illuminates when the van-
When the switch is pushed off, the lights will not following condition: ity mirror cover is opened. When the cover is
illuminate, regardless of the condition. closed, the light will turn off.
• any door is opened with the ignition switch in any
j
2 DOOR OFF switch position BOOT LIGHT
When the DOOR OFF switch j 2 is not pushed in, – remain on while the door is opened. When The boot light illuminates when the boot lid is
the map lights and rear personal lights will illu- the door is closed, the lights go off. opened. When the boot is closed, the light will
minate under the following conditions: turn off.
• ignition switch is switched to the OFF position BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM

– remain on for about 30 seconds. When the interior light stays on, it will automati-
• doors are unlocked by pushing the “UNLOCK” but- cally turn off after a period of time when the ig-
nition switch has been placed in the OFF posi-
ton on the Intelligent Key or one touch sensor with
the ignition switch in the LOCK position tion. To turn on the light again, place the ignition
switch in the ON position.
– remain on for about 30 seconds.

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Keys................................................................. 3-2 Theft warning system ................................... 3-17

Intelligent Key.............................................. 3-2 INFINITI vehicle immobilizer system............... 3-19
Door locks ........................................................ 3-3 Bonnet ............................................................. 3-19
Super lock system (Right-Hand Drive (RHD) Opening bonnet ........................................... 3-20
models) ....................................................... 3-3 Closing bonnet............................................. 3-20
Locking with key........................................... 3-4 Boot lid ............................................................ 3-21
Locking with inside lock knob........................ 3-4 Boot lid release ............................................ 3-21
Locking with power door lock switch.............. 3-5 Fuel filler lid ..................................................... 3-22
Vehicle speed sensing door lock Opening the fuel filler lid .............................. 3-23
mechanism .................................................. 3-5 Fuel filler cap ............................................... 3-23
Auto door lock releasing mechanism ............. 3-5 Steering wheel ................................................. 3-23
Impact sensing door lock releasing Manual steering wheel adjustment................ 3-23
mechanism .................................................. 3-5 Electric steering wheel adjustment ................ 3-24
Child safety rear door locks........................... 3-5 Mirrors............................................................. 3-24
Intelligent Key system ....................................... 3-6 Inside rearview mirror .................................. 3-24
Intelligent Key operating range (models Outside rearview mirrors .............................. 3-25
with request switch) ..................................... 3-7 Vanity mirror ................................................ 3-27
Using Intelligent Key system (models with Parking brake ................................................... 3-27
request switch) ............................................ 3-8 Automatic transmission (AT) model................ 3-27
Battery saver system .................................... 3-11 Manual Transmission (MT) model .................. 3-28
Warning signals ........................................... 3-11 Automatic drive positioner (where fitted)............ 3-28
Troubleshooting guide.................................. 3-12 Entry/exit function (Automatic Transmis-
Log-in function............................................. 3-14 sion (AT) model) ........................................... 3-28
Using remote keyless entry system................ 3-14 Memory storage ........................................... 3-29
Hazard indicator operation ........................... 3-16 System operation ......................................... 3-29
Security systems .............................................. 3-17
KEYS
A key number plate is supplied with your keys. – The Intelligent Key is water resistant;
Record the key number and keep it in a safe place WARNING however, wetting may damage the Intelli-
(such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. If you
lose your keys, see an INFINITI Centre or quali-
• The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves that can gent Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet,
immediately wipe until it is completely
adversely affect medical electric equipment.
fied workshop for duplicates by using the key dry.
number. INFINITI does not record any key num- • If you have a pacemaker, you should contact the
– Do not bend, drop or strike it against an-
medical equipment manufacturer to ask if it will be
bers so it is very important to keep track of your
affected by the Intelligent Key signal. other object.
key number plate.
Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelli- – If the outside temperature is below -10°C
A key number is only necessary when you have
gent Keys which are registered to your vehicle’s (14°F), the battery of the Intelligent Key
lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate
Intelligent Key system components and the may not function properly.
from. If you still have a key, this key can be du-
INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System compo- – Do not place the Intelligent Key for an ex-
plicated by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-
nents. As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be reg- tended period in a place where tempera-
shop.
istered and used with one vehicle. The new keys tures exceed 60°C (140°F).
INTELLIGENT KEY must be registered by an INFINITI Centre or quali-
fied workshop prior to use with the Intelligent – Do not change or modify the Intelligent
Key system and INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Key.
System of your vehicle. Since the registration – Do not use a magnet key holder.
process requires erasing all memory in the In-
telligent Key components when registering new – Do not place the Intelligent Key near an
keys, be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you electric appliance such as a television set
have to the INFINITI Centre or qualified work- or personal computer.
shop. – Do not allow the Intelligent Key to come
It is possible that the Intelligent Key functions into contact with water or salt water, and
SPA2504Z become cancelled. Contact an INFINITI Centre or do not wash it in a washing machine. This
qualified workshop. could affect the system function.
1. Intelligent Key (2)
CAUTION • If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, INFINITI rec-
ommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent
2. Mechanical key (2)
• Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when Key. This will prevent the Intelligent Key from un-
3. Key number plate (1) driving. The Intelligent Key is a precision device authorised use to unlock the vehicle. For informa-
with a built-in transmitter. To avoid damaging it, tion regarding the erasing procedure, contact an
please note the following. INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.
3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

DOOR LOCKS
Mechanical key button m or the request switch (where fitted)

WARNING will lock all doors and activate the Super Lock
• Always look before opening any doors, to avoid an System.
accident with oncoming traffic. This means that none of the doors can be opened
• Never leave children or adults who would normally from the inside in order to prevent theft.
require the support of others alone in the vehicle. The system will be released when the door is
They could unknowingly activate switches or con- unlocked with the Intelligent Key “UNLOCK” but-
trols and inadvertently become involved in a seri- ton m or the one touch unlock sensor (where
ous accident. fitted).
SPA2033Z SUPER LOCK SYSTEM (Right-Hand Drive The Super Lock System will not activate when
(RHD) models) the doors are locked with the power door lock
To remove the mechanical key, release the lock switch or mechanical key.
knob at the back of the Intelligent Key. WARNING
Emergency situations
To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it into For Super Lock System equipped models, failure to
If the Super Lock System is activated due to a
the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to follow the precautions below may lead to hazardous
traffic accident or other unexpected circum-
the lock position. situations. Make sure the Super Lock System activa-
stances while you are in the vehicle:
tion is always safely conducted.
Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the
doors, glove box and boot pass-through lid, if • When the vehicle is occupied, never lock the doors
• Place the ignition switch in the ON position, the
Super Lock System will be released and all the
they are equipped with a key cylinder. with the Intelligent Key system. Doing so will trap
doors can be unlocked with the power door lock
the occupants, since the Super Lock System pre-
See “Door locks” later in this section, “Storage” in switch. You can then open the doors.
vents the doors from being opened from the inside
the “2. Instruments and controls” section and “Inte-
rior boot access” in the “1. Safety — seats, seat belts
of the vehicle. • Unlock the door using the Intelligent Key. The Su-
per Lock System will be released and you can open
and supplemental restraint system” section. • Only operate the Intelligent Key lock button when
the door.
there is a clear view of the vehicle. This is to pre-
vent anybody from being trapped inside the ve-
hicle through the Supper Lock System activation.
Locking the doors with the Intelligent Key LOCK
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

LOCKING WITH KEY Type A Type B
SPA2457Z SPA2726Z SPA2791Z
The door key cylinder is located on the driver’s To lock the door, push the inside lock knob to To unlock and open the door, pull the inside door
side door. the lock position j
1 then close the driver’s side handle as illustrated.
door with the outside door handle pulled.
To lock the driver’s door, insert the mechanical For Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model:
key into the door key cylinder and turn the key To unlock the door, pull the inside lock knob to
The doors cannot be opened by using the inside
to the front of the vehicle j
1 . the unlock position j2 .
door handle when the Super Lock System is ac-
To unlock the driver’s door, turn the key to the tivated.
rear of the vehicle j
2 . The driver’s side door will
unlock.
To lock or unlock the other doors, boot lid and
the fuel filler lid, use the power door lock switch,
the “LOCK” m /“UNLOCK” m button on the
Intelligent Key or any one touch unlock sensor/
request switch (where fitted).
LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB

CAUTION
When locking the doors using the inside lock knob, be
sure not to leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle.

LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK OFF or LOCK position, the door lock indicator To activate or deactivate auto door
SWITCH light m will illuminate for 30 minutes. lock releasing mechanism
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING DOOR LOCK To activate or deactivate the auto door lock re-
MECHANISM leasing mechanism, see the Infiniti InTouch
Owner’s Manual.
All doors and boot lid will be locked automati-
cally when the vehicle speed reaches 10 km/h (6 IMPACT SENSING DOOR LOCK
MPH). All doors and boot lid will be also locked RELEASING MECHANISM
automatically when the shift lever is moved out
All doors and boot lid will be unlocked automati-
of the P (Park) position, if selected. Once the
cally when the impact sensors sense an impact
lock has been unlocked, while driving, the ve-
while the ignition switch is in the ON position.
JVP0319XZ hicle speed sensing door lock mechanism will
not lock the door again unless one of the follow- The impact sensing door lock releasing mecha-
ing is performed. nism may not function depending on the force
Operating the power door lock switch will lock
of the impact.
or unlock all the doors and boot lid. • Opening any doors.
To lock the doors and boot lid, push the power • Pushing the ignition switch to the LOCK position. CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCKS
door lock switch (located on the driver’s and
To activate or deactivate vehicle
front passenger’s doors) to the lock position j1
with the driver’s or front passenger’s door open,
speed sensing door lock mechanism
then close the door. To activate or deactivate the door lock mecha-
nism, see the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual.
To unlock the doors and boot lid, push the power
door lock switch to the unlock position j2 . AUTO DOOR LOCK RELEASING
CAUTION MECHANISM
When locking the doors using the power door lock All doors and boot lid will be unlocked automati-
switch, be sure not to leave the Intelligent Key in the cally when the ignition switch is pushed from SPA2536Z
vehicle. ON to “OFF” position.

The child safety rear door locks help prevent rear
With the ignition switch in the ON position, the doors from being opened accidentally, espe-
door lock indicator light m (located on the cially when small children are in the vehicle.
instrument panel) (where fitted) will illuminate
and stay on. With the ignition switch in the ACC,

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
When the levers are in the lock position j

1 , the Intelligent Key system transmits weak radio
child safety rear door locks engage and the rear WARNING waves. Environmental conditions may interfere
doors can only be opened by the outside door
handles.
• Radio waves could adversely affect electric medi- with the operation of the Intelligent Key system
under the following operating conditions.
cal equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should
To disengage, move the levers to the unlock po- contact the electric medical equipment manufac-
• When operating near a location where strong radio
sition j
2 . turer for the possible influences before use. waves are transmitted, such as a TV tower, power
• The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the station and broadcasting station.
buttons are pushed. The radio waves may affect
navigation and communication systems. Do not
• When in possession of wireless equipment, such
as a mobile telephone, transceiver, and CB radio.
operate the Intelligent Key while on an aeroplane.
Make sure the buttons are not operated uninten- • When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or cov-
tionally when the unit stored for a flight. ered by metallic materials.
The Intelligent Key system can operate all the • When any type of radio wave remote control is used
door and the boot using the integrated keyfob nearby.
function, pushing the request switch (where fit-
ted) or touching one touch unlock sensor (where
• When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric
appliance such as a personal computer.
fitted) on the vehicle without taking the key out
from a pocket or purse. The operating environ- • When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter.
ment and/or conditions may affect the Intelli- In such cases, correct the operating conditions
gent Key system operation. before using the Intelligent Key function or use
Be sure to read the following before using the the mechanical key.
Intelligent Key system. Although the life of the battery varies depend-
CAUTION ing on the operating conditions, the battery’s
life is approximately 2 years. If the battery is
• Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when discharged, replace it with a new one.
operating the vehicle.
Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiv-
• Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when ing radio waves, if the key is left near equipment
you leave the vehicle. which transmits strong radio waves, such as sig-
The Intelligent Key is always communicating nals from a TV and personal computer, the bat-
with the vehicle as it receives radio waves. The tery life may become shorter.

For information regarding replacement of a bat- CAUTION vehicle. For information regarding the erasing
tery, see “Intelligent Key battery” in the “8. Mainte- procedure, contact an INFINITI Centre or quali-
nance and do-it-yourself” section.
• Do not allow the Intelligent Key, which contains
fied workshop.
electrical components, to come into contact with
For models with a steering wheel lock mecha- water or salt water. This could affect the system For models with request switch: The Intelligent
nism: Because the steering wheel is locked elec- function. Key function (opening/closing door with the one
trically, unlocking the steering wheel with the touch unlock sensor or request switch) can be
ignition switch in the LOCK position is impos-
• Do not drop the Intelligent Key.
disabled. For information about disabling the In-
sible when the vehicle battery is completely dis- • Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against telligent Key function, contact an INFINITI Centre
charged. Pay special attention that the vehicle another object. or qualified workshop.
battery is not completely discharged.
• Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key. INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING RANGE
As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered
and used with one vehicle. For information
• Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key. If the In- (models with request switch)
telligent Key gets wet, immediately wipe until it is
about the purchase and use of additional Intel- completely dry.
ligent Keys, contact an INFINITI Centre or quali-
fied workshop. • Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended
period in an area where temperatures exceed 60°C
For models with a steering wheel lock mecha- (140°F).
nism: Because the steering wheel is locked elec-
trically, unlocking the steering wheel with the • If the outside temperature is below −10°C (14°F),
ignition switch in the LOCK position is impos- the battery of the Intelligent Key may not function
sible when the vehicle battery is completely dis- properly.
charged. Pay special attention that the vehicle
battery is not completely discharged.
• Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder JVP0225XZ
that contains a magnet.

The Intelligent Key functions can only be used
As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered
and used with one vehicle. For information
• Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment
when the Intelligent Key is within the specified
that produces a magnetic field, such as a TV, audio
about the purchase and use of additional Intel- operating range from the one touch sensor/door
equipment and personal computers.
ligent Keys, contact an INFINITI Centre or quali- request switch j 1 and boot request switch j 2 .
fied workshop. If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, INFINITI rec-
When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged
ommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent
or strong radio waves are present near the oper-
Key from the vehicle. This may prevent the unau-
ating location, the Intelligent Key system’s op-
thorised use of the Intelligent Key to operate the

erating range becomes narrower, and the Intel- The request switch and one touch unlock sensor door handles. If you keep holding the door handle
ligent Key may not function properly. will not function under the following conditions: for more than 2 seconds after locking the doors
using the door handle request switch, the door will
The operating range is within 80 cm (31.50 in) • When the Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle be unlocked.
from each one touch unlock sensor/door
request switch j
1 and boot open request switch
• When the Intelligent Key is not within the opera- • To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside
tional range
j2 . the vehicle or the boot, make sure you carry the
If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door
• When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged key with you and then lock the doors or the boot.
glass, door handle or rear bumper, the request • When any door is open or not closed securely • When locking the doors using the door handle re-
switches may not function. (where fitted) quest switch, make sure to have the Intelligent Key
in your possession before operating the door
When the Intelligent Key is within the operating • When the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON posi-
handle request switch to prevent the Intelligent Key
range, it is possible for anyone, even someone tion (where fitted)
from being left in the vehicle.
who does not carry the Intelligent Key, to use
the one touch unlock sensor or request switches • The Intelligent Key system (opening/closing doors
to lock or unlock the doors and open the boot with the door handle request switch or one touch
lid. unlock sensor) can be set to remain inactive. (See
the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual.)
USING INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
(models with request switch) • The door cannot be unlocked using one touch un-
lock operation after locking the door within 2 sec-
onds. To unlock the door, release the door handle
once and hold it again.
SPA2407Z
• If a large amount of water runs down on the door
handle (for example, when washing the vehicle or
• Do not push the door handle request switch with in a heavy rain), the door may unlock if the Intelli-
the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated.
gent Key is within the range of operation. To pre-
The close distance to the door handle will cause
vent the door from being unlocked, the Intelligent
the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recog-
Key should be away from the vehicle more than 2 m
nising that the Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle.
JVP0239XZ (7 ft).
• Within 2 seconds after the door are locked using • If you pull the door handle with your gloved hand,
the door handle request switch, make sure that the
the one touch unlock operation may not function.
doors have been securely locked by operating the

indicator will flash as a confirmation. For details, 6. Operate door handles to confirm that the
see “Hazard indicator operation” later in this section. doors have been securely locked.
When you unlock the doors, the clearance light, Lockout protection:
tail light and number plate light will illuminate.
To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci-
Locking doors and fuel filler lid dentally locked in the vehicle, lockout protec-
tion is equipped with the Intelligent Key system.
• When the Intelligent Key is left in the vehicle and

you try to lock the door using the power door lock
SPA2540Z switch or the driver’s inside lock knob (where fit-
ted) after getting out of the vehicle, all the doors
When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, you will unlock automatically and a chime will sound
can lock all doors and boot lid by pushing the after the door is closed.
door handle request switch j
of operation.
A within the range
• When the Intelligent Key is left in the vehicle while
the driver’s door is opened and you try to lock the
JVP0233XZ
door using the power door lock switch after getting
out of the vehicle, all the doors will unlock auto-
1. Push the ignition switch to the “OFF” posi- matically after the power door lock switch is oper-
tion. ated (where fitted).
2. Carry the Intelligent Key with you. CAUTION
3. Close all doors. The lockout protection may not function under the fol-
4. Push the door handle request switch j A lowing conditions:
while carrying the Intelligent Key with you.
JVP0350XZ
• When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the
5. All doors, boot lid and the fuel filler lid will be instrument panel.
locked.
You can unlock all the doors and boot lid by • When the Intelligent Key is placed on the top of
touching the one touch unlock sensor j The door lock indicator light m (located the rear parcel.
B within
on the instrument panel) will illuminate for 1
the range of operation.
minute.
• When the Intelligent Key is placed inside of the
glove box.
When you lock or unlock the doors, the hazard

• When the Intelligent Key is placed inside of the 2. The hazard indicator flashes once and the • Opening any doors.
door pockets. outside chime sounds once. The driver’s door
will unlock.
• Pushing the ignition switch.
• When the Intelligent Key is placed on the outer
If during the preset time period the “UNLOCK”
side of the boot area. 3. The corresponding door will be unlocked.
m button on the Intelligent Key is pushed, all
• When the Intelligent Key is placed inside or near 4. Push the door handle request switch j
A doors will be locked automatically after the next
metallic materials. (driver’s) within 1 minute. preset time.
The lockout protection may function when the Intelli- 5. All doors and boot lid will be unlocked. Opening boot lid
gent Key is outside the vehicle but is too close to the
6. Operate the door handles to open the doors.
vehicle.
All door unlock mode:
Unlocking doors and fuel filler lid
1. Carry the Intelligent Key.
2. Touch the one touch unlock sensor j B while
carrying the Intelligent Key with you.
3. All doors, boot lid and the fuel filler lid will be
unlocked.
SPA2732Z
4. Operate the door handles to open the doors.
CAUTION
JVP0350XZ If a door handle is pulled while unlocking the doors,

that door may not be unlocked. Returning the door
handle to its original position will unlock the door. If
To change the door unlock mode from one to
the door does not unlock, after returning the door
another, see the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s
handle, touch the one touch unlock sensor to unlock
Manual.
the door.
Selective door unlock mode (Driver’s door
Automatic relock:
only):
1. Touch the one touch unlock sensor j
All doors and boot lid will be locked automati-
B (driv- NPA1237Z
cally unless one of the following operations is
er’s) while carrying the Intelligent Key with
performed within 1 minute after pushing the re-
you. 1. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
quest switch while the doors are locked.

2. Push the boot open request switch j
A . BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM
3. The boot will be unlatched. When all the following conditions are met for a
period of time, the battery saver system will cut
4. Raise the boot lid to open the boot.
off the power supply to prevent battery
CAUTION discharge.
When closing the boot, make sure to have the Intelli-
gent Key in your possession before closing the boot to
• The ignition switch is in the ACC position
prevent the Intelligent Key from being left in the boot. • All doors are closed
Lockout protection: • The shift lever is in the P (Park) position (Automatic
Transmission (AT) model)
To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci-
dentally locked in the boot, lockout protection WARNING SIGNALS
is equipped with the Intelligent Key system. The Intelligent Key system is equipped with a
When the boot lid is closed with the Intelligent function that is designed to minimise improper
Key inside the boot, a chime will sound and the operations of the Intelligent Key and to help pre-
boot lid will unlock. vent the vehicle from being stolen. The warning
buzzer sounds and the warning display appears
CAUTION in the vehicle information display when
The lockout protection may not function under the fol- improper operations are detected.
lowing conditions: See the troubleshooting guide on the next page.
• When the Intelligent Key is placed on or under the For warning and indicators in the vehicle infor-
mation display, see “Vehicle information display”
spare tyre area.
in the “2. Instruments and controls” section.
• When the Intelligent Key is placed at the outer side
of the boot area. CAUTION
• When the Intelligent Key is placed inside the metal When the buzzer sounds and the warning display ap-
pears, be sure to check both the vehicle and the Intel-
box.
ligent Key.

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
Symptom Possible cause Action to take

When pushing the ignition
The SHIFT P warning appears on the
switch to stop the engine The shift lever is not in the P (Park) Shift the shift lever to the P (Park) posi-
display and the inside warning chime
(Automatic Transmission (AT) position. tion.
sounds continuously or for a few seconds.
model)
When shifting the shift lever to The inside warning chime sounds continu- The ignition switch is in the ACC or Place the ignition switch in the OFF
the P (Park) position. ously. ON position. position.
When opening the driver’s The inside warning chime sounds continu- The ignition switch is in the ACC Place the ignition switch in the OFF
door to get out of the vehicle ously. position. position.
The NO KEY warning appears on the
display, the outside chime sounds 3 times The ignition switch is in the ACC or Place the ignition switch in the OFF
and the inside warning chime sounds for a ON position. position.
When closing the door after few seconds.
getting out of the vehicle
The SHIFT P warning appears on the The ignition switch is in the ACC or Move the shift lever to the P (Park)
display and the outside chime sounds OFF position and the shift lever is position and push the ignition switch to
continuously. not in the P (Park) position. the OFF position.
When closing the door with the
The outside chime sounds for a few The Intelligent Key is inside the
inside lock knob turned to Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
seconds and all the doors unlock. vehicle or boot.
LOCK
When pushing the request The Intelligent Key is inside the
Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
switch or “LOCK” m button The outside chime sounds for a few vehicle or boot.
on the Intelligent Key to lock seconds.
the door A door is not closed securely. Close the door securely.

Symptom Possible cause Action to take
The outside chime sounds for
The Intelligent Key is inside the
When closing the boot lid approximately 10 seconds and the boot lid Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
boot.
opens.
Replace the battery with a new one.
The Intelligent Key battery indicator (See “Intelligent Key battery” in the
The battery charge is low.
appears on the display. “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”
section.)
When pushing the ignition The NO KEY warning appears on the
The Intelligent Key is not in the
switch to start the engine display and the inside warning chime Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
vehicle.
sounds for a few seconds.
It warns of a malfunction with the
The Intelligent Key system warning indica- Contact an INFINITI Centre or qualified
electrical steering lock system or the
tor appears on the display. workshop.
Intelligent Key system.

LOG-IN FUNCTION • Driver assistance* (where fitted) Locking doors and fuel filler lid
After setting up the user information, the sys- *: Except for the forward emergency braking sys- When you lock or unlock the doors and boot lid,
tem will automatically recognise the user upon tem the hazard indicator will flash as a confirmation.
turning on the vehicle. For details, see “Hazard indicator operation” later in
USING REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY this section.
There will be a personalised welcome greeting SYSTEM
and screen prompt to log-in. 1. Place the ignition switch to the “OFF” posi-
tion and carry the Intelligent Key with you.
This feature allows 4 drivers to use their own
registration, drive mode, driving position, air 2. Close all doors.
3. Push the “LOCK” m button j
conditioner, and auto settings and memorises
1 on the Intel-
these custom settings.
ligent Key.
The log-in user can be changed on the welcome
4. All doors, boot lid and the fuel filler lid will be
greeting screen or the User List screen. For more
locked.
details, see the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual.
The door lock indicator light m (located
The log-in function is linked to the following SPA2130Z
on the instrument panel) will illuminate for 1
items:
minute.
• Meter Operating range 5. Operate the door handles to confirm that the
• Audio The remote keyless entry system allows you to doors have been securely locked.
lock/unlock all doors, the fuel filler lid and the
• Navigation system display (where fitted) boot lid and to open the windows. The operating
CAUTION
• Navigation settings (where fitted) distance depends upon the conditions around • After locking the doors using the Intelligent Key,
the vehicle. To securely operate the lock and un- be sure that the doors have been securely locked
• Air conditioner lock buttons, approach the vehicle to about 1 m by operating the door handles.
• Automatic drive positioner (where fitted) (3.3 ft) from the door.
• When locking the doors using the Intelligent Key,
• Engine·Transmission The remote keyless entry system will not func- be sure not to leave the key in the vehicle.
tion under the following conditions:
• Steering (models with Direct Adaptive Steering or Unlocking doors and fuel filler lid
the hydraulic pump electric power steering system) • When the Intelligent Key is not within the opera- To change the door unlock mode from one to
tional range.
• Active trace control another, see the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s
• Active Lane Control (where fitted) • When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged. Manual.

Selective door unlock mode: • Opening any doors. To stop closing, release the “LOCK” m button
1. Push the “UNLOCK” m button j
j1 .
2 on the • Pushing the ignition switch.
Intelligent Key. If the window close operation is stopped on the
If during the preset time period the “UNLOCK”
way while pushing the “LOCK” m button j
m button j
1 ,
2. The driver’s door and fuel filler lid will be un- 2 on the Intelligent Key is pushed,
release and push the button again until the win-
locked. all doors will be locked automatically after the
dow closes completely.
next preset time.
2 again
within 5 seconds. Opening or closing windows Opening or closing sunroof
The sunroof can be opened or closed with the
4. All doors, boot lid and fuel filler lid will be The windows can be opened or closed with the
Intelligent Key. This function will not operate
unlocked. Intelligent Key. This function will not operate
while the sunroof timer is activated or when the
while the window timer is activated or the win-
5. Operate the door handles to open the doors. windows need to be initialised.
dows need to be initialised.
All door unlock mode: Opening:
See “Windows” in the “2. Instruments and controls”
2 on the section. To open the sunroof, push the “UNLOCK” m
Intelligent Key. button j2 on the Intelligent Key for about 3 sec-
Opening:
2. All doors, boot lid and the fuel filler lid will be onds after the door is unlocked.
To open the windows, push the “UNLOCK” m
unlocked.
button j
To stop opening, release the “UNLOCK” m
2 on the Intelligent Key for about 3 sec-
3. Operate the door handle to open the door. button j
2 .
onds after the door is unlocked.
Switching door unlock mode (where fitted): To stop opening, release the “UNLOCK” m Closing:
To switch to the door unlock mode from one to button j

2 . To close the sunroof, push the door “LOCK” m
another, push the “LOCK” m and “UNLOCK” button j 1 on the Intelligent Key for about 3 sec-
If the window open operation is stopped on the
m buttons on the Intelligent Key simulta- onds after the door is locked.
way while pushing the “UNLOCK” m button
neously for more than 5 seconds. j2 , release and push the button again until the To stop closing, release the “LOCK”m button
Automatic relock:
window opens completely. j1 .
All doors, boot lid and the fuel filler lid will be Closing:
locked automatically unless one of the following To close the windows, push the “LOCK” m
operations is performed within 30 seconds after button j1 on the Intelligent Key for about 3 sec-
pushing the “UNLOCK” m button j 2 on the onds after the door is locked.
Intelligent Key while the doors are locked.

Opening boot HAZARD INDICATOR OPERATION
1. Push the “BOOT” m button j 3 on the In- When you lock or unlock the doors or the boot lid with the request switch or the remote keyless
telligent Key for more than 1 second. entry function, the hazard indicator will flash as a confirmation.
2. The boot will be unlatched. The following descriptions show how the hazard indicator will activate when locking or unlocking
the doors or boot.
3. Raise the boot lid to open the boot.
DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK BOOT UNLOCK
Intelligent Key system (where
fitted)
HAZARD - once HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none
(using request switch and one
touch unlock sensor)
Remote keyless entry system
(using m or m button) HAZARD - once HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none

SECURITY SYSTEMS
Your vehicle is equipped with the following se- For models with ultrasonic and tilt sounds 5 times when the system is activated.
curity systems: sensors Have the system checked by an INFINITI Centre
or qualified workshop.
• Theft warning system How to activate system:
Theft warning system operation:
• INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System 1. Close all windows and sunroof (where fitted).
The warning system will give the following
The security condition will be shown by the se- 2. Place the ignition switch in the “OFF” posi-
alarm:
curity indicator light. tion.
THEFT WARNING SYSTEM 3. Carry the Intelligent Key with you and get out
• The hazard indicator blinks and the alarm sounds
intermittently for approximately 30 seconds. (The
of the vehicle.
The theft warning system provides visual and alarm will repeat 8 times.)
audio alarm signals if parts of the vehicle are 4. Make sure the bonnet and the boot are
disturbed. closed. Close and lock all doors with the In-
• The alarm automatically turns off after approxi-
mately 30 seconds. However, the alarm reactivates
telligent Key.
Security indicator light if the vehicle is tampered with again.
If a door or the bonnet is open, the buzzer
The alarm is activated when:
will sound. The buzzer will stop when the
door is correctly closed. • operating the door or the boot without using the
Intelligent Key.
5. Confirm that the security indicator light
comes on. The security indicator light blinks • operating the bonnet.
rapidly for approximately 20 seconds and
then blinks slowly. The system is now acti-
• the volumetric sensing system (ultrasonic sensors)
is triggered (when it is activated).
vated. If, during this 20-second time period,
the door is unlocked by the Intelligent Key • the vehicle inclination is detected by the tilt sen-
SIC2045Z system, or the ignition switch is placed in the sors (when they are activated).
ON position, the system will not activate.
• the power supply is disconnected.
The security indicator light is located in the Even when the driver and/or passengers are in
meter panel. How to stop alarm:
the vehicle, the system will activate with all
This light operates whenever the ignition switch doors locked and the ignition switch off. Place • The alarm will stop by unlocking a door with the
the ignition switch in the ON position to turn one touch unlock sensor (where fitted) or the “UN-
is in the ACC, “OFF” or LOCK position. This is
the system off. LOCK” m button on the Intelligent Key.
normal.
If the system malfunctions, the short beep • The alarm will stop if the ignition switch is pushed
to the ACC or ON position.

Cancel switch for ultrasonic and tilt sensors: 3. Push the cancel switch j B located on the 5. Confirm that the security indicator light
ceiling. The security indicator light will start comes on. The security indicator light stays
flashing rapidly (three times a second). on for approximately 30 seconds. The vehicle
security system is now pre-armed. After ap-
4. Close the doors, bonnet and boot. Lock them
proximately 30 seconds the vehicle security
using the Intelligent Key system. The secu-
system automatically shifts into the armed
rity indicator light will start flashing faster
phase. The security light begins to flash once
and a buzzer will sound once.
every approximately 3 seconds.
The ultrasonic and tilt sensors are now excluded
If, during this 30-second pre-arm time period,
from the theft warning system. All other func-
the door is unlocked with the one touch un-
JVP0256XZ
tions of the system remain activated until the
lock sensor, the “UNLOCK” m button on
theft warning system is disarmed again.
the Intelligent Key, the power door lock
The ultrasonic sensors (volumetric sensing), lo- For models without ultrasonic and tilt switch, or the ignition switch is placed in the
cated on the ceiling, detect movement in the sensors ACC or ON position, the system will not arm.
passenger’s compartment. The tilt sensors de-
How to activate the system: Even when the driver and/or passengers are in
tect the vehicle inclination. When the theft warn-
the vehicle, the system will activate with all
ing system is set to the armed position, it will 1. Close all windows and sunroof (where fitted).
doors locked and ignition switch in the LOCK
automatically switch on the ultrasonic and tilt The system can be activated even if the win- position. Place the ignition switch in the ACC or
sensors. dows are open. ON position to turn the system off.
CAUTION 2. Place the ignition switch to the “OFF” posi- Theft warning system operation:
Do not touch the ultrasonic sensors j
A . This could tion.
The warning system will give the following
damage the sensors. 3. Carry the Intelligent Key with you and get out alarm:
It is possible to exclude the ultrasonic and tilt of the vehicle.
sensors (e.g. when leaving pets inside the car or
• The hazard indicators blink and the horn sounds
4. Make sure the bonnet and the boot are intermittently for approximately 30 seconds.
transporting the vehicle on a ferry). closed. Close and lock all doors with the door
To exclude the ultrasonic and tilt sensors: handle request switch (where fitted), “LOCK” • The alarm automatically turns off after approxi-
mately 30 seconds. However, the alarm reactivates
m button on the Intelligent Key or power
1. Close all the windows. if the vehicle is tampered with again.
door lock switch. (If the door is locked using
2. Place the ignition switch in the “OFF” posi- the inside lock knob, the system will not be
tion. activated.)

BONNET
The alarm is activated by: Security indicator light

WARNING
• Operating the door or the boot without using the
Intelligent Key. • The bonnet must be closed and latched securely
before driving. Failure to do so could cause the
• Opening the bonnet. bonnet to fly open and result in an accident.
How to stop alarm: • Never open the bonnet if steam or smoke is com-
• The alarm will stop by unlocking a door with the ing from the engine compartment to avoid injury.
one touch unlock sensor (where fitted) or
“UNLOCK” m button on the Intelligent Key.
• The alarm will stop when the ignition switch is SIC2045Z

placed to the ON position.
If the system does not operate as described The security indicator light is located in the
above, have it checked by an INFINITI Centre or meter panel. It indicates the status of INFINITI
qualified workshop. Vehicle Immobilizer System.
INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER The light operates whenever the ignition switch
is in the LOCK, ACC or “OFF” position. The secu-
SYSTEM
rity indicator light indicates that the security
The INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System will not systems on the vehicle are operational.
allow the engine to start without the use of the
registered Intelligent Key. If INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal-
functioning, this light will remain on while the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
If the light remains on and/or the engine does
not start, contact an INFINITI Centre or qualified
workshop for INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-
tem service as soon as possible. Be sure to bring
all Intelligent Keys that you have when visiting
an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop for ser-
vice.

OPENING BONNET CLOSING BONNET
Slowly move the bonnet down to latch both the
right and left locks. Push the bonnet down to
lock the bonnet securely into place.
JVP0234XZ
1. Pull the bonnet lock release handle j

1 lo-
cated below the instrument panel until the
bonnet springs up.
2. Locate the lever j2 in between the bonnet
and grille and push the lever up with your fin-
gertip.
3. Raise the bonnet.

BOOT LID
BOOT LID RELEASE Boot open request switch operation

WARNING
Release switch operation (where fitted)
• The boot lid must be closed securely before driv-
ing. An open boot lid could allow dangerous ex-
haust gases to be drawn inside the vehicle.
• Closely supervise children when they are around

your vehicle to prevent them from playing and be-
coming locked in the boot where they could be se-
riously injured. Keep the vehicle locked, with the
boot closed, when not in use, and prevent chil-
dren’s access to vehicle keys.
SPA2732Z
JVP0202XZ
The boot lid can be opened by performing one of
the following operations: Left-Hand Drive model
The boot lid can be opened by pushing the boot
To open the boot lid, push the release switch
• Using the boot lid release switch open request switch j
jA .
A when the Intelligent Key
is within the operating range of the boot lock/
• Using the boot open request switch (where fitted) To close the boot lid, push the boot lid down unlock function.
and one touch unlock sensor (where fitted) while
until it securely locks.
carrying the Intelligent Key (See “Intelligent Key The boot lid can be opened by pushing the boot
operating range (models with request switch)” ear- open request switch j A even if the Intelligent
lier in this section.) Key is not within the operating range of the boot
lock/unlock function, when all doors are
• Using the BOOT m button on the Intelligent Key
unlocked by the power door lock system, and
(See “Using remote keyless entry system” earlier
in this section.) the automatic unlock function (for Europe).
Integrated keyfob operation

To open the boot lid, push and hold the BOOT
m button on the Intelligent Key for longer
than 1 second. (See “Using remote keyless entry
system” earlier in this section.)

FUEL FILLER LID
Interior boot lid release The handle is located on the back of the boot lid
as illustrated. WARNING
Releasing from the rear seat: • Fuel is extremely flammable and highly explosive
under certain conditions. You could be burned or
You can access the release handle through the seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled.
boot pass-through (rear seat armrest). (See Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow
“Armrest” in the “1. Safety — seats, seat belts and open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refu-
supplemental restraint system” section.) elling.
To open the boot lid from the rear seat, pull the
release handle towards front of vehicle until the
• Fuel may be under pressure. Turn the cap a half of
a turn, and wait for any “hissing” sound to stop to
SPA2768Z lock releases. prevent fuel from spraying out and possibly caus-
If you cannot reach the release handle, contact ing personal injury. Then remove the cap.
WARNING an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.
• Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap
Closely supervise children when they are around cars as a replacement. It has a built-in safety valve
to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in needed for proper operation of the fuel system and
the boot where they could be seriously injured. Keep emission control system. An incorrect cap can re-
the car locked, with the boot lid securely latched, sult in a serious malfunction and possible injury.
when not in use, and prevent children’s access to In-
telligent Keys.
The interior boot lid release mechanism allows
opening of the boot lid in the event that people
become locked inside the boot or in the event of
the loss of electrical power such as a discharged
battery.
Releasing inside the boot:

To open the boot lid from the inside, pull the
release handle j 1 until the lock releases and
push up on the boot lid. The release handle is
made of a material that glows in the dark after a
brief exposure to ambient light.

STEERING WHEEL
OPENING THE FUEL FILLER LID FUEL FILLER CAP

WARNING
Never adjust the steering wheel while driving so that
full attention may be given to vehicle operation.
MANUAL STEERING WHEEL

ADJUSTMENT
Tilt or telescopic operation
SPA2735Z JVP0254XZ
To open the fuel filler door, unlock the fuel-filler The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type. Turn the
lid by using one of the following operations, then cap anticlockwise to remove. Tighten the fuel
push the upper left side of the door. filler cap clockwise until ratchet clicks, more
than twice, after refuelling.
• Touch the one touch unlock sensor and then push
the door handle request switch while carrying the Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder j
1 while
SPA2328Z
Intelligent Key (where fitted). refuelling.
• Push the “UNLOCK” button on the Intelligent Key. CAUTION Pull the lock lever j
1 down and adjust the steer-
• Push the power door lock switch to the “UNLOCK” If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body, flush it away with ing wheel up, down, forward or rearward to the
position. water to avoid paint damage. desired position.
To lock the fuel filler lid, close the lid until it Push the lock lever up securely to lock the steer-
securely locks. ing wheel in place.

MIRRORS
ELECTRIC STEERING WHEEL Manual anti-glare type

WARNING
ADJUSTMENT
Adjust the position of all mirrors before driving. Do
Tilt or telescopic operation
not adjust the mirror positions while driving so that
full attention may be given to vehicle operation.
INSIDE REARVIEW MIRROR
SPA2143Z
JVP0205XZ
The night position j1 will reduce glare from the
headlights of vehicles behind you at night.
Move the switch to adjust the steering wheel up Use the day position j
2 when driving in day-
or down, forward or rearward until the desired SPA2447Z light hours.
position is achieved.
While holding the inside rearview mirror, adjust WARNING
Entry/Exit function (where fitted)
the mirror angles until the desired position is Use the night position only when necessary, because
The automatic drive positioner system will make achieved. it reduces rear view clarity.
the steering wheel move up automatically when
the driver’s door is opened with the ignition
switch in the LOCK position. This function allows
the driver get into and out of the seat more eas-
ily.
For more information, see “Automatic drive posi-
tioner (where fitted)” later in this section.

Automatic anti-glare type Do not hang any objects on the mirror or apply Adjusting
glass cleaner. Doing so will reduce the sensitiv-
ity of the sensor j
C , resulting in improper op-
eration.
OUTSIDE REARVIEW MIRRORS
WARNING
• Never touch the outside rearview mirrors while

they are in motion. Doing so may pinch your fin-
JVP0066XZ gers or damage the mirror. JVP0246XZ
• Never drive the vehicle with the outside rearview

The inside rearview mirror is designed so that it mirrors folded. This reduces rear view visibility and The outside rearview mirror remote control op-
automatically changes reflection according to may lead to an accident. erates when the ignition switch is in the ACC or
the intensity of the headlights of the vehicle fol- ON position.
lowing you. • Objects viewed in the outside mirror are closer
than they appear (where fitted). 1. Move the switch to select the left (L) or right
The anti-glare system will be automatically (R) mirror j
1 .
turned on when you place the ignition switch in • The picture dimensions and distance in the out-
side mirrors are not real. 2. Adjust each mirror by pushing the switch un-
til the desired position is achieved j
the ON position.
2 .
When the anti-glare system is turned on, the in-
dicator light jA will illuminate and excessive
Defogging
glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind The outside rearview mirrors will be heated
you will be reduced. when the rear window defogger switch is oper-
ated.
Push the m switch j B for 3 seconds to make
the inside rearview mirror operate normally and
the indicator light will turn off. Push the m
switch again for 3 seconds to turn the system
on.

Folding • Do not touch the mirrors while they are moving. 1. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.
Your hand may be pinched, and the mirror may
Remote control type: 2. Move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) posi-
malfunction.
tion.
• Do not drive with the mirrors stored. You will be
3. Select the right or left outside rearview mir-
unable to see behind the vehicle.
ror by operating the outside rearview mirror
• If the mirrors were folded or unfolded by hand, control switch.
there is a chance that the mirror will move forward
4. The outside rearview mirror surfaces move
or backward during driving. If the mirrors were
downward.
folded or unfolded by hand, be sure to adjust them
again electrically before driving. When one of the following conditions has oc-
curred, the outside rearview mirror surfaces will
SPA2738Z
Manual type: return to their original positions.
The outside rearview mirror remote control op-

• The shift lever is moved to any position other than
R (Reverse).
erates when the ignition switch is in the ACC or
ON position. • The outside rearview mirror control switch is set to
the centre position.
The outside rearview mirrors automatically fold
when the outside rearview mirror folding switch • The ignition switch is placed in the “OFF” position.
is pushed to the “CLOSE” position j 1 . To un-
fold, push to the “OPEN” position j2 .
SPA1829Z
If mirrors are manually operated or bumped, the
mirror body can become loose at the pivot point.
To correct electronic mirror operation, cycle mir- Fold the outside rearview mirror by pushing it
rors by pushing “CLOSE” until completely toward the rear of the vehicle.
closed, then push “OPEN” until the mirror is in
the open position.
Reverse tilt-down feature
(where fitted)
CAUTION
When reversing the vehicle, the right and left
• Continuously performing the fold/unfold opera- outside rearview mirrors will turn downward au-
tion of the outside rearview mirror may cause the tomatically to provide better rear visibility.
switch to stop the operation.

PARKING BRAKE
VANITY MIRROR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (AT)

WARNING
MODEL
• Never drive the vehicle with the parking brake ap-
plied. The brake will overheat and fail to operate
and will lead to an accident.
• Never release the parking brake from outside the

vehicle. If the vehicle moves, it will be impossible
to push the brake pedal and will lead to an acci-
dent.
SIC3869Z • Never use the shift lever in place of the parking

brake. When parking, be sure the parking brake is SPA2331Z
fully applied.
To use the front vanity mirror, pull down the sun
visor and pull up the cover. • Never leave children or adults who would normally To apply the parking brake, firmly depress the
require the support of others alone in your vehicle. parking brake pedal j1 .
They could unknowingly release the parking brake
To release the parking brake, depress and hold
and inadvertently become involved in a serious ac-
the foot brake j 2 and then fully depress the
cident.
parking brake pedal j1 and release it.
Before driving, be sure that the brake warning
light has turned off.

AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER (where fitted)
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (MT) MODEL The automatic drive positioner system has the • The entry/exit function is not in operation.
following features:
• The following switches are not operated.
• Entry/exit function (Automatic Transmission (AT) – Seat memory switches
model)
– Power seat switches
• Memory storage
– Electric tilting/telescopic steering wheel
ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION (Automatic switch
Transmission (AT) model)
The entry/exit function can be activated or can-
This system is designed so that the driver’s seat celled by pressing and holding the SET switch
SPA2110Z
and steering column will automatically move for more than 10 seconds.
when the shift lever is in the P (Park) position.
This allows the driver to get into and out of the Keep the SET switch pressed for more than 10
To apply the parking brake, pull the parking seconds to turn on or off the entry/exit function.
driver’s seat more easily.
brake lever up j
1 .
The driver’s seat will slide backward and the Display settings:
To release the parking brake, depress and hold
steering wheel will move up when the driver’s The entry/exit function can also be activated or
the foot brake pedal. Pull up the parking brake
door is opened with the ignition switch in the
lever slightly, push the button j
cancelled if the [Lift Steering Wheel on Exit] or
2 and lower the
LOCK position.
lever completely j
[Slide Driver’s Seat Back on Exit] key is turned to
3 .
The driver’s seat and steering wheel will return ON or OFF in the [Settings] menu on the lower
Before driving, be sure that the brake warning display. (See the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s
to the previous positions when the ignition
light has turned off. Manual.)
switch is pushed to the ACC position.
The driver’s seat will not return to the previous Initialising entry/exit function
position if the seat or steering adjusting switch If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse
is operated when the seat is at the exit position. opens, the entry/exit function will not work
though this function was set on before. In such
Activating or cancelling entry/exit
a case, after connecting the battery or replacing
function
with a new fuse, open and close the driver’s door
All the following conditions must be met before more than two times after the ignition switch is
activating or cancelling the entry/exit function. turned from the ON position to the LOCK posi-
• The ignition switch is placed in the LOCK position. tion. The entry/exit function will be activated.

MEMORY STORAGE When the memory is stored in the memory Linking log-in function to a stored
switch (1 or 2), a buzzer will sound. memory position
If memory is stored in the same memory The log-in function can be linked to a stored
switch, the previous memory will be deleted. memory position with the following procedure.
Confirming memory storage 1. Place the ignition switch in the ON position
while carrying an Intelligent Key that was reg-
• Place the ignition switch in the ON position and istered to the vehicle with the log-in function.
push the SET switch. If the main memory has not
For more details, see “Log-in function” earlier in
been stored, the indicator light will come on for
this section.
approximately 0.5 seconds. When the memory has
JVP0240XZ stored, the indicator light will stay on for approxi- 2. Adjust the position of the driver’s seat, steer-
mately 5 seconds. ing column and outside rearview mirrors
manually. See “Power seat adjustment” in the
Two positions for the driver’s seat, steering col-
umn and outside rearview mirrors can be stored
• If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse “1. Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental
opens, the memory will be cancelled. In this case,
in the automatic drive positioner memory. Fol- restraint system” section, “Electric steering wheel
reset the desired position using the previous pro-
low these procedures to use the memory sys- adjustment” earlier in this section and “Outside
cedure.
tem. rearview mirrors” earlier in this section.
Selecting memorised position 3. Place the ignition switch in the “OFF” posi-
1. Adjust the driver’s seat, steering column and
outside rearview mirrors to the desired posi- 1. Automatic Transmission (AT) model: tion.
tions by manually operating each adjusting Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position. The next time you log in (selecting the user on
switch. For additional information, see the display) after placing the ignition switch in
“Seats” in the “1. Safety — seats, seat belts and Manual Transmission (MT) model:
the ON position while carrying the Intelligent
supplemental restraint system” section, “Tilt or Apply the parking brake. Key, the system will automatically adjust to the
telescopic operation” earlier in this section and memorised driving position.
2. Push the memory switch (1 or 2) fully for at
“Mirrors” earlier in this section.
least 1 second.
2. Push the SET switch and, within 5 seconds,
SYSTEM OPERATION
The driver’s seat, steering column and out- The automatic drive positioner system will not
push the memory switch (1 or 2) fully for at
side rearview mirrors will move to the memo- work or will stop operating under the following
least 1 second.
rised position with the indicator light flash- conditions:
The indicator light for the pushed memory ing, and then the light will stay on for approxi-
switch will stay on for approximately 5 sec- mately 5 seconds. • When the vehicle is moving
onds after pushing the switch.

• When the adjusting switch for the driver’s seat or
steering column is operated while the automatic
drive positioner is operating
• When the memory switch 1 or 2 is pushed for less

than 1 second
• When the seat, steering column and outside rear-

view mirrors have already been moved to the
memorised position
• When no position is stored in the memory switch

• When the parking brake is released (Manual Trans-
mission (MT) model)
• When the shift lever is moved from the P (Park)

position to any other position (Automatic Transmis-
sion (AT) model) (However, it will not be cancelled
if the switch is pushed while the seat and steering
column are returning to the previous positions (en-
try/exit function).)

4 Display screen, heater and air conditioner,
and audio system
INFINITI In Touch Owner’s Manual ...................... 4-2 Window antenna .......................................... 4-3
Vents ............................................................... 4-2 DAB radio antenna (where fitted)................... 4-3
Rear vents ................................................... 4-2 Car phone or CB radio ....................................... 4-3
Antenna ........................................................... 4-3
INFINITI IN TOUCH OWNER’S MANUAL VENTS
Refer to the INFINITI In Touch Owner’s Manual REAR VENTS

that includes the following information.
• Infiniti InTouch
• Meter settings
• Audio system
• Navigation display (where fitted)
• Navigation settings (where fitted)
• Heater and air conditioner Centre vents
JVH0510XZ
JVH0574XZ
• Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone system Rear
• Heated seats (where fitted) Open/close the vents by moving the control to
either direction.
• Heated steering wheel (where fitted) This symbol indicates that the vents
• Viewing information m : are closed. Moving the side control to
• Other settings this direction will close the vents.
This symbol indicates that the vents
• Voice recognition m : are open. Moving the side control to
• Monitor system this direction will open the vents.
JVH0511XZ
• General system information Side vents
Adjust the air flow direction of the vents by mov-
ing the centre knob (up/down, left/right) until
This symbol indicates that the vents the desired position is achieved.
m : are closed. Moving the side control to
this direction will close the vents.
This symbol indicates that the vents
m : are open. Moving the side control to
this direction will open the vents.
Adjust the air flow direction of the vents by mov-
ing the centre knob (up/down, left/right) until
the desired position is achieved.
4-2 Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system
ANTENNA CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO
WINDOW ANTENNA DAB RADIO ANTENNA (where fitted) When installing a car phone or a CB radio in your
vehicle, be sure to observe the following cau-
The antenna pattern is printed inside the rear
tions, otherwise the new equipment may ad-
window.
versely affect the electronic control modules and
CAUTION electronic control system harness.
• Do not place metalised film near the rear window CAUTION

glass or attach any metal parts to it. This may cause
poor reception or noise. • Keep the antenna as far away as possible from the
Electronic Control Module.
• When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be
• Keep the antenna wire at least 20 cm (8 in) away
careful not to scratch or damage the rear window
SAA3602Z from the Engine Control harnesses. Do not route
antenna. Lightly wipe along the antenna with a
the antenna wire next to any harnesses.
dampened soft cloth.
Diversity antenna
There is a DAB radio antenna on the rear part of
the vehicle roof.
• Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recom-
mended by the manufacturer.
The electronic tuning radio has a diversity re-
ception system. The FM signal can reflect off of
A buildup of ice on the DAB radio antenna can
affect radio performance. Remove the ice to re-
• Connect the ground wire from the radio chassis to
the body.
obstacles such as buildings or mountains. This store radio reception.
causes offensive noises. The diversity system
See the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual for the
• For details, consult an INFINITI Centre or qualified
employs two antennas and automatically workshop.
switches to the antenna with the better recep- information about the DAB radio operation.
tion. Thus the radio transmits less noise.
Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-3
NOTE
4-4 Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system
5 Starting and driving
Running-in schedule ......................................... 5-2 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch ...... 5-21
Precautions when starting and driving ............... 5-2 Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) system ...... 5-21
Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide)..................... 5-2 Brake force distribution ................................ 5-23
Three-way catalyst ....................................... 5-3 Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) OFF
Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ....... 5-3 switch ......................................................... 5-23
Before starting the engine ................................. 5-6 Active trace control ........................................... 5-23
Care when driving ............................................. 5-7 Hill Start Assist system...................................... 5-24
Engine cold start period................................ 5-7 Chassis control ................................................. 5-25
Loading luggage .......................................... 5-7 Stop/Start System (for Europe) or Idling Stop
Driving in wet conditions .............................. 5-7 System (except for Europe) (where fitted) ........... 5-25
Driving in winter conditions .......................... 5-7 Operating Idling Stop System (except for
Push-button ignition switch............................... 5-7 Europe) ....................................................... 5-27
Precautions on push-button ignition switch Retrograde movement control function (for
operation..................................................... 5-7 Automatic Transmission (AT) models)............. 5-27
Intelligent Key system .................................. 5-7 Stop/Start System or Idling Stop System
Steering lock................................................ 5-8 display ........................................................ 5-28
Ignition switch positions............................... 5-9 Stop/Start or Idling Stop OFF switch .............. 5-29
Intelligent Key battery discharge ................... 5-9 Active lane control system (where fitted) ............ 5-30
Starting the engine ........................................... 5-10 Precautions on Active Lane Control................ 5-31
For petrol models ......................................... 5-10 Active Lane Control operation ....................... 5-32
For diesel models ......................................... 5-11 Status of Active Lane Control......................... 5-33
Driving the vehicle ............................................ 5-12 Automatic deactivation ................................. 5-33
Driving with Automatic Transmission (AT) ....... 5-12 Lane camera unit maintenance ...................... 5-34
Driving with Manual Transmission (MT) .......... 5-16 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system/Lane
Shift lever indicator ...................................... 5-17 Departure Prevention (LDP) system (where
INFINITI drive mode selector .............................. 5-17 fitted) .............................................................. 5-34
STANDARD mode .......................................... 5-18 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system........... 5-35
SPORT mode ................................................ 5-18 Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system........ 5-36
SNOW mode (where fitted) ............................ 5-18 Lane camera unit maintenance ...................... 5-39
PERSONAL mode .......................................... 5-18 Blind Spot Warning/Blind Spot Intervention/
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system................ 5-19 Back-up Collision Intervention systems (where
Brake force distribution ................................ 5-21 fitted) .............................................................. 5-40
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system/Blind Precautions on vehicle-to-vehicle distance
Spot Intervention system .............................. 5-40 control mode ............................................... 5-76
BSW system operation.................................. 5-41 Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
Blind Spot Intervention system operation ...... 5-42 operation..................................................... 5-77
BSW/Blind Spot Intervention system Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control
precautions ................................................. 5-44 mode........................................................... 5-87
BSW/Blind Spot Intervention driving Distance Control Assist (DCA) system (where
situations .................................................... 5-45 fitted) .............................................................. 5-90
Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) system Precautions on DCA system........................... 5-90
(where fitted) ............................................... 5-49 DCA system operation .................................. 5-91
BCI system description (where fitted) ............ 5-49 Forward emergency braking system (where
BCI system precautions (where fitted)............ 5-51 fitted) .............................................................. 5-97
BCI system operation (where fitted)............... 5-52 System operation ......................................... 5-98
Radar maintenance ...................................... 5-54 Predictive forward collision warning system
Speed limiter.................................................... 5-55 (where fitted)....................................................5-102
Speed limiter operations .............................. 5-55 System operation .........................................5-102
Cruise control (where fitted) .............................. 5-57 Parking ............................................................5-106
Precautions on cruise control ........................ 5-58 Trailer towing (except for Europe) .......................5-108
Cruise control operations.............................. 5-58 Trailer towing (for Europe) .................................5-108
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (where Operating precautions..................................5-108
fitted for Automatic Transmission (AT) model) ..... 5-59 Tyre pressure ...............................................5-109
Selecting vehicle-to-vehicle distance Safety chains ...............................................5-109
control mode ............................................... 5-60 Trailer brakes ...............................................5-109
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode ....... 5-60 Trailer detection (where fitted) ......................5-109
Precautions on vehicle-to-vehicle distance Coupling device installation .......................... 5-110
control mode ............................................... 5-61 Power steering ................................................. 5-110
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode Hydraulic pump electric power steering
operation..................................................... 5-62 type ............................................................ 5-110
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control Direct Adaptive Steering type........................ 5-111
mode........................................................... 5-71 Brake system.................................................... 5-113
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (where Braking precautions ..................................... 5-113
fitted for Manual Transmission (MT) model) ........ 5-74 Brake assist ................................................. 5-113
Selecting vehicle-to-vehicle distance Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ..................... 5-113
control mode ............................................... 5-75 Vehicle security ................................................ 5-115
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode ....... 5-75 Cold weather driving ......................................... 5-115
Battery ........................................................ 5-115
Engine coolant ............................................. 5-115 Corrosion protection..................................... 5-116
Tyre equipment ............................................ 5-115 Active noise control/Active sound control........... 5-117
Special winter equipment ............................. 5-116 Active noise control ...................................... 5-117
Parking brake .............................................. 5-116 Active sound control..................................... 5-117
RUNNING-IN SCHEDULE PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING
During the first 2,000 km (1,200 miles) (for 2.0L EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)
turbo petrol engine) or 1,500 km (932 miles) (for WARNING
2.2L diesel engine), follow these recommenda-
tions to obtain maximum engine performance
• Never leave children or adults who would normally WARNING
require the support of others alone in your vehicle.
and ensure the future reliability and economy of Pets should not be left alone either. They could • Do not breathe exhaust gases; they contain colour-
your new vehicle. Failure to follow these recom- less and odourless carbon monoxide. Carbon mon-
unknowingly activate switches or controls and in-
mendations may result in shortened engine life oxide is dangerous. It can cause unconsciousness
advertently become involved in a serious accident
and reduced engine performance. or death.
and injure themselves. On hot, sunny days, tem-
• Do not drive at a constant speed, either fast or slow, peratures in a closed vehicle could quickly become • If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the
for long periods of time. high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal ill- vehicle, drive with all windows fully open, and have
ness to people or animals. the vehicle inspected immediately.
• Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear. •
• Closely supervise children when they are around Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a
• Do not start quickly. your vehicle to prevent them from playing and be- garage.
• Do not brake hard as much as possible. coming locked in the boot where they could be se-
riously injured. Keep the vehicle locked with the
• Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for
• Do not tow a trailer for at least the first 800 km (500 boot closed when not in use, and prevent chil-
any extended length of time.
miles) (for Europe). dren’s access to vehicle keys. • Keep the boot lid closed while driving, otherwise
exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger
NOTE
compartment. If you must drive with the boot lid
During the first few months after purchasing a new open, follow these precautions:
vehicle, if you smell strong odours of Volatile Organic
– Open all the windows.
Compounds (VOCs) inside the vehicle, ventilate the
passenger compartment thoroughly. Open all the win- – Turn the air recirculation switch off and
dows before entering or while in the vehicle. In addi- set the fan control to the highest level to
tion, when the temperature in the passenger compart- circulate the air.
ment rises, or when the vehicle is parked in direct
sunlight for a period of time, turn off the air recircula-
• If a special body or other equipment is added for
recreational or other usage, follow the manufac-
tion mode of the air conditioner and/or open the win- turer’s recommendation to prevent carbon monox-
dows to allow sufficient fresh air into the passenger ide entry into the vehicle. (Some recreational ve-
compartment. hicle appliances such as stoves, refrigerators,
heaters, etc. may also generate carbon monoxide.)
5-2 Starting and driving

• The exhaust system and body should be inspected three-way catalyst to help reduce exhaust been equipped with a Tyre Pressure Monitoring
by a qualified mechanic whenever: pollutants and/or damage the three-way System (TPMS) that illuminates a low tyre pres-
catalyst. sure telltale when one or more of your tyres is
– The vehicle is raised for service.
significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when
– You suspect that exhaust fumes are en- • Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunctions in the
the low tyre pressure telltale illuminates, you
ignition, fuel injection, or electrical systems may
tering into the passenger compartment. should stop and check your tyres as soon as pos-
cause overrich fuel to flow into the three-way cata-
– You notice a change in the sound of the sible, and inflate them to the proper pressure.
lyst, causing it to overheat. Do not keep driving if
exhaust system. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tyre
the engine misfires, or if noticeable loss of perfor-
causes the tyre to overheat and can lead to tyre
– You have had an accident involving dam- mance or other unusual operating conditions are
failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi-
age to the exhaust system, underbody, or detected. Have the vehicle inspected promptly by
ciency and tyre tread life, and may affect the
rear of the vehicle. an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.
vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
THREE-WAY CATALYST • Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Run-
For models with run-flat tyres, if the vehicle is
ning out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire,
being driven with one or more flat tyres, the low
damaging the three-way catalyst.
WARNING tyre pressure warning light will illuminate con-
• The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very

• Do not race the engine while warming it up. tinuously and a chime will sound for 10 seconds.
The [Flat Tyre] warning will also appear on the
hot. Keep people, animals and flammable materi- • Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the en-
vehicle information display. The chime will only
als away from the exhaust system components. gine.
sound at the first indication of a flat tyre, and
• Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable ma- TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM the warning light will illuminate continuously.
terials such as dry grass, wastepaper or rags. They (TPMS) When the flat tyre warning is activated, have the
may ignite and cause a fire. system reset and the tyre checked and replaced
Each tyre, including the spare (if provided),
if necessary by an INFINITI Centre or qualified
The three-way catalyst is an emission control de- should be checked monthly when cold and in-
workshop. Even if the tyre is inflated to the
vice installed in the exhaust system. Exhaust gas flated to the inflation pressure recommended by
specified COLD tyre pressure, the warning light
in the three-way catalyst is burned at high tem- the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard
will continue to illuminate until the system is
peratures to help reduce pollutants. or tyre inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle
reset by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-
has tyres of a different size than the size indi-
CAUTION shop.
cated on the vehicle placard or tyre inflation
• Do not use leaded petrol. (See “Recommended flu- pressure label, you should determine the proper If you have a flat tyre, repair it using the emer-
ids/lubricants and capacities” in the “9. Technical tyre inflation pressure for those tyres.) gency tyre puncture repair kit (where fitted). See
information” section.) Deposits from leaded “Flat tyre” in the “6. In case of emergency” section.
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has
petrol seriously reduce the ability of the For models with run-flat tyres, you can drive the
Starting and driving 5-3

vehicle for a limited time on a flat tyre. See “Run- Additional information • The [Flat Tyre] warning (where fitted) appears in the
flat tyres (where fitted)” in the “6. In case of vehicle information display when the low tyre pres-
emergency” section and “Run-flat tyres (where • The TPMS does not monitor the tyre pressure of the sure warning light is illuminated and one or more
spare tyre (where fitted).
fitted)” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec- flat tyres are detected.
tion. • The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is • For models with the tyre pressure mode in the ve-
driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h). Also,
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for hicle information display, you can check the pres-
this system may not detect a sudden drop in tyre
proper tyre maintenance, and it is the driver’s sure of all tyres. (See “Trip computer” in the “2. In-
pressure (for example a flat tyre while driving).
responsibility to maintain correct tyre pressure, struments and controls” section.)
even if under-inflation has not reached the level • The low tyre pressure warning light may not auto- • Depending on a change in the outside tempera-
to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tyre pres- matically turn off when the tyre pressure is ad-
ture, the low tyre pressure warning light may illu-
sure telltale. justed. After the tyre is inflated to the
minate even if the tyre pressure has been adjusted
recommended pressure, reset the tyre pressures
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a properly. Adjust the tyre pressure to the recom-
registered in your vehicle and then drive the ve-
TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the mended COLD tyre pressure again when the tyres
hicle at speeds above 25 km/h (16 MPH) to activate
system is not operating properly. The TPMS mal- are cold, and reset the TPMS.
the TPMS and turn off the low tyre pressure warn-
function indicator is combined with the low tyre
ing light. Use a tyre pressure gauge to check the For additional information, see “ Low tyre pres-
pressure telltale. When the system detects a
tyre pressure. sure warning light” in the “2. Instruments and
malfunction, the telltale will flash for approxi-
controls” section and “Tyre Pressure Monitoring Sys-
mately one minute and then remain continu- • The [Low Tyre Pressure] warning appears in the ve- tem (TPMS)” in the “6. In case of emergency” section.
ously illuminated. This sequence will continue hicle information display when the low tyre pres-
upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as sure warning light is illuminated and low tyre pres-
sure is detected. The [Low Tyre Pressure] warning WARNING
the malfunction exists. When the malfunction
indicator is illuminated, the system may not be turns off when the low tyre pressure warning light • Radio waves could adversely affect electric medi-
able to detect or signal low tyre pressure as in- turns off. cal equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should
tended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a vari- contact the electric medical equipment manufac-
The [Low Tyre Pressure] warning appears
ety of reasons, including the installation of re- turer for the possible influences before use.
each time the ignition switch is placed in the
placement or alternate tyres or wheels on the
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning
ON position as long as the low tyre pressure • If the low tyre pressure warning light illuminates
warning light remains illuminated. while driving, avoid sudden steering manoeuvres
properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction
The [Low Tyre Pressure] warning does not ap- or abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull off
telltale after replacing one or more tyres or
pear if the low tyre pressure warning light the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as
wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the re-
illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction. soon as possible. Serious vehicle damage could
placement or alternate tyres and wheels allow
occur and may lead to an accident and could result
the TPMS to continue to function properly.

in serious personal injury. Check the tyre pressure • When a spare tyre is mounted or a wheel is re- Some devices and transmitters may temporarily
for all four tyres. Adjust the tyre pressure to the placed, the TPMS will not function and the low tyre interfere with the operation of the TPMS and
recommended COLD tyre pressure shown on the pressure warning light will flash for approximately cause the low tyre pressure warning light to illu-
tyre placard to turn the low tyre pressure warning 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. minate. Some examples are:
light off. If the light still illuminates while driving Contact an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop
after adjusting the tyre pressure, a tyre may be as soon as possible for tyre replacement and/or
• Facilities or electric devices using similar radio fre-
quencies are near the vehicle.
flat. If you have a flat tyre repair it with the emer- system resetting.
gency tyre puncture repair kit (where fitted).
• Replacing tyres with those not originally specified
• If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being
used in or near the vehicle.
• For models with run-flat tyres, although you can by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the
continue driving with a punctured run-flat tyre, re- TPMS. • If a computer (or similar equipment) or a DC/AC
member that vehicle handling stability is reduced, converter is being used in or near the vehicle.
which could lead to an accident and personal in-
• Do not inject any tyre liquid or aerosol tyre sealant
into the tyres, as this may cause a malfunction of TPMS resetting
jury. Also, driving a long distance at high speeds
the tyre pressure sensors (for models not equipped
may damage the tyres. To maintain the proper TPMS function, the re-
with the emergency tyre puncture repair kit).
setting operation is necessary in the following
– Do not drive at speeds above 80 km/h (50
MPH) and do not drive more than approxi-
• INFINITI recommends using only Genuine NISSAN cases.
Emergency Tyre Sealant provided with your
mately 150 km (93 miles) with a punc-
vehicle. Other tyre sealants may damage the valve
• When the tyre pressure is adjusted.
tured run-flat tyre. The actual distance
the vehicle can be driven on a flat tyre
stem seal which can cause the tyre to lose air pres- • When a tyre or a wheel is replaced.
depends on outside temperature, vehicle
sure (for models equipped with the emergency tyre
puncture repair kit).
• When the tyres are rotated.
load, road conditions and other factors. Perform the following procedures to reset the
CAUTION TPMS:
– If you detect any unusual sounds or vibra-
tions while driving with a punctured run- • The TPMS may not function properly when the 1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level place.
flat tyre, pull off the road to a safe loca- wheels are equipped with tyre chains or the wheels
tion and stop the vehicle as soon as pos- are buried in snow. 2. Apply the parking brake and place the shift
sible. The tyre may be seriously damaged lever in the P (Park) position (for Automatic
and need to be replaced.
• Do not place metalised film or any metal parts (an- Transmission (AT) model) or in the N (Neutral)
tenna, etc.) on the windows. This may cause poor position (for Manual Transmission (MT)
• After adjusting the tyre pressure, be sure to reset reception of the signals from the tyre pressure model).
the TPMS. Unless the resetting is performed, the sensors, and the TPMS will not function properly.
TPMS will not warn of the low tyre pressure.

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE
3. Adjust the tyre pressure on all four tyres to the TPMS is not functioning properly. Have the
the recommended COLD tyre pressure shown system checked by an INFINITI Centre or quali- WARNING
on the tyre placard. Use a tyre pressure gauge fied workshop. The driving characteristics of your vehicle will change
to check the tyre pressure. remarkably by any additional load and its distribu-
For information regarding the low tyre pressure
4. Place the ignition switch in the ON position. warning light, see “ Low tyre pressure warning light” tion, as well as by adding optional equipment (trailer
Do not start the engine. in the “2. Instruments and controls” section. coupling, roof racks, etc.). Your driving style and
speed must be adjusted according to the circum-
stances. Especially when carrying heavy loads, your
speed must be reduced adequately.
• Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear.

• Visually inspect tyres for their appearance and con-
dition. Measure and check the tyre pressure for
proper inflation.
• Check that all windows and lights are clean.

JVS0246XZ
• Adjust the seat and head restraint positions.
5. Push the MENU button j 1 and touch [Set-
• Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirror posi-
tions.
tings] on the lower display.
6. Touch [Meter].
• Fasten your seat belt and ask all passengers to do
the same.
7. Touch [TPMS setting].
• Check that all doors are closed.
8. Touch [Tyre pressures reset].
• Check the operation of the warning lights when the
9. When [Reset TPMS?] appears, touch [Yes]. ignition switch is pushed to the ON position.
10. When [TPMS Reset] appears, touch [OK]. • Maintenance items in the “8. Maintenance and do-
it-yourself” section should be checked periodi-
11. After resetting the TPMS, drive the vehicle at
cally.
speeds above 25 km/h (16 MPH).
If the low tyre pressure warning light illuminates
after the resetting operation, it may indicate that

CARE WHEN DRIVING PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
Driving your vehicle to fit the circumstances is DRIVING IN WINTER CONDITIONS PRECAUTIONS ON PUSH-BUTTON
essential for your safety and comfort. As a driver, IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION
you should be the one who knows best how to • Drive cautiously.
Do not operate the push-button ignition switch
drive in the given circumstances. • Avoid accelerating or stopping suddenly. while driving the vehicle except in an emer-
ENGINE COLD START PERIOD • Avoid sharp turning or lane changing suddenly. gency. (The engine will stop when the ignition
Due to the higher engine speeds, when the en- • Avoid sudden steering. switch is pushed 3 consecutive times or the ig-
nition switch is pushed and held for more than
gine is cold, extra caution must be exercised
when selecting a gear during the engine warm-
• Avoid following too close to the vehicle in front. 2 seconds.) The steering wheel will lock and
could cause the driver to lose control of the ve-
up period after starting the engine.
hicle. This could result in serious vehicle dam-
LOADING LUGGAGE age or personal injury.
Loads and their distribution and the attachment Before operating the push-button ignition
of equipment (coupling devices, roof baggage switch, be sure to move the shift lever to the P
carriers, etc.) will considerably change the driv- (Park) position (for Automatic Transmission (AT)
ing characteristics of the vehicle. Your driving model) or the shift lever to the N (Neutral) posi-
style and speed must be adjusted according to tion (for Manual Transmission (MT) model).
the circumstances.
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
DRIVING IN WET CONDITIONS The Intelligent Key system can operate the igni-
• Avoid accelerating or stopping suddenly. tion switch without taking the key out from your
pocket or bag. The operating environment and/
• Avoid sharp turning or lane changing suddenly. or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key sys-
• Avoid following too close to the vehicle in front. tem operation.
When water covers the road surface with water Some indicators and warnings for operation are
puddles, small water streams, etc., reduce displayed in the vehicle information display be-
speed to prevent hydroplaning which can cause tween the speedometer and tachometer. (See
skidding and loss of control. Worn tyres will in- “Vehicle information display” in the “2. Instruments
crease this risk. and controls” section.)

CAUTION the operating location, the Intelligent Key sys- 3. If the ignition switch is in the ACC position,
tem’s operating range becomes narrower and PUSH warning appears in the vehicle infor-
• Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when
may not function properly. mation display.
operating the vehicle.
If the Intelligent Key is within the operating 4. Push the ignition switch. The ignition switch
• Never leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle
range, it is possible for anyone, even someone is switched to the ON position.
when you leave the vehicle.
who does not carry the Intelligent Key, to push
5. PUSH warning appears again in the vehicle
• If the vehicle battery is discharged, the ignition the ignition switch to start the engine.
information display.
switch cannot be switched from the LOCK position,
and if the steering lock is engaged, the steering • The boot area is not included in the operating 6. Push the ignition switch. The ignition switch
range, but the Intelligent Key may function.
wheel cannot be moved. Charge the battery as is switched to the “OFF” position.
soon as possible. (See “Jump starting” in the “6. In • If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instrument For warnings and indicators in the vehicle infor-
case of emergency” section.) panel, rear parcel shelf, inside the glove box, door
mation display, see “Vehicle information display”
pocket or the corner of the interior compartment,
Operating range the Intelligent Key may not function.
in the “5. Instruments and controls” section.
If the ignition switch is switched to the LOCK
• If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or win- position, the shift lever cannot be moved from
dow outside the vehicle, the Intelligent Key may
the P (Park) position. The shift lever can be
function.
moved if the ignition switch is in the ON position
Automatic Transmission (AT) with the footbrake depressed.
The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition STEERING LOCK

switch cannot be switched to the LOCK position
The ignition switch is equipped with an anti-
until the shift lever is moved to the P (Park) posi-
theft steering lock device.
SSD0659Z
tion. When pushing the ignition switch to the
“OFF” position, make sure the shift lever is in To lock steering wheel
the P (Park) position.
The Intelligent Key can only be used for starting 1. Push the ignition switch to the “OFF” posi-
the engine when the Intelligent Key is within the When the ignition switch cannot be switched to tion where the ignition switch position indi-
specified operating range as illustrated. the LOCK position: cator will not illuminate.
When the Intelligent Key battery is almost dis- 1. SHIFT P warning appears in the vehicle infor- 2. Open or close the door. The ignition switch
charged or strong radio waves are present near mation display and a chime sounds. turns to the LOCK position.
2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.

3. Turn the steering wheel 1/8 of a turn to the sion (AT) model) or the clutch pedal (Manual OFF position
right or left from the straight up position. Transmission (MT) model), the ignition switch
The engine is turned off.
position will change as follows:
To unlock steering wheel
Push the ignition switch, and the steering wheel • Push once to change to ACC. WARNING
will be automatically unlocked. • Push two times to change to ON. Never push the ignition switch to the “OFF” position
CAUTION • Push three times to change to “OFF”. (No position while driving. The steering wheel may lock and cause
the driver to lose control of the vehicle, resulting in
illuminates.)
• If the battery of the vehicle is discharged, the serious vehicle damage or personal injury.
push-button ignition switch cannot be switched • Push four times to return to ACC. CAUTION
from the LOCK position.
• Open or close any door to return to LOCK from the
• If the steering lock release malfunction indicator “OFF” position. Do not leave the vehicle for extended periods of time
when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position
appears in the vehicle information display, push
the ignition switch again while rotating the steer-
LOCK position and the engine is not running. This can discharge the
ing wheel slightly to the right and left. (See “Ve- The ignition switch can only be locked at this battery.
hicle information display” in the “5. Instruments position.
INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DISCHARGE
and controls” section.) The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is
IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS pushed to the ACC position while carrying the
Intelligent Key.
ACC position
The electrical accessory power activates at this
position without the engine turned on.
ON position
The ignition system and the electrical accessory JVS0397XZ
power activate at this position without the en-
gine turned on.
JVS0241XZ
When the ignition switch is pushed without de-

pressing the brake pedal (Automatic Transmis-

STARTING THE ENGINE
If the battery of the Intelligent Key is discharged, telligent Key battery discharge indicator, touch the FOR PETROL MODELS
or environmental conditions interfere with the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key again.
1. Apply the parking brake.
Intelligent Key operation, start the engine ac-
cording to the following procedure:
• If the Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator
2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) or N (Neu-
appears in the vehicle information display, replace
tral) position.
1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position the battery as soon as possible. (See “Intelligent
(for Automatic Transmission (AT) model) or Key battery” in the “8. Maintenance and The starter is designed to operate only when
the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position (for do-it-yourself” section.) the shift lever is in either of the above posi-
Manual Transmission (MT) model). tions.
2. Firmly apply the footbrake. The Intelligent Key must be carried when op-
erating the ignition switch.
3. Touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent
Key as illustrated. (A chime will sound.) 3. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.
Depress the brake pedal and push the igni-
4. Push the ignition switch while depressing the
tion switch to start the engine.
brake pedal (Automatic Transmission (AT)
model) or the clutch pedal (Manual Transmis- To start the engine immediately, push and
sion (MT) model) within 10 seconds after the release the ignition switch while depressing
chime sounds. The engine will start. the brake pedal with the ignition switch in
any position.
After step 3 is performed, when the ignition
switch is pushed without depressing the brake 4. Immediately release the ignition switch when
pedal (Automatic Transmission (AT) model) or the engine starts. If the engine starts, but
the clutch pedal (Manual Transmission (MT) fails to run, repeat the above procedures.
model), the ignition switch position will change
If the engine is very hard to start in extremely
to ACC.
cold or hot weather, depress the accelerator
NOTE pedal and hold it. Push the ignition switch
for up to 15 seconds while holding. Release
• When the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or
the accelerator pedal when the engine starts.
ON position or the engine is started by the above
procedures, the Intelligent Key battery discharge CAUTION
indicator appears in the vehicle information dis-
play even if the Intelligent Key is inside the ve-
• As soon as the engine has started, release the
ignition switch immediately.
hicle. This is not a malfunction. To turn off the In-

• Do not operate the starter for more than 15 sec- The starter is designed to operate only when CAUTION
onds at a time. If the engine does not start, the shift lever is in the proper position.
push the ignition switch to the “OFF” position
• As soon as the engine has started, release the
Manual Transmission (MT) model: ignition switch immediately.
and wait 10 seconds before cranking the en-
gine again. Otherwise, the starter could be Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) posi- • Do not operate the starter for more than 15 sec-
damaged. tion. Depress the clutch pedal fully to the onds at a time. If the engine does not start,
floor. push the ignition switch to the “OFF” position
• If it becomes necessary to start the engine with
and wait 20 seconds before cranking the en-
a booster battery and jumper cables, the in- The Intelligent Key must be carried when op-
gine again. Otherwise, the starter could be
structions and cautions contained in the “6. In erating the ignition switch.
damaged.
case of emergency” section should be carefully 3. Push the ignition switch to the ON position
followed. and wait until the glow plug indicator light • If it becomes necessary to start the engine with
a booster battery and jumper cables, the in-
5. Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec- turns off. Depress the brake pedal (AT mod-
structions and cautions contained in the “6. In
onds after starting the engine to warm-up. els) or clutch pedal (MT models) and push
case of emergency” section should be carefully
Drive at moderate speeds for a short distance the ignition switch to start the engine.
followed.
first, especially in cold weather. To start the engine immediately, push and
5. Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec-
CAUTION release the ignition switch while depressing
onds after starting the engine to warm-up.
the brake pedal (AT models) or clutch pedal
Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the en- Drive at moderate speeds for a short distance
(MT models) with the ignition switch in any
gine is warming up. first, especially in cold weather.
position.
6. To stop the engine, move the shift lever to CAUTION
4. Immediately release the ignition switch when
the P (Park) position, apply the parking brake
the engine starts. If the engine starts, but Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the en-
and push the ignition switch to the “OFF” po-
fails to run, repeat the above procedures. gine is warming up.
sition.
If the engine is very hard to start in extremely 6. To stop the engine, move the shift lever to
FOR DIESEL MODELS cold or hot weather, depress the accelerator the P (Park) position (AT model) or move the
1. Apply the parking brake. pedal and hold it. Push the ignition switch shift lever to the N (Neutral) position (MT
for up to 15 seconds while holding. Release model), apply the parking brake and push the
2. Automatic Transmission (AT) model:
the accelerator pedal when the engine starts. ignition switch to the “OFF” position.
Move the shift lever to the P (Park) or the N
(Neutral) position.

DRIVING THE VEHICLE
WARNING
• Start the engine in either the P (Park) or N (Neu- (Park) position and into any of the other gear
tral) position. The engine will not start in any other positions if the ignition switch is pushed to the
Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads. This may gear position. If it does, have your vehicle checked LOCK, “OFF” or ACC position.
cause a loss of control. by an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.
CAUTION
DRIVING WITH AUTOMATIC • Shift into the P (Park) position and apply the park-
• DEPRESS THE FOOTBRAKE PEDAL - Shifting the
ing brake when at a standstill for longer than a
TRANSMISSION (AT) shift lever to D, R or manual shift mode without
short waiting period.
The Automatic Transmission (AT) in your vehicle depressing the footbrake pedal causes the vehicle
is electronically controlled to produce maximum • Keep the engine at idling speed while shifting from to move slowly when the engine is running. Make
power and smooth operation. the N (Neutral) position to any driving position. sure the footbrake pedal is depressed fully and the
vehicle is stopped before shifting the shift lever.
The recommended operating procedures for this • When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade, do
transmission are shown on the following pages. not hold the vehicle by depressing the accelerator • MAKE SURE OF THE SHIFT LEVER POSITION - Make
Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle pedal. The footbrake pedal should be depressed in sure the shift lever is in the desired position. D
performance and driving enjoyment. this situation. and manual shift mode are used to move forward
and R to reverse.
CAUTION Starting vehicle
1. After starting the engine, fully depress the • WARM UP THE ENGINE - Due to the higher idle
• The cold engine idle speed is high, so use caution
footbrake pedal before attempting to move
speeds when the engine is cold, extra caution must
when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before be exercised when shifting the shift lever into the
the engine has warmed up. the shift lever out of the P (Park) position.
driving position immediately after starting the en-
2. Keep the footbrake pedal depressed and
• Avoid revving up the engine while the vehicle is
move the shift lever into a driving position.
gine.
stopped. This could cause unexpected vehicle
movement. 3. Release the parking brake, the footbrake
pedal, and then gradually start the vehicle in
• Never shift to either the P (Park) or R (Reverse)
motion.
position while the vehicle is moving forward and P
(Park) or D (Drive) position or the manual shift The AT is designed so the footbrake pedal MUST
mode while the vehicle is moving rearward. This be depressed before shifting from the P (Park)
could cause serious damage to the transmission. position to any driving position while the igni-
tion switch is in the ON position.
• Except in an emergency, do not shift to the N (Neu-
tral) position while driving. Coasting with the The shift lever cannot be moved out of the P
transmission in the N (Neutral) position may cause
serious damage to the transmission.

Shifting WARNING
2. Push the ignition switch. The ignition switch
position will change to the ON position.
• Apply the parking brake if the shift lever is in any 3. Push the ignition switch again to the “OFF”
position while the engine is not running. Failure to position.
do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpect-
edly or roll away and result in serious personal P (Park):
injury or property damage. Use this position when the vehicle is parked or
when starting the engine. Make sure that the
• If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P (Park)
vehicle is completely stopped and move the
position while the engine is running and the foot-
shift lever into the P (Park) position. Apply the
brake pedal is depressed, the stop lights may not
JVS0186XZ parking brake. When parking on a hill, apply the
work. Malfunctioning stop lights could cause an
Left-Hand Drive (LHD) model parking brake first, and then move the shift le-
accident injuring yourself and others.
ver into the P (Park) position.
After starting the engine, fully depress the foot
brake pedal and move the shift lever out of the P R (Reverse):
(Park) position. Use this position to reverse. Make sure that the
vehicle is completely stopped before selecting
When shifting the shift lever from P (Park) to the
the R (Reverse) position.
other positions, you may feel a pulsation and
hear a sound. This is not a malfunction. N (Neutral):
If the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC posi- Neither the forward nor reverse gear is engaged.
tion for any reason while the shift lever is in any The engine can be started in this position. You
JVS0268XZ
position other than the P (Park) position, the ig- may shift to the N (Neutral) position and restart
Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model nition switch cannot be switched to the LOCK a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving.
Push the button while depressing the position.
NOTE
m: brake pedal, If the ignition switch cannot be switched to the
When the shift lever is in the “N” (Neutral) position,
Push the button, LOCK position and the SHIFT P warning appears
m: the engine speed is limited (for models with 2.0L turbo
in the vehicle information display, perform the
petrol engine and 2.2L diesel engine).
Just move the shift lever. following steps:
m: D (Drive):
1. Move the shift lever into the P (Park) posi-
tion. Use this position for all normal forward driving.

Manual shift mode simultaneously limits the gear range of the 4M (4th), 3M (3rd) and 2M (2nd):
transmission. If you want to cancel gear range
Use these positions for hill climbing or engine
limit, pull and hold the paddle shifter (+) j
A un-
braking on downhill grades.
til D appears on the display.
1M (1st):
NOTE
Use this position when climbing steep hills
When you pull the paddle shifter (+) j
A in the D (Drive)
slowly or driving slowly through deep snow, or
position, the transmission is kept in the D (Drive) po-
for maximum engine braking on steep downhill
sition.
grades.
When you pull the paddle shifter (+) j A in the
JVS0187XZ gear range limit, the transmission will shift into
• Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended
periods of time in lower than 7th gear. This reduces
Paddle shifter (where fitted) the next higher gear as permitted by the shift
fuel economy.
When the shift lever is shifted to the manual programme. This action simultaneously extends
shift gate while driving, the transmission enters the gear range of the transmission. • Moving the shift lever to the same side twice will
the manual shift mode. Shift range can be se- shift the ranges in succession. However, if this mo-
In the gear range limit, the upper limitation gear
lected manually. tion is rapidly done, the second shifting may not be
is displayed on the vehicle information display
completed properly.
When shifting up, move the shift lever to the + between the speedometer and tachometer.
(up) side or pull the right side paddle shifter The upper limitation gears up or down one by
(where fitted) (+) j
A . The transmission shifts to one as follows:
the higher range.
→ M → M → M → M → M → M →
1M 2 3 4 5 6 7 D
When shifting down, move the shift lever to the ← ← ← ← ← ← ←
− (down) side or pull the left-side paddle shifter
7M (7th):
(where fitted) (−) j
B . The transmission shifts to
the lower range. Use this position for all normal forward driving
at highway speeds.
When cancelling the manual shift mode, return
the shift lever to the D (Drive) position. The trans- 6M (6th) and 5M (5th):
mission returns to the normal driving mode.
Use these positions when driving up long
When you pull the paddle shifter (where fitted) slopes, or for engine braking when driving down
(−) j
B while in the D (Drive) position, the trans- long slopes.
mission will shift to the lower range. This action

Shift lock release to the ON position. (See “Jump starting” in the “6. In ing condition, have an INFINITI Centre or quali-
case of emergency” section.) And then, release the fied workshop check the transmission and
steering wheel lock. repair it if necessary.
The vehicle may be moved by pushing it to the Adaptive Shift Control (ASC)
desired location.
The Adaptive Shift Control automatically oper-
If the shift lever cannot be moved out of the P ates when the transmission is in the D (Drive)
(Park) position, have an INFINITI Centre or quali- position and selects an appropriate gear de-
fied workshop check the AT system as soon as pending on the road conditions such as uphill,
possible. downhill or curving roads.
JVS0188XZ CAUTION Control on uphill and curving roads:
Left-Hand Drive (LHD) model
For models with a steering wheel lock mechanism: If A low gear is maintained that suits the degree of
If the battery is discharged, the shift lever may the battery is discharged completely, the steering the slope or curve to allow smooth driving with
not be moved from the P (Park) position even wheel cannot be unlocked while the ignition switch is a small number of shifts.
with the brake pedal depressed. in the “OFF” position. Do not move the vehicle with
Control on downhill roads:
To release the shift lock, perform the following the steering wheel locked.
procedure: The Adaptive Shift Control shifts to a low gear
Fail-safe that suits the degree of the slope, and uses the
1. Apply the parking brake. When the fail-safe operation occurs, the AT will engine braking to reduce the number of times
2. Remove the shift lock cover j
A using a suit- be locked in any of the forward gears depending that the brake must be used.
able tool. on conditions.
Control on winding roads:
3. Push down the shift lock j
B using mechani- If the vehicle is driven under extreme condi-
A low gear is maintained on continuous curves
cal key as illustrated. tions, such as excessive wheel spinning and
that involve repeated acceleration and decelera-
subsequent hard braking, the fail-safe system
4. Push the shift lever button jC and move the tion, so that smooth acceleration is available in-
may be activated. This will occur even if all elec-
shift lever to N (Neutral) position j
D while stantly when the accelerator pedal is depressed.
trical circuits are functioning properly. In this
holding down the shift lock. NOTE
case, push the ignition switch to the “OFF” po-
5. Replace the removed shift lock cover j sition and wait for 3 seconds. Then push the
its original position.
A to
ignition switch back to the ON position. The ve-
• Adaptive Shift Control may not operate when the
transmission oil temperature is low immediately
hicle should return to its normal operating con- after the start of driving or when it is very hot.
If the steering wheel is locked, restore the bat-
dition. If it does not return to its normal operat-
tery power supply and push the ignition switch

• During some driving situations, hard braking for • Stop the vehicle completely before shifting into
example, the Adaptive Shift Control may automati- the R (Reverse) position.
cally operate. The transmission may automatically
shift to a lower gear for engine braking. This in-
• When the vehicle is stopped for a period of time,
for example waiting at stoplights, shift to the N
creases engine speed but not vehicle speed. Ve-
(Neutral) position and release the clutch pedal
hicle speed is controlled by the accelerator pedal
with the footbrake pedal depressed.
when the vehicle is in the Adaptive Shift Control
mode. Starting vehicle
• When the Adaptive Shift Control operates, the 1. After starting the engine, depress the clutch
transmission sometimes maintains a lower gear pedal to the floor and move the shift lever to JVS0319XZ
for a longer period of time than when Adaptive the “1” (1st) or R (Reverse) position.
Shift Control is not operating. Engine speed will be
2. Slowly depress the accelerator pedal, releas- • To reverse, stop the vehicle and move the shift le-
higher for a specific vehicle speed while Adaptive ver to the “1” (1st) - “2” (2nd) row position, and
ing the clutch pedal and parking brake at the
Shift Control is operating than when Adaptive Shift then push the shift lever left-side to shift into the R
same time.
Control is not operating. (Reverse) position.
Shifting gear
DRIVING WITH MANUAL
To change gears, or when upshifting or down-
• The shift lever returns to its original position when
TRANSMISSION (MT) the shift knob is moved to the N (Neutral) position.
shifting, fully depress the clutch pedal, shift into
NOTE
the appropriate gear, then slowly and smoothly
WARNING
release the clutch pedal. When the shift lever is in the “N” (Neutral) position,
• Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads. This
Start the vehicle in the “1” (1st) position and
the engine speed is limited.
may cause a loss of vehicle control.
shift to the “2” (2nd), “3” (3rd), “4” (4th), “5” Suggested maximum speed in each
• Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower (5th) and “6” (6th) position in sequence accord- gear
gear. This may cause a loss of vehicle control or ing to the vehicle speed.
engine damage. Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not
If it is difficult to move the shift lever into the R running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.
CAUTION (Reverse) or “1” (1st) position, shift to the N
Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed
(Neutral) position, and then release the clutch
• Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driv-
pedal once. Fully depress the clutch pedal again
(shown below) in any gear. For level road driv-
ing. This may damage the clutch system. ing, use the highest gear suggested for that
and shift into R or “1”.
• Fully depress the clutch pedal before shifting to speed. Always observe posted speed limits, and
drive according to the road conditions which will
help prevent transmission damage.

INFINITI DRIVE MODE SELECTOR
ensure safe operation. Do not over-rev the en- Gear shift recommendation may not be available
gine when shifting to a lower gear as it may depending on the conditions.
cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control.
CAUTION
km/h (MPH)
1st 46 (29) Shift lever indicator helps to reduce fuel consumption.
2nd 82 (51) It does not recommend the appropriate gear shift for
3rd 129 (80) all driving situations. In a certain situations, only the
4th, 5th & 6th — (—) driver can select the correct gear (for example, when
overtaking, driving up a steep gradient or towing a
SHIFT LEVER INDICATOR trailer). JVS0189XZ
INFINITI Drive Mode Selector
JVS0331XZ
JVS0191MZ
The shift lever indicator appears in the trans- Vehicle information display
mission position indicator when the driver
Three or four driving modes can be selected by
should shift into a higher or lower gear as indi-
using the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector ([PER-
cated by the up or down arrow.
SONAL], [SPORT], [STANDARD], and [SNOW]
The use of shift lever indicator will help to re- (where fitted)).
duce fuel consumption.
NOTE
When the up arrow appears, upshifting is rec-
When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector selects a mode,
ommended. When the down arrow appears,
the mode may not switch immediately. This is not a
downshifting is recommended.
malfunction.

The current mode is displayed in the vehicle in- PERSONAL MODE 3. Touch [Engine·Transmission], [Steering]
formation display. (where fitted), [Active Lane Control] (where
When the PERSONAL mode is selected, the fol-
fitted) or [Active Trace Control] and select
To change the mode, push the INFINITI Drive lowing functions can be adjusted individually:
each item. (See later about the feature of
Mode Selector up or down. The mode list will
appear on the upper display and you can select • [Engine·Transmission] each item.)
the mode. • [Steering] (models with Direct Adaptive Steering or 4. Touch [Back] or [Home] to finish the
the hydraulic pump electric power steering system) PERSONAL mode setting.
[PERSONAL] ⇔ [SPORT] ⇔ [STANDARD] ⇔
[SNOW] (where fitted) • [Active Lane Control] (where fitted) Engine·Transmission:
NOTE • [Active Trace Control] [Engine·Transmission] can be set to [Sport],
[Standard] or [Snow] (where fitted).
The mode list will be turned off in approximately 5 How to set the PERSONAL mode
seconds after the mode is selected. Steering (models with Direct Adaptive
Steering):
STANDARD MODE
Four combinations of steering effort and steer-
Allows for optimum driving according to the driv-
ing response can be set.
ing conditions.
Steering effort Steering response
This mode will be selected first each time the [Standard] Standard
engine is started. [Standard] Quick
SPORT MODE [Heavy] Quick
[Light] Casual
JVS0246XZ
Adjusts the engine and transmission points for
a higher response. The setting of the steering Steering (models with the hydraulic pump
system is adjusted to provide a quick steering Perform the following steps to set the PERSONAL electric power steering system):
response and a heavy steering effort. mode.
Steering effort can be set to [Standard] or
NOTE 1. Push the MENU button j 1 and touch [Infiniti [Heavy].
Drive Mode Selector] on the lower display.
In the SPORT mode, fuel economy may be reduced. Active Lane Control (where fitted):
2. Touch [Edit PERSONAL Mode].
SNOW MODE (where fitted) [Active Lane Control] can be set to [High] or
[Low].
Changes the engine characteristics to aid driv-
ing on slippery roads. Before setting this mode, Active Lane Control

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM
needs to be enabled on the lower display. (See 1. Push the MENU button j 1 and touch [Infiniti
“Active trace control” later in this section.) Drive Mode Selector] on the lower display. WARNING
For details about Active Lane Control, see “Active 2. Touch [Active Lane Control] to enable or dis- • The VDC system is designed to help the driver
lane control system (where fitted)” later in this sec- able Active Lane Control. maintain stability but does not prevent accidents
tion. due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or
Each time the engine is restarted, Active Lane by careless or dangerous driving techniques. Re-
Active Trace Control: Control setting is tuned to OFF (disabled). duce vehicle speed and be especially careful when
[Active Trace Control] can be set to ON (enabled) driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and al-
or OFF (disabled). ways drive carefully.
For details about the Active Trace Control, see • The brake force distribution systems may not be
“Active trace control” later in this section. effective depending on the driving condition. Al-
ways drive carefully and attentively.
Restore Default Settings:
Touch [Restore Default Settings] to restore all
• Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension. If suspen-
sion parts such as shock absorbers, struts,
the PERSONAL mode settings to default. springs, stabiliser bars, bushings and wheels are
How to enable or disable Active Lane not INFINITI recommended for your vehicle or are
Control extremely deteriorated, the VDC system may not
operate properly. This could adversely affect ve-
hicle handling performance, and the VDC warning
light m may illuminate.
• If brake related parts such as brake pads, rotors

and callipers are not INFINITI recommended or are
extremely deteriorated, the VDC system may not
operate properly and the VDC warning light m
may illuminate.
JVS0246XZ
• If engine control related parts are not INFINITI rec-
ommended or are extremely deteriorated, the VDC
warning light m may illuminate.
Perform the following steps to enable or disable
Active Lane Control.

• When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such • Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and warning light m illuminates in the instrument
as higher banked corners, the VDC system may not engine output to help the driver maintain control of panel. The VDC system automatically turns off.
operate properly and the VDC warning light m the vehicle in the following conditions:
The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC
may illuminate. Do not drive on these types of
– understeer (vehicle tends to not follow the system. The VDC off indicator m illuminates to
roads.
steered path despite increased steering indicate the VDC system is off. When the VDC
• When driving on an unstable surface such as a input) switch is used to turn off the system, the VDC
turntable, ferry, elevator or ramp, the VDC warning system still operates to prevent one drive wheel
– oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due to
light m may illuminate. This is not a malfunc- from slipping by transferring power to a non
certain road or driving conditions).
tion. Restart the engine after driving onto a stable slipping drive wheel. The VDC warning light m
surface. The VDC system can help the driver to maintain flashes if this occurs. All other VDC functions are
control of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent loss off, except for brake force distribution, and the
• If wheels or tyres other than the INFINITI recom-
of vehicle control in all driving situations. VDC warning light m will not flash. The VDC
mended ones are used, the VDC system may not
When the VDC system operates, the VDC warn- system is automatically reset to on when the ig-
operate properly and the VDC warning light m
ing light m in the instrument panel flashes so nition switch is placed in the off position then
may illuminate.
note the following: back to the on position.
• The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tyres
See “ Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light (ex-
or tyre chains on a snow covered road. • The road may be slippery or the system may deter- cept for Europe)/Electronic Stability Programme (ESP)
mine some action is required to help keep the ve-
The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system uses warning light (for Europe) ” in the “2. Instruments and
hicle on the steered path.
various sensors to monitor driver inputs and ve- controls” section and “ Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
hicle motion. Under certain driving conditions, • You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and off indicator light (except for Europe)/Electronic Sta-
the VDC system helps to perform the following hear a noise or vibration from under the bonnet. bility Programme (ESP) off indicator light (for Europe)”
functions. This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is in the “2. Instruments and controls” section.
working properly.
• Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature
one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to • Adjust your speed and driving to the road condi- that tests the system each time you start the
a non slipping drive wheel on the same axle. tions. engine and move the vehicle forward or in re-
verse at a slow speed. When the self-test oc-
• Controls brake pressure and engine output to re- See “ Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light (ex-
curs, you may hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a
duce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed (trac- cept for Europe)/Electronic Stability Programme (ESP)
tion control function). warning light (for Europe) ” in the “2. Instruments and pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal and
controls” section. is not an indication of a malfunction.
If a malfunction occurs in the system, the VDC

ELECTRONIC STABILITY PROGRAMME (ESP)
SYSTEM
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the en-
gine to turn ON the system. WARNING
During braking while driving through turns, the
system optimizes the distribution of force to • The Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) system
each of the four wheels depending on the radius is designed to help the driver maintain stability
of the turn. but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steer-
ing operation at high speeds or by careless or dan-
VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) OFF gerous driving techniques. Reduce vehicle speed
SWITCH and be especially careful when driving and corner-
ing on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully.
• The brake force distribution systems may not be

effective depending on the driving condition. Al-
ways drive carefully and attentively.
• Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension. If suspen-

sion parts such as shock absorbers, struts,
springs, stabiliser bars, bushings and wheels are
not INFINITI recommended for your vehicle or are
SIC4336Z
extremely deteriorated, the ESP system may not
operate properly. This could adversely affect ve-
hicle handling performance, and the ESP warning
The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle
light m may illuminate.
Dynamic Control (VDC) system ON for most driv-
ing conditions. • If brake related parts such as brake pads, rotors
and callipers are not INFINITI recommended or are
When the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the
extremely deteriorated, the ESP system may not
VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce
operate properly and the ESP warning light m
wheel spin. The engine speed will be reduced
may illuminate.
even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor.
If maximum engine power is needed to free a • If engine control related parts are not INFINITI rec-
stuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off. ommended or are extremely deteriorated, the ESP
warning light m may illuminate.
To turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
system, push the VDC OFF switch. The m indi-
cator light will illuminate.

• When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such • Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and If a malfunction occurs in the system, the ESP
as higher banked corners, the ESP system may not engine output to help the driver maintain control of warning light m illuminates in the instrument
operate properly and the ESP warning light m the vehicle in the following conditions: panel. The ESP system automatically turns off.
may illuminate. Do not drive on these types of
– understeer (vehicle tends to not follow the The ESP OFF switch is used to turn off the ESP
roads.
steered path despite increased steering system. The ESP off indicator light m illumi-
• When driving on an unstable surface such as a input) nates to indicate the ESP system is off. When
turntable, ferry, elevator or ramp, the ESP warning the ESP switch is used to turn off the system, the
– oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due to
light m may illuminate. This is not a malfunc- ESP system still operates to prevent one drive
certain road or driving conditions).
tion. Restart the engine after driving onto a stable wheel from slipping by transferring power to a
surface. The ESP system can help the driver to maintain non slipping drive wheel. The ESP warning light
control of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent loss m flashes if this occurs. All other ESP func-
• If wheels or tyres other than the INFINITI recom-
of vehicle control in all driving situations. tions are off, except for brake force distribution,
mended ones are used, the ESP system may not
When the ESP system operates, the ESP warn- and the ESP warning light m will not flash. The
operate properly and the ESP warning light m
ing light m in the instrument panel flashes so ESP system is automatically reset to on when
may illuminate.
note the following: the ignition switch is placed in the “OFF” posi-
• The ESP system is not a substitute for winter tyres tion then back to the ON position.
or tyre chains on a snow covered road. • The road may be slippery or the system may deter- See “ Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light (ex-
mine some action is required to help keep the ve-
The Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) sys- cept for Europe)/Electronic Stability Programme (ESP)
hicle on the steered path.
tem uses various sensors to monitor driver in- warning light (for Europe) ” in the “2. Instruments and
puts and vehicle motion. Under certain driving • You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and controls” section.
conditions, the ESP system helps to perform the hear a noise or vibration from under the bonnet.
This is normal and indicates that the ESP system is The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature
following functions.
working properly. that tests the system each time you start the
• Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on engine and move the vehicle forward or in re-
one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to • Adjust your speed and driving to the road condi- verse at a slow speed. When the self-test oc-
a non slipping drive wheel on the same axle. tions. curs, you may hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a
pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal and
• Controls brake pressure and engine output to re- See “ Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light (ex-
is not an indication of a malfunction.
duce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed (trac- cept for Europe)/Electronic Stability Programme (ESP)
tion control function). warning light (for Europe) ” in the “2. Instruments and
controls” section.

ACTIVE TRACE CONTROL
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION switch located on the lower side of the instru- This system senses driving based on the driv-
ment panel. The m indicator light will illumi- er’s steering and acceleration/braking patterns,
During braking while driving through turns, the
nate. and controls brake pressure at individual
system optimises the distribution of force to
wheels to help smooth vehicle response.
each of the four wheels depending on the radius Push the ESP OFF switch again or restart the en-
of the turn. gine to turn on the system. When the SPORT mode is selected by the INFINITI
Drive Mode Selector, the amount of brake con-
ELECTRONIC STABILITY PROGRAMME trol provided by the active trace control is re-
(ESP) OFF SWITCH duced.
When the PERSONAL mode is selected, the ac-
tive trace control can be set to ON (enabled) or
OFF (disabled). See “INFINITI drive mode selector”
in the “5. Starting and driving” section.
When the Electronic Stability Programme (ESP)
OFF switch is used to turn off the ESP system,
the active trace control is also turned off.
SIC4336Z
The vehicle should be driven with the Electronic

Stability Programme (ESP) system on for most
driving conditions.
When the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the
ESP system reduces the engine output to reduce
wheel spin. The engine speed will be reduced
even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor.
If maximum engine power is needed to free a
stuck vehicle, turn the ESP system off.
To turn off the ESP system, push the ESP OFF

HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM
WARNING
• Never rely solely on the hill start assist system to

prevent the vehicle from moving backward on a
hill. Always drive carefully and attentively.
Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is
stopped on a steep hill. Be especially careful when
stopped on a hill on frozen or muddy roads. Failure
to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards may
JVS0249XZ result in a loss of control of the vehicle and pos-
sible serious injury or death.
When the active trace control is operated and may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear • The hill start assist system is not designed to hold
the “Chassis Control” mode is selected in the a noise. This is normal and indicates that the the vehicle at a standstill on a hill. Depress the
trip computer, the active trace control graphics active trace control is operating properly. brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep
are shown in the vehicle information display. hill. Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to roll
Even if the active trace control is set to OFF, some
(See “Trip computer” in the “2. Instruments and backwards and may result in a collision or serious
functions will remain on to assist the driver (for
controls” section.) personal injury.
example, avoidance scenes).
If the chassis control warning message appears • The hill start assist system may not prevent the
in the vehicle information display, it may indi- vehicle from rolling backwards on a hill under all
cate that the active trace control is not function- load or road conditions. Always be prepared to de-
ing properly. Have the system checked by an press the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from
INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop. (See “26. rolling backwards. Failure to do so may result in a
Chassis control warning” in the “2. Instruments and collision or serious personal injury.
controls” section.)
The hill start assist system automatically keeps
the brakes applied to help prevent the vehicle
WARNING
from rolling backwards in the time it takes the
The active trace control may not be effective depend- driver to release the brake pedal and apply the
ing on the driving condition. Always drive carefully accelerator when the vehicle is stopped on a hill.
and attentively.
When the active trace control is operating, you

CHASSIS CONTROL STOP/START SYSTEM (for Europe) or IDLING
STOP SYSTEM (except for Europe)
(where fitted)
The hill start assist system will operate auto- The chassis control is an electric control module The Stop/Start System or Idling Stop System ac-
matically under the following conditions: that includes the following functions: tivates to prevent unnecessary fuel consump-
tion, exhaust emissions and noise.
• The shift lever is shifted to a forward or reverse • Log-in function (See “Log-in function” in the
gear. “3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section.) • When you stop the vehicle, the engine is turned off
automatically.
• The vehicle is stopped completely on a hill by ap- • INFINITI Drive Mode Selector (See “INFINITI drive
plying the brake. mode selector” earlier in this section.) • When you start the vehicle again, the engine is
turned on automatically.
The maximum holding time is 2 seconds. After 2 • Active Lane Control (where fitted) (See “Active lane
seconds the vehicle will begin to roll back and control system (where fitted)” later in this section.) CAUTION
the hill start assist system will stop operating
completely.
• Active Trace Control (See “Active trace control” ear- • When the vehicle is moved (at approximately 2
lier in this section.) km/h (1 MPH) or more) while the engine is stopped
The hill start assist system will not operate when by the system, such as on a downhill grade, the
the shift lever is shifted to the N (Neutral) or P
• Emergency Stop Signal (See “Emergency stop
engine restarts automatically. To avoid an acci-
signal” in the “6. In case of emergency” section.)
(Park) position or on a flat and level road. dent, be sure to depress the brake pedal.
When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warn- • At the end of the journey the engine must be
ing light or Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) stopped and ignition switch be turned off. Lock the
warning light illuminates in the meter, the hill vehicle as normal. Turning the ignition switch OFF
start assist system will not operate. (See “Ve- will shut down all electrical systems. Failure to do
hicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light (except for this may result in a flat battery.
Europe)/Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) warning
NOTE
light (for Europe) ” in the “2. Instruments and controls”
section.) The Stop/Start System or Idling Stop System will not
activate under the following conditions:
• when the engine is kept idling without the vehicle

being driven after the engine is turned on.
• when the engine coolant temperature is low.
• when the battery capacity is low.
• when the battery temperature is low or extremely

high.

• when the vehicle is moving. • when the Stop/Start or Idling Stop OFF switch is NOTE
turned on.
• when a negative pressure booster decreases. It may take some time until the Stop/Start or Idling
• when the engine bonnet is opened with the engine • when the power consumption is large. Stop System activates under the following conditions:
running. • when the vehicle is travelling at altitudes higher • when the battery is discharged.
than 2,000 m (6,562 ft).
• when the engine is turned on with the engine bon- • when the outside temperature is low or high.
net open. • For Manual Transmission (MT) models
• when the battery is replaced or the battery termi-
• when the driver’s seat belt is not fastened. – when the shift lever is in any position ex- nal is disconnected for extended periods and then
cept the N (Neutral) position. reconnected.
• when the driver’s door is open.
– when the clutch pedal is depressed. NOTE
• when the steering wheel is operated.
– when the Intelligent Key is not in the ve- When the Stop/Start System or Idling Stop indicator
• when the angle of steering wheel is not straight.
hicle. light illuminates, the engine starts running automati-
• when the Stop/Start or Idling Stop System indica-
• For Automatic Transmission (AT) models
cally under at least one of the following conditions:
tor blinks at a low speed.
– when the accelerator pedal is depressed. • The brake pedal is released with the shift lever in
• when the fan speed control is in any position other the D (Drive) or N (Neutral) position (for AT model).
than “OFF” (0) while the air flow control is in the – when the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)
front defogger position. position. • The shift lever is placed in the D (Drive) or R (Re-
verse) position from the N (Neutral) or P (Park) po-
• when the front defogger switch is on. – when the brake pedal is not firmly de- sition (for AT model).
pressed.
• when the rear defogger switch is on. • The driver’s seat belt is unfastened, or the driver’s
– when stopping the vehicle on steep slop- door is open (for AT model).
• when the temperature inside the vehicle is lower
ing roads.
than approximately 20°C (68°F). • The battery voltage becomes low (due to electrical
NOTE load from other vehicle systems like headlights,
• when the temperature inside the vehicle is higher
heaters, etc., or auxiliary devices connected to the
than approximately 30°C (86°F). (When the air con- The engine will not restart even if the brake pedal is
ditioner is off, the Stop/Start System or Idling Stop released while the Stop/Start or Idling Stop System is 12 volt socket inside the vehicle).
System will operate.) activated when the shift lever is in the “P” (Park) posi- • The vehicle speed is above about 2 km/h (1 MPH).
tion (for AT model).
• when the fan speed of the air conditioner is set to • The front defogger is operated.
the maximum speed.
• The rear window defogger is operated.

• When the temperature inside the vehicle is lower System or Idling Stop System from automatically re- • The Idling Stop System indicator light and a buzzer
than approximately 20°C (68°F). starting the engine. Starting the engine with the igni- will inform you of the Idling Stop System status.
tion switch operation is then necessary: For more details, see “ Stop/Start System indica-
• When the temperature inside the vehicle is higher
tor light/Idling Stop System indicator light (where
than approximately 30°C (86°F). (When the air con- • The driver’s seat belt is unfastened, and driver’s
fitted)” in the “2. Instruments and controls” sec-
ditioner is off, the Idling Stop System will oper- door is open (for MT model).
tion and “Stop/Start System or Idling Stop Sys-
ate.)
• The bonnet is open. tem reminder buzzer (where fitted)” in the “2. In-
• When the front defogger is turned on. (The engine
Use this system while waiting at stoplight, etc. struments and controls” section.
may not starts depending on the outside tempera-
When the vehicle is stopped for long periods of RETROGRADE MOVEMENT CONTROL
ture.)
time, turn off the engine.
FUNCTION (FOR AUTOMATIC
• When more than 3 minutes have elapsed since the
When the engine is stopped by the Stop/Start TRANSMISSION (AT) MODELS)
Stop/Start System or Idling Stop System was ac-
System or Idling Stop System, heating, cooling This system is designed to reduce the retrograde
tive.
and dehumidifying functions will be deacti- movement that occurs while the driver’s foot
• When the accelerator pedal is depressed (for AT vated. To avoid the air conditioning functions changes from depressing the brake pedal to the
model). from being deactivated, turn off the Idling Stop accelerator pedal when moving the vehicle while
mode by pressing the Stop/Start or Idling Stop
• When the steering wheel is operated. (The steer-
OFF switch.
the Idling Stop System is active on a hilly road.
ing wheel operation may become heavy, but this is
not a malfunction.) (for AT model) OPERATING IDLING STOP SYSTEM
• When the battery capacity is low. (except for Europe)
• When the power consumption is high. NOTE
• When the shift lever is placed in the R (Reverse) The Idling Stop System indicator light illuminates in
the meter while driving if any of the Idling Stop Sys-
position (for AT model).
tem conditions are met.
• When the clutch pedal is depressed (for MT model).
CAUTION
• When the brake pedal is depressed to stop the ve-
hicle with the shift lever in the D (Drive) position,
Only engage gear when the clutch pedal is fully de- the engine will stop automatically.
pressed (for MT model).
• When you release your foot from the brake pedal,
NOTE the engine will start automatically.
The following conditions will prevent the Stop/Start

STOP/START SYSTEM OR IDLING STOP If the Stop/Start System or Idling Stop System The CO2 or fuel saved and the engine stop time
SYSTEM DISPLAY is activated or deactivated using the Stop/Start mode shows the following items:
System or Idling Stop System OFF switch, the
Engine stop (where fitted) message is shown.
• The CO2 saved shows the estimated quantity of
CO2 exhaust emissions that were prevented by the
CO2 or fuel saved and engine stop Stop/Start System every time the engine is auto-
time matically stopped. (for Europe)
• The fuel saved shows the estimated quantity of fuel

that were saved by the Idling Stop System every
time the engine is automatically stopped. (except
for Europe)
• The engine stop time shows the time that the en-
gine has been stopped for by the Stop/Start Sys-
JVS0341XZ
tem or Idling Stop System.
When the engine is stopped the information is For more information, see “10. Stop/Start System
displayed for a few seconds. JVS0343XZ or Idling Stop System (where fitted)” in the “2. Instru-
For Europe ments and controls” section.
Stop/Start system or Idling Stop
System ON or OFF
JVS0348XZ
Except for Europe
JVS0342XZ

Auto start deactivation The message can only be cleared by pushing the STOP/START OR IDLING STOP OFF
ignition switch OFF (or restarting the engine) or SWITCH
pushing the m switch on the steering wheel.
System fault
JVS0344XZ
JVS0269XZ
If the engine stops when the Stop/Start System

or Idling Stop System is activated, and will not JVS0346XZ The system can be temporarily deactivated by
start automatically, the message is shown. pressing the Stop/Start or Idling Stop OFF
switch. Pressing the switch again or restarting
Key LOCK warning This message is displayed when the Stop/Start
the engine by using the ignition switch will reac-
System or Idling Stop System is malfunctioning.
tivate the Stop/Start System or Idling Stop Sys-
Have the system checked by an INFINITI Centre tem.
• When the Stop/Start System or Idling Stop System
is deactivated while the engine is running, the en-
gine is prevented from automatically stopping.
• When the Stop/Start System or Idling Stop System

is deactivated after the engine has been automati-
cally stopped by the Stop/Start System or Idling
JVS0345XZ Stop System, the engine will immediately restart if
suitable conditions are present. The engine will
The information is displayed and a buzzer then be prevented from automatically stopping
sounded to remind the driver to turn the ignition during the same journey.
switch OFF to avoid a flat battery.

ACTIVE LANE CONTROL SYSTEM (where fitted)
• Whenever the Stop/Start System or Idling Stop Active Lane Control enables the driver to make
System is deactivated the indicator light j1 on the fewer steering corrections on motorways.
Stop/Start or Idling Stop OFF switch illuminates. In
this condition the Stop/Start System or Idling Stop
System cannot prevent unnecessary fuel consump-
tion, exhaust emissions, or noise during your jour-
ney.
• If the Stop/Start System or Idling Stop System is

malfunctioning, the indicator light j1 on the Stop/
Start or Idling Stop OFF switch illuminates.
NOTE JVS0231XZ
The Stop/Start System [ON] or [OFF] messages dis-

played for a few seconds in the vehicle information
display when the Stop/Start OFF switch is pressed.
See “Stop/Start system or Idling Stop System ON or
OFF” earlier in this section.

• Active Lane Control may not operate properly un-
der the following conditions, and do not use Active
Lane Control:
– During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
– When driving on slippery roads, such as
on ice or snow, etc.
– When driving on winding or uneven
roads.
NSD442
– When there is a lane closure due to road
repairs.
j
A Disturbance (Crosswind) bility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in
– When driving in a makeshift or a tempo-
j
B Active Lane Control off
the travelling lane, and be in control of vehicle at
rary lane.
all times.
j
C Vehicle’s direction
j
D Lane direction
• Active Lane Control is primarily intended for use – When driving on roads where the lane
width is too narrow.
on well-developed motorways or highways. It may
Active Lane Control slightly corrects front tyre not detect the lane markers for certain roads, – When driving with a tyre that is not within
angles and steering wheel torque to help reduce weather or driving conditions. normal tyre conditions (for example, tyre
the difference between the vehicle’s direction
and the lane direction j2 which is detected by
• Using Active Lane Control under some conditions wear, low tyre pressure, installation of
spare tyre, tyre chains, non-standard
of road, lane marker or weather, or if you attempt
using the camera unit j1 located above the in- to change lanes without using the lane change sig- wheels).
side rearview mirror. nal could lead to an unexpected system operation. – When the vehicle is equipped with non-
In such conditions, you need to correct the vehi- original steering parts or suspension
PRECAUTIONS ON ACTIVE LANE
cle’s direction with your steering operation to parts.
CONTROL
avoid accidents.
– When towing a trailer or other vehicle.
WARNING • Active Lane Control will not operate at speeds be-
• If Active Lane Control malfunctions, it will cancel
low approximately 70 km/h (45 MPH) or if it cannot
• Active Lane Control will not always steer the ve-
detect lane markers. automatically. The chassis control warning will ap-
hicle to keep it in the lane. It is not designed to pear in the vehicle information display.
prevent loss of control. It is the driver’s responsi-

• If the chassis control warning appears, pull off the – When travelling close to the vehicle in Active Lane Control settings:
road to a safe location and stop the vehicle. Turn front of you, which obstructs the lane
the engine off and restart the engine. If the chas- camera unit detection range.
sis control warning continues to illuminate, have
– When rain, snow or dirt adheres to the
Active Lane Control checked by an INFINITI Centre
windscreen in front of the lane camera
unit.
• Active Lane Control may or may not operate prop-
– When the headlights are not bright due
erly under the following conditions:
to dirt on the lens or if the aiming is not
– On roads where there are multiple paral- adjusted properly.
lel lane markers; lane markers that are
– When strong light enters the lane camera JVS0246XZ
faded or not painted clearly; yellow
unit. (For example, the light directly
painted lane markers; non-standard lane
shines on the front of the vehicle at sun- Perform the following steps to set Active Lane
markers; lane markers covered with wa-
rise or sunset.) Control.
ter, dirt, snow, etc.
– On roads where discontinued lane mark-
– When a sudden change in brightness oc- 1. Push the MENU j 1 button and touch [Infiniti
curs. (For example, when the vehicle en- Drive Mode Selector] on the lower display.
ers are still detectable.
ters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge.)
– On roads where there are sharp curves. 2. To enable or disable Active Lane Control,
– When entering or exiting tollgates. touch [Active Lane Control] and select ON (en-
– On roads where there are sharply con- able) or OFF (disable).
– When driving on roads with a widening or
trasting objects, such as shadows, snow,
narrowing lane width. 3. To change the settings, touch [Edit PERSONAL
water, wheel ruts, seams or lines remain-
Mode].
ing after road repairs. (Active Lane Con- ACTIVE LANE CONTROL OPERATION
trol could detect these items as lane 4. Touch [Active Lane Control] and select [Low]
Active Lane Control operates under the follow-
markers.) or [High] to change the setting of Active Lane
ing conditions:
– On roads where the travelling lane Control.
merges or separates. • When the vehicle is driven at speeds of approxi- Active Lane Control settings can be set with the
mately 70 km/h (45 MPH) and above.
– When the vehicle’s travelling direction INFINITI Drive Mode Selector. See “INFINITI drive
does not align with the lane marker. • When Active Lane Control is enabled in the settings mode selector” in the “5. Starting and driving” sec-
menu on the lower display. tion.

Each time the engine is restarted, Active Lane
Control setting is tuned to OFF (disabled).
JVS0248XZ
STATUS OF ACTIVE LANE CONTROL signal. (Active Lane Control is deactivated for ap-
proximately 2 seconds after the lane change signal
The status of Active Lane Control in the vehicle
is turned off.)
information display is displayed as follows.
• When Active Lane Control is turned on, the chassis • When the vehicle speed lowers to less than ap-
proximately 70 km/h (45 MPH).
control j
A is displayed.
• When Active Lane Control is operational or is oper- • When the hazard warning flashers are operated.
ating, the chassis control j
B is displayed. • When the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under
high temperature conditions (over approximately
For setting of chassis control display in the ve-
40°C (104°F)).
hicle information display, see the Infiniti
InTouch Owner’s Manual. After the above conditions have finished and the
operating conditions are satisfied again, Active
AUTOMATIC DEACTIVATION Lane Control will resume operation.
Active Lane Control is not designed to operate
under the following conditions:
• When the Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) sys-

tem (except TCS function) or ABS operates.
• When you operate the lane change signal and

change the travelling lanes in the direction of the

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) SYSTEM/LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYSTEM
(where fitted)
LANE CAMERA UNIT MAINTENANCE The Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system/Lane The LDP system will automatically apply
Departure Prevention (LDP) system will operate steering to the left or right using the func-
when the vehicle is driven at speeds listed be- tion of Direct Adaptive Steering.
low, and when it is travelling close to either the
– Models without Direct Adaptive Steering
left or the right of a travelling lane, and only
when the lane markings are clearly visible on The LDP system will automatically apply
the road. the brakes to the left or right wheel indi-
vidually using the function of the Elec-
• Models with Direct Adaptive Steering tronic Stability Programme (ESP) system.
– approximately 70 km/h (45 MPH) and
above
SSD0453Z
• Models without Direct Adaptive Steering

The lane camera unit j 1 for Active Lane Control – Except for Europe: approximately 70 km/h
is located above the inside rearview mirror. To (45 MPH) and above
keep the proper operation of Active Lane Con-
trol and prevent a system malfunction, be sure – For Europe: approximately 60 km/h (37
to observe the following: MPH) and above
• Always keep the windscreen clean. Each system functions as follows:

JVS0231XZ
• Do not attach a sticker (including transparent ma- • Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system — warns the
terial) or install an accessory near the camera unit. driver with an indicator in the vehicle information
display and chime that the vehicle is beginning to
• Do not place reflective materials, such as white pa- leave the driving lane.
per or a mirror, on the instrument panel. The reflec-
tion of sunlight may adversely affect the camera • Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system — warns
unit’s capability of detecting the lane markers. the driver with an indicator in the vehicle informa-
tion display and chime, and helps assist the driver
• Do not strike or damage the areas around the cam- to return the vehicle to the centre direction of the
era unit. Do not touch the camera lens or remove travelling lane.
the screw located on the camera unit. If the camera
unit is damaged due to an accident, contact an – Models with Direct Adaptive Steering
JVS0308XZ
INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop. Driver assist system lane indicator

The LDW and LDP systems monitor the lane • If the LDW system malfunctions, it will cancel au- – On roads where the traveling lane merges
markers on the travelling lane using the camera tomatically, and the LDW [System fault] message or separates.
unit j1 located above the inside rearview mir- will appear in the vehicle information display.
– When the vehicle’s traveling direction
ror. When the camera unit detects that the ve-
hicle is travelling close to either the left or the
• If the LDW [System fault] message appears, pull does not align with the lane marker.
off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle.
right of the travelling lane, the driver assist sys- – When traveling close to the vehicle in
Turn the engine off and restart the engine. If the
tem lane indicator (orange) in the vehicle infor- front of you, which obstructs the lane
LDW [System fault] message continues to appear,
mation display blinks and a warning chime camera unit detection range.
have the LDW system checked by an INFINITI Centre
sounds. When the LDP system is on, it will auto- – When rain, snow, dirt or object adheres
matically apply a steering or brake operation for to the windscreen in front of the lane cam-
a short period of time. • Excessive noise will interfere with the warning
era unit.
chime sound, and the chime may not be heard.
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) – When the headlights are not bright due
SYSTEM • The LDW system may not function properly under
to dirt on the lens or if the aiming is not
the following conditions:
adjusted properly.
Precautions on LDW system
– On roads where there are multiple paral-
– When strong light enters the lane camera
lel lane markers; lane markers that are
WARNING unit. (For example, the light directly
shines on the front of the vehicle at sun-
• This system is only a warning device to inform the painted lane markers; non-standard lane
rise or sunset.)
driver of a potential unintended lane departure. It markers; or lane markers covered with
will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control. water, dirt, snow, etc. – When a sudden change in brightness oc-
It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive curs. (For example, when the vehicle en-
– On roads where the discontinued lane
safely, keep the vehicle in the travelling lane, and ters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge.)
markers are still detectable.
be in control of the vehicle at all times.
• The system will not operate at speeds below ap-
roads.
proximately 70 km/h (45 MPH)*1,*2 or 60 km/h
(37 MPH)*3, or if it cannot detect lane markers. – On roads where there are sharply con-
(*1: models with Direct Adaptive Steering, *2: trasting objects, such as shadows, snow,
models without Direct Adaptive Steering except for water, wheel ruts, seams or lines remain-
Europe, *3: models without Direct Adaptive Steer- ing after road repairs. (The Lane Depar-
ing for Europe) ture Warning (LDW) system could detect
these items as lane markers.)

LDW system operation The LDW system is not designed to warn under How to enable/disable the LDW
the following conditions. system
• When you operate the lane change signal and
change travelling lanes in the direction of the sig-
nal. (The LDW system will become operable again
approximately 2 seconds after the lane change sig-
nal is turned off.)
• When the vehicle speed lowers to less than ap-

proximately 70 km/h (45 MPH) or 60 km/h (37
MPH).
JVS0308XZ
Driver assist system lane indicator • When the Blind Spot Intervention system (where JVS0246XZ
The LDW system operates as listed below. fitted) activates an audible warning, or when the
steering or brakes are automatically applied by the Perform the following steps to enable or disable
• Models with Direct Adaptive Steering system. the LDW system.
– approximately 70 km/h (45 MPH) and After the above conditions have finished and the 1. Push the MENU j 1 button and touch [Driver
above necessary operating conditions are satisfied, Assist] on the lower display.
• Models without Direct Adaptive Steering the LDW functions will resume.
2. Touch [Lane Assist].
– Except for Europe: approximately 70 km/h Temporary disabled status at high
3. Touch [Lane Departure Warning] to turn the
(45 MPH) and above temperature
system ON/OFF.
– For Europe: approximately 60 km/h (37 If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under
MPH) and above high temperature conditions (over approxi- LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP)
mately 40°C (104°F) and then started, the LDW SYSTEM
When the vehicle approaches either the left or
system may be deactivated automatically. The
the right side of the travelling lane, a warning Precautions on LDP system
high cabin temperature warning message will
chime will sound and the driver assist system
appear in the vehicle information display.
lane indicator (orange) in the vehicle informa- WARNING
tion display will blink to alert the driver. When the interior temperature is reduced, the
LDW system will resume operating automati- • The LDP system will not always steer the vehicle to
The warning function will stop when the vehicle keep it in the lane. It is not designed to prevent
cally.
returns inside of the lane markers. loss of control. It is the driver’s responsibility to

stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the trav- – When driving in a makeshift or temporary – On roads where there are multiple paral-
elling lane, and be in control of vehicle at all times. lane. lel lane markers; lane markers that are
• The LDP system is primarily intended for use on – When driving on roads where the lane
painted lane markers; non-standard lane
well-developed motorways or highways. It may not width is too narrow.
markers; or lane markers covered with
detect the lane markers in certain roads, weather
– When driving without normal tyre condi- water, dirt, snow, etc.
or driving conditions.
tions (for example, tyre wear, low tyre
– On roads where the discontinued lane
• Using the LDP system under some conditions of pressure, installation of spare tyre, tyre
markers are still detectable.
road, lane marker or weather, or when you change chains, non-standard wheels).
lanes without using the lane change signal could – On roads where there are sharp curves.
– When the vehicle is equipped with non-
lead to an unexpected system operation. In such
original steering parts or suspension – On roads where there are sharply con-
conditions, you need to correct the vehicle’s direc-
parts. trasting objects, such as shadows, snow,
tion with your steering operation to avoid acci-
dents. – When towing a trailer or other vehicle (for
ing after road repairs. (The Lane Depar-
Europe).
• The LDP system will not operate at speeds below ture Warning (LDW) system could detect
approximately 70 km/h (45 MPH)*1,*2 or 60 km/h • If the LDP system malfunctions, it will cancel auto- these items as lane markers.)
(37 MPH)*3, or if it cannot detect lane markers. matically. The LDP [System fault] message will ap-
– On roads where the travelling lane
(*1: models with Direct Adaptive Steering, *2: pear in the vehicle information display.
merges or separates.
models without Direct Adaptive Steering except for
Europe, *3: models without Direct Adaptive Steer-
• If the [System fault] message appears, pull off the
– When the vehicle’s travelling direction
road to a safe location stop the vehicle and place
ing for Europe) does not align with the lane marker.
the shift lever in the “P” (Park) position. Turn the
• Do not use the LDP system under the following engine off and restart the engine. If the [System – When travelling close to the vehicle in
conditions as it may not function properly: fault] message continues to appear, have the LDP front of you, which obstructs the lane
system checked by an INFINITI Centre or qualified camera unit detection range.
– During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
workshop.
– When rain, snow or dirt adheres to the
– When driving on slippery roads, such as
on ice or snow, etc.
• Excessive noise will interfere with the warning windscreen in front of the lane camera
chime sound, and the chime may not be heard. unit.
roads.
• The LDP system may or may not operate properly – When the headlights are not bright due
under the following conditions: to dirt on the lens or if the aiming is not
– When there is a lane closure due to road adjusted properly.
repairs.

– When strong light enters the lane camera When the vehicle approaches either the left or How to enable/disable the LDP
unit. (For example, the light directly the right side of the travelling lane, a warning system
shines on the front of the vehicle at sun- chime will sound and the driver assist system
rise or sunset.) lane indicator (orange) in the vehicle informa-
tion display will blink to alert the driver. Then,
– When a sudden change in brightness oc-
the LDP system will automatically apply the
curs. (For example, when the vehicle en-
steering or brakes for a short period of time to
ters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge.)
help assist the driver to return the vehicle to the
LDP system operation centre of the travelling lane.
The warning and assist functions will stop when
the vehicle returns to a position inside of the
lane marker. JVS0246XZ

the LDP system.
1. Push the MENU j 1 button and touch [Driver
Assist] on the lower display.
JVS0308XZ
2. Touch [Lane Assist].
Driver assist system lane indicator
3. Touch [Lane Departure Prevention] to enable
The LDP system operates as listed below.
or disable the system.
• Models with Direct Adaptive Steering Dynamic driver assistance switch
JVS0288XZ
Automatic deactivation
– approximately 70 km/h (45 MPH) and
To turn on the LDP system, push the dynamic Condition A:
above
driver assistance switch on the steering wheel
The warning and assist functions of the LDP sys-
• Models without Direct Adaptive Steering after starting the engine. The driver assist sys-
tem are not designed to work under the follow-
– Except for Europe: approximately 70 km/h tem lane indicator (green) will illuminate in the
ing conditions:
(45 MPH) and above vehicle information display. Push the dynamic
driver assistance switch again to turn off the LDP • When you operate the lane change signal and
– For Europe: approximately 60 km/h (37 system. The driver assist system lane indicator change the travelling lanes in the direction of the
MPH) and above (green) will turn off.

signal. (The LDP system will be deactivated for ap- • When the brake pedal is depressed (models with- turned on, the LDP system may be deactivated
proximately 2 seconds after the lane change signal out Direct Adaptive Steering). automatically. The “High cabin temperature”
is turned off.) message will appear in the vehicle information
After the above conditions have finished and the
display.
• When the vehicle speed lowers to less than 70 necessary operating conditions are satisfied,
km/h (45 MPH)*1,*2 or 60 km/h (37 MPH)*3. (*1: the LDP system application of the steering or When the interior temperature is reduced, push
models with Direct Adaptive Steering, *2: models brakes will resume. the dynamic driver assistance switch again to
without Direct Adaptive Steering except for Europe, turn the LDP system back on.
Condition C:
*3: models without Direct Adaptive Steering for Eu-
rope) Under the following conditions, a chime will LANE CAMERA UNIT MAINTENANCE
sound and the LDP system will be cancelled au- The LDW/LDP systems use the same lane cam-
• When the Blind Spot Intervention system (where tomatically. The [Not available] message will ap- era unit that is used by Active Lane Control, lo-
fitted) activates an audible warning or assist func-
pear in the vehicle information display, and the cated above the inside rearview mirror.
tion.
LDP system cannot be activated:
For maintenance of the camera, see “Lane camera
After the above conditions have finished and the
necessary operating conditions are satisfied,
• When the Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) sys- unit maintenance” earlier in this section.
tem (except TCS function) or Anti-lock Braking Sys-
the warning and assist functions will resume.
tem (ABS) operates.
Condition B:
• When the ESP system is turned off.
The assist function of the LDP system is not de-
signed to work under the following conditions
• When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector is turned to
the SNOW mode (Automatic Transmission (AT)
(warning is still functional):
model).
• When the steering wheel is turned as far as neces- Action to take:
sary for the vehicle to change lanes.
When the above conditions no longer exist, push
• When the vehicle is accelerated during the LDP sys- the dynamic driver assistance switch again to
tem operation.
turn the LDP system back on.
• When the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system’s Temporary disabled status at high tempera-
approach warning occurs.
ture:
• When the hazard warning flashers are operated. If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under
• When driving on a curve at high speed. high temperature conditions (over approxi-
mately 40°C (104°F)) and then the LDP system is

BLIND SPOT WARNING/BLIND SPOT INTERVENTION/BACK-UP COLLISION INTERVENTION SYSTEMS
(where fitted)
This section contains the information about the • The Blind Spot Intervention system operates
following systems: above approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH).
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system The Blind Spot Warning (BSW) and Blind Spot
Intervention systems can help alert the driver of
• Blind Spot Intervention system other vehicles in adjacent lanes when changing
• Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) system (where lanes.
fitted)
BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW)

SYSTEM/BLIND SPOT INTERVENTION SSD1030Z
SYSTEM Detection zone
The radar sensors can detect vehicles on either
WARNING side of your vehicle within the detection zone
• The BSW and Blind Spot Intervention systems are shown as illustrated. This detection zone starts
from the outside mirror of your vehicle and ex-
not a replacement for proper driving procedure and
are not designed to prevent contact with vehicles JVS0232XZ tends approximately 3 m (10 ft) behind the rear
or objects. When changing lanes, always use the bumper, and approximately 3 m (10 ft) sideways.
side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the di- The BSW system uses radar sensors j 1 installed
rection you will move to ensure it is safe to change near the rear bumper to detect other vehicles
lanes. Never rely solely on the BSW or Blind Spot beside your vehicle in an adjacent lane. In addi-
Intervention system. tion to the radar sensors, the Blind Spot Inter-
• There is a limitation to the detection capability of vention system uses a camera j 2 installed be-
the radar. Using the BSW and Blind Spot Interven- hind the windscreen to monitor the lane markers
tion systems under some road, lane marker or of your travelling lane.
weather conditions could lead to improper system
operation. Always rely on your own operation to
SSD1028Z
avoid accidents.
Side indicator light
• The BSW system operates above approximately 32
The BSW system operates above approximately
km/h (20 MPH).
32 km/h (20 MPH). If the radar sensors detect
vehicles in the detection zone, the side indica-

tor light illuminates. If the driver then activates BSW SYSTEM OPERATION then only the side indicator light flashes and no
the turn signal, a chime will sound twice and the chime sounds. (See “BSW/Blind Spot Intervention
side indicator light will flash. driving situations” later in this section.)
The Blind Spot Intervention system operates Turning the BSW system ON/OFF
above approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH). If the
system detects a vehicle in the detection zone
and your vehicle is approaching the lane marker,
the Blind Spot Intervention system provides an
audible warning (three times), flashes the side
indicator light and slightly applies the steering
or brakes for a short period of time to help re- SSD1028Z
turn the vehicle back to the travelling lane. The Side indicator light
Blind Spot Intervention system provides an au- If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the de-
dible warning and turns on or flashes the side tection zone, the side indicator light located in- JVS0246XZ
indicator light even if the BSW system is off. side the vehicle (near the outside rearview mir-
The Blind Spot Intervention system operates us- rors) illuminates. If the turn signal is then acti-
ing either of the following functions vated, the side indicator light flashes and a
the BSW system.
chime sounds twice. The indicator light contin-
• Models with Direct Adaptive Steering: ues to flash until the detected vehicles leave the 1. Push the MENU button j 1 and touch [Driver
The Blind Spot Intervention system will auto- detection zone. Assist] on the lower display.
matically apply steering to the left or right The side indicator lights illuminate for a few sec- 2. Touch [Blind Spot Assist].
using the function of Direct Adaptive Steer- onds when the ignition switch is placed in the 3. Touch [Blind Spot Warning] to turn the sys-
ing. ON position. tem ON/OFF.
• Models without Direct Adaptive Steering: The brightness of the side indicator lights is ad-
Setting the side indicator light brightness:
The Blind Spot Intervention system will auto- justed automatically depending on the bright-
ness of the ambient light. The brightness of the side indicator lights can
matically apply the brakes to the left or right
be changed in the following steps:
wheel individually using the function of the A chime sounds if the radar sensors have already
Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) system. detected vehicles when the driver activates the 1. Push the MENU button j 1 and touch [Driver
turn signal. If a vehicle comes into the detection Assist] on the lower display.
zone after the driver activates the turn signal, 2. Touch [Blind Spot Assist].

3. Touch [Side Indicator Brightness] and select Action to take: NOTE
[Bright], [Standard] or [Dark].
Stop the vehicle in a safe location and place the • Warning and system application of the steering or
When the brightness setting is changed, the shift lever in the “P” (Park) position. Turn the brakes will only be activated if the side indicator
side indicator lights illuminate for a few sec- engine off and restart the engine. If the system light is already illuminated when your vehicle ap-
onds. [System fault] warning message with the driver proaches a lane marker. If another vehicle comes
assist system blind spot indicator (orange) con- into the detection zone after your vehicle has
BSW temporarily not available tinues to appear, have the BSW system checked crossed a lane marker, no warning, or steering or
When radar blockage is detected, the BSW sys- by an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop. brake application will be activated. (See “BSW/
tem will be deactivated automatically, the [Not Blind Spot Intervention driving situations” later in
available Side radar obstructed] warning mes- BLIND SPOT INTERVENTION SYSTEM this section.)
sage will appear and the driver assist system OPERATION
blind spot indicator (white) will blink in the ve- • The Blind Spot Intervention system is typically ac-
tivated earlier than the Lane Departure Prevention
hicle information display.
(LDP) system when your vehicle is approaching a
The BSW system is not available until the condi- lane marker.
tions no longer exist.
When the above conditions no longer exist, the
BSW system will resume automatically. For ad-
ditional information, see “Radar maintenance” in
the “5. Starting and driving” section.
SSD1028Z
BSW malfunction Side indicator light
When the BSW system malfunctions, it will turn If the radar sensors detect vehicles in the detec-
off automatically, a chime will sound, and the tion zone, the side indicator light located inside
system [System fault] warning message with the the vehicle (near the outside rearview mirrors)
JVS0288XZ
driver assist system blind spot indicator Dynamic driver assistance switch (Type A)
illuminates. If your vehicle is approaching a lane
(orange) will appear in the vehicle information marker, the side indicator light flashes and an
display. audible warning will sound three times. Then the
system applies the steering or brakes for a short
period of time to help return the vehicle back to
the centre of the lane. Blind Spot Intervention
operates regardless of turn signal usage.

The Blind Spot Intervention system turns on
audible warning and flashes the side indicator message will appear in the vehicle information
light when Blind Spot Intervention is activated display. The BSW system is still available, but
even if the BSW system is off. the Blind Spot Intervention system will not be
available until the conditions no longer exist.
How to enable/disable the Blind Spot
Intervention system • When the VDC/ESP system (except TCS function) or
ABS operates.
• When the VDC/ESP system is turned off.

JVS0206XZ the SNOW mode (Automatic Transmission (AT)
Dynamic driver assistance switch (Type B) model).
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist, push
the dynamic driver assistance switch again to
JVS0246XZ
turn the Blind Spot Intervention system back on.
Perform the following steps to enable or disable Condition B:

the Blind Spot Intervention system. When radar blockage is detected, the Blind Spot
1. Push the MENU j 1 button and touch [Driver Intervention system will be turned off automati-
JVS0309XZ Assist] on the lower display. cally, the [Not available Side radar obstructed]
Driver assist system blind spot indicator warning message will appear in the vehicle in-
2. Touch [Blind Spot Assist]. formation display.
when the dynamic driver assistance switch on
the steering wheel is pushed when the [Blind 3. Touch [Blind Spot Intervention] to enable or The Blind Spot Intervention system is not avail-
Spot Intervention] is enabled in the settings disable the system. able until the conditions no longer exist. For ad-
menu on the lower display. The driver assist sys- ditional information, see “Radar maintenance” in
Blind Spot Intervention temporarily
tem blind spot indicator (green) in the vehicle the “5. Starting and driving” section.
not available
information display illuminates when the Blind Action to take:
Spot Intervention system is turned on. Condition A:
Under the following conditions, the Blind Spot When the above conditions no longer exist, the
The Blind Spot Intervention system provides an BSW system will resume automatically. For the
Intervention system will be turned off automati-
cally, a beep will sound and the [Not available] Blind Spot Intervention system, turn it on again.

If the driver assist system blind spot indicator Blind Spot Intervention malfunction – Vehicles remaining in the detection zone
(white) continues to blink and/or the [Not avail- when you accelerate from a stop.
When the Blind Spot Intervention system mal-
able Side radar obstructed] warning message
functions, it will be turned off automatically, a – A vehicle merging into an adjacent lane
appears even after the Blind Spot Intervention
beep will sound, and the system [System fault] at a speed approximately the same as
system is turned on again, stop the vehicle in a
warning message with the driver assist system your vehicle.
safe location and turn the engine off. Check for
blind spot indicator (orange) will appear in the
and remove objects obscuring the radar sensors – A vehicle approaching rapidly from be-
vehicle information display.
on the rear bumper, and restart the engine. hind.
Action to take:
If the BSW/Blind Spot Intervention [Not avail- – A vehicle which your vehicle overtakes
able Side radar obstructed] warning message Stop the vehicle in a safe location and place the rapidly.
continues to blink, have the BSW/Blind Spot In- shift lever in the “P” (Park) position. Turn the
See also “BSW/Blind Spot Intervention driv-
tervention systems checked by an INFINITI engine off and restart the engine.
ing situations” in the “5. Starting and driving”
Centre or qualified workshop. section for the situations in which the ra-
If the system [System fault] warning message
Condition C: with the driver assist system blind spot indica- dar sensors may not be able to detect ve-
tor (orange) continues to appear, have the Blind hicle(s).
If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under
Spot Intervention system checked by an INFINITI
high temperature conditions (over approxi-
• The BSW and Blind Spot Intervention systems may
mately 40°C (104°F)) and then the Blind Spot not provide a warning or steering or brake control
Intervention system is turned on, the Blind Spot BSW/BLIND SPOT INTERVENTION for vehicles that pass the detection zone quickly.
Intervention system may be deactivated auto-
matically. The [Not available High cabin tem-
SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS • The radar sensors’ detection zone is designed
based on a standard lane width. When driving in a
perature] warning message will appear in the WARNING wider lane, the radar sensors may not detect ve-
vehicle information display. hicles in an adjacent lane. When driving in a nar-
Action to take:
• The radar sensors may not be able to detect and
row lane, the radar sensors may detect vehicles
activate the BSW/Blind Spot Intervention systems
driving two lanes away.
Whenthe above conditionsno longer exist, push when certain objects are present such as:
the dynamic driver assistance switch again to – Pedestrians, bicycles, animals. • The radar sensors are designed to ignore most sta-
turn the Blind Spot Intervention system back on. tionary objects, however objects such as guard-
– Vehicles such as motorcycles, low height rails, walls, foliage and parked vehicles may occa-
vehicles or high ground clearance sionally be detected. This is a normal operating
vehicles. condition.
– Oncoming vehicles.

• Severe weather or road spray conditions may re- – When the headlights are not bright due wear, low tyre pressure, installation of
duce the ability of the radar to detect other ve- to dirt on the lens or if aiming is not ad- spare tyre, tyre chains, non-standard
hicles. justed properly. wheels).
• The camera may not detect lane markers in the fol- – When strong light enters a lane camera – When the vehicle is equipped with non-
lowing situations and the Blind Spot Intervention unit. (For example, light directly shines original steering parts, brake parts or
system may not operate properly. on the front of the vehicle at sunrise or suspension parts.
sunset.)
– On roads where there are multiple paral- – When towing a trailer or other vehicle (for
lel lane markers; lane markers that are – When a sudden change in brightness oc- Europe).
faded or not painted clearly; yellow curs. (For example, when the vehicle en-
painted lane markers; non-standard lane ters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge.)
• Excessive noise (for example, audio system vol-
ume, open vehicle window) will interfere with the
markers; lane markers covered with wa-
ter, dirt, snow, etc.
• Do not use the Blind Spot Intervention system un- chime sound, and it may not be heard.
der the following conditions because the system
– On roads where discontinued lane mark- may not function properly. BSW/BLIND SPOT INTERVENTION
ers are still detectable. DRIVING SITUATIONS
– During bad weather (for example, rain,
– On roads where there are sharp curves. fog, snow, etc.) Another vehicle approaching from
behind
– On roads where there are sharply con- – When driving on slippery roads, such as
trasting objects, such as shadows, snow, on ice or snow, etc.
ing after road repairs.
roads.
– On roads where the travelling lane
– When there is a lane closure due to road
merges or separates.
repairs.
– When the vehicle’s travelling direction
– When driving in a makeshift or temporary
does not align with the lane markers.
lane.
– When travelling close to the vehicle in SSD1026Z
– When driving on roads where the lane
front of you, which obstructs the lane Illustration 1 - Approaching from behind
width is too narrow.
camera unit detection range.
Illustration 1: The side indicator light illuminates
– When driving with a tyre that is not within
– When rain, snow or dirt adheres to the if a vehicle enters the detection zone from be-
normal tyre conditions (for example, tyre
windscreen in front of a lane camera unit. hind in an adjacent lane.

However, if the overtaking vehicle is travelling NOTE
much faster than your vehicle, the side indicator
Illustration 4: If you accelerate from a stop with a ve-
light may not illuminate before the detected ve-
hicle in the detection zone, the other vehicle may not
hicle is beside your vehicle. Always use the side
be detected.
and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direc-
tion your vehicle will move to ensure it is safe to Overtaking other vehicles
change lanes.
SSD1044Z
Illustration 3 - Approaching from behind
Illustration 3: If the Blind Spot Intervention sys-
tem is on and your vehicle is approaching a lane
marker and a vehicle is in the detection zone,
the side indicator light flashes and a chime will
SSD1033Z
sound three times. Then the Blind Spot Inter-
SSD1031Z Illustration 5 - Overtaking another vehicle
vention system slightly applies the steering or
Illustration 2 - Approaching from behind brakes to help return the vehicle back to the Illustration 5: The side indicator light illuminates
Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turn sig- centre of the driving lane. if you overtake a vehicle and that vehicle stays
nal, then the side indicator light flashes and a in the detection zone for approximately 3 sec-
chime will sound twice. onds.
NOTE The radar sensors may not detect slower moving

vehicles if they are passed quickly.
If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle
enters the detection zone, the side indicator light will
flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle
is detected.
SSD1032Z
Illustration 4 - Accelerate from a stop

Blind Spot Intervention system slightly applies
the steering or brakes to help return the vehicle
back to the centre of the driving lane.
SSD1034Z
Illustration 6 - Overtaking another vehicle
Illustration 6: If the driver activates the turn sig-
nal while another vehicle is in the detection
zone, then the system chimes a sound (twice)
and the side indicator light flashes.
SSD1093Z
Illustration 7 - Overtaking another vehicle
Illustration 7: If the Blind Spot Intervention sys-
tem is on and your vehicle approaches a lane
marker while another vehicle is in the detection
zone, the system chimes a sound (three times)
and the side indicator light flashes. Then, the

NOTE
If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle
enters the detection zone, the side indicator light will
flash but no chime will sound when another vehicle is
detected.
SSD1036Z
Illustration 8
NOTE NOTE
Illustration 8: When overtaking several vehicles in a The radar sensors may not detect a vehicle which is
row, the vehicles after the first vehicle may not be travelling at about the same speed as your vehicle
SSD1094Z
detected if they are travelling close together. when it enters the detection zone.
Illustration 11 - Entering from the side
Entering from the side Illustration 11: If the Blind Spot Intervention sys-
tem is on and your vehicle approaches the lane
marker while another vehicle is in the detection
zone, the side indicator light flashes and a
chime will sound three times. Then, the Blind
Spot Intervention system slightly applies the
steering or brakes to help return the vehicle back
to the centre of the driving lane.
SSD1038Z
SSD1037Z
Illustration 9 - Entering from the side Illustration 10: If the driver activates the turn
signal while another vehicle is in the detection
Illustration 9: The side indicator light
zone, then the side indicator light flashes and a
illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone
chime will sound twice.
from either side.

– When driving on a curve at a high speed. tion and the vehicle speed is less than approxi-
mately 8 km/h (5 MPH), the BCI system oper-
– When the brake pedal is depressed (mod-
ates.
els without Direct Adaptive Steering).
BACK-UP COLLISION INTERVENTION

(BCI) SYSTEM (where fitted)
WARNING
SSD1040Z
• The Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) system is
not a replacement for proper driving procedure. It
is not designed to prevent contact with vehicles or
NOTE objects and does not provide full brake power.
JVS0233XZ
• Illustration 12: The Blind Spot Intervention system When backing out of parking spaces, always use
the inside and rear mirrors and turn and look in the
will not operate if your vehicle is on a lane marker
when another vehicle enters the detection zone. In direction you will move. Never rely solely on the
this case only the BSW system operates. BCI system.
• Blind Spot Intervention steering or brake assist • There is a limitation to the detection capability of
will not operate or will stop operating and only a the radar or the sonar. Using the BCI system under
warning chime will sound under the following con- some road, ground, traffic or weather conditions
ditions. could lead to improper system operation. Always
rely on your own operation to avoid accidents.
– When the vehicle is accelerated during
the Blind Spot Intervention system op- BCI SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
eration. (WHERE FITTED) JVS0173XZ
– When steering quickly. The Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) system

can help alert the driver of an approaching ve-
– When the ICC, DCA, predictive forward
hicle or objects behind the vehicle when the
collision warning or forward emergency
driver is backing out of a parking space.
braking warnings sound.
When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) posi-
– When the hazard warning flashers are op-
erated.

the brake. If you continue to press the accelera-
tor, the system will not engage the brake.
JVS0234XZ
The BCI system uses radar sensors j 1 installed

on both sides near the rear bumper to detect an
approaching vehicle and parking sensors j 2 to
detect objects in the rear.
The radar sensors j 1 detect an approaching ve-
hicle from up to approximately 15 m (49 ft) away.
The parking sensors j 2 detect stationary ob-
jects behind the vehicle up to approximately 1.5
m (4.9 ft) from the bumper. Refer to the illustra-
tion for approximate zone coverage areas j 3 .
If the radar detects a vehicle approaching from
the side or the parking sensor detects close sta-
tionary objects behind the vehicle, the system
gives visual and audible warnings, and then ap-
plies the brake for a moment when the vehicle is
moving backwards. After the automatic brake
application, the driver must depress the brake
pedal to maintain brake pressure. If the driver’s
foot is on the accelerator pedal, the system
pushes the accelerator upward before applying

• The radar sensors may not detect approaching ve-
hicles in certain situations:
– Illustration a. When the vehicle parked
next to you obstructs the beam of the ra-
dar sensor.
– Illustration b. When the vehicle is parked
in an angled parking space.
– Illustration c. When the vehicle is parked
on inclined ground.
– Illustration d. When a vehicle turns into
or backs up into your vehicle’s parking
lot aisle.
– Illustration e. When the angle formed by
your vehicle and approaching vehicle is
small.
• The following conditions may reduce the ability of

the radar sensors to detect other vehicles:
– Severe weather
– Road spray
JVS0479XZ
– Ice build up on the vehicle

BCI SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS • The radar sensors detect approaching (moving) ve- – Frost build up on the vehicle
(WHERE FITTED) hicles. The radar sensors cannot detect every ob-
ject such as: – Dirt build up on the vehicle
WARNING – Pedestrians, bicycles or animals • The sonar sensor may not detect:
• Always check surroundings and turn to check what – A vehicle that is passing at speeds – Small or moving objects
is behind you before reversing. greater than approximately 24 km/h (15 – Wedge-shaped objects
MPH)

The BCI system operates by detecting the ve-
– Object close to the bumper (less than ap- BCI SYSTEM OPERATION
proximately 30 cm (1 ft)) (WHERE FITTED)
– Thin objects such as rope, wire and chain,
etc.
• The brake engagement by the BCI system is not as

effective on a slope as it is on flat ground. When on
a steep slope the system may not function prop-
erly.
• Do not use the BCI system under the following con- JVS0307XZ
ditions because the system may not function prop- Upper display
erly. JVS0304XZ hicles and/or objects using either the radar or
Upper display sonar (parking) sensors.
– When driving with a tyre that is not within
normal tyre conditions (for example, tyre When the shift lever is placed in the “R” (Re- If the radar detects an approaching vehicle from
wear, low tyre pressure, installation of verse) position, the indicator on the BCI system the side, the system chimes a sound (single
spare tyre, tyre chains, non-standard key j1 illuminates on the upper display. beep), the side indicator light on the side the
wheels). vehicle is approaching from flashes and a yel-
– When the vehicle is equipped with non- low rectangular frame j A appears on the upper
original brake parts or suspension parts. display.
– When towing a trailer (for Europe).
• Excessive noise (for example, audio system vol-

ume, open vehicle window) will interfere with the
chime sound, and it may not be heard.
SSD1028Z
Side indicator light
JVS0172XZ

JVS0173XZ JVS0307XZ JVS0304XZ
Upper display
NOTE If an approaching vehicle or close object behind The BCI system can be turned off temporarily by
the vehicle is detected when your vehicle is re- touching the BCI system key j 1 on the upper
• In the case of several vehicles approaching in a
versing, a red frame will appear in the display display. The indicator on the BCI ON key turns
row or in the opposite direction, a chime may not
be issued to the BCI system after the first vehicle
jA and the system will chime three times. Then, off.
the brakes will be applied momentarily. After the
passes the sensors. When the shift lever is placed in the “R” (Re-
automatic brake application, the driver must de-
verse) position again, the BCI system is turned
• The sonar system chime indicating there is an ob- press the brake pedal to maintain brake pres-
on.
ject behind the vehicle has a higher priority than sure.
the BCI chime (single beep) indicating an
If the driver’s foot is on the accelerator pedal,
approaching vehicle. If the sonar system detects
the system moves the accelerator pedal upward
an object behind the vehicle and the BCI system
before the braking is applied. However, if you
detects an approaching vehicle at the same time,
continue to apply the acceleration, the system
the following indications are provided:
will not engage the brakes.
– The sonar system chime sounds
The BCI system does not operate if the object is
– The side indicator light on the side of the very close to the bumper.
approaching vehicle flashes.
The BCI system automatically turns on every
– A yellow rectangular frame appears in the time the engine is started.
display.

Turning the BCI system ON/OFF BCI temporarily not available BCI malfunction
When the following message appears in the ve- If the BCI system malfunctions, it will turn off
hicle information display, a chime will sound automatically, a chime will sound and BCI sys-
and the BCI system will be turned off automati- tem [System fault] warning message will appear
cally. in the vehicle information display.
• [Not available High accelerator temperature]: Action to take

If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight un- Stop the vehicle in a safe location and place the
der high temperature conditions (over ap- shift lever in the “P” (Park) position. Turn the
proximately 40 °C (104 °F)) and then started, engine off and restart the engine. If the warning
JVS0246XZ the BCI system may be deactivated automati- message continues to appear, have the system
cally. checked by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-
Perform the following steps to enable or disable shop.
Action to take:
the BCI system.
When the interior temperature is reduced, RADAR MAINTENANCE
1. Push the MENU j 1 button and touch [Set- turn on the BCI system again.
tings] on the lower display.
2. Touch [Camera/Sonar Settings].
• [Not available Side Radar obstructed]:
When side radar blockage is detected.
3. Touch [Camera].
Action to take:
4. Touch [Back-up Collision Intervention] to turn
the system ON/OFF. When the blockage is removed, turn off the
BCI system and turn it on again.
When the BCI system is turned off by touching
[Back-up Collision Intervention], the BCI system • In some surrounding conditions, the BCI system JVS0489XZ
does not turn on automatically by the following may unexpectedly push the accelerator pedal up or
operations: apply braking momentarily. When acceleration is
necessary, continue to depress the accelerator The two radar sensor units j1 for the BSW, Blind
• When the shift lever is placed in the R (Reverse) pedal to override the system. Spot Intervention and BCI (where fitted) systems
position are located near the rear bumper. Always keep
• When the engine is restarted the area near the radar sensors clean.

SPEED LIMITER
The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary The speed limiter allows you to set the desired
ambient conditions such as splashing water, vehicle speed limit. While the speed limiter is
mist or fog. activated, the driver can perform normal brak-
ing and acceleration, but the vehicle will not ex-
The blocked condition may also be caused by
ceed the set speed.
objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the
radar sensors.
WARNING
Check for and remove objects obstructing the
area around the radar sensors. • Always observe posted speed limits. Do not set
the speed over them.
Do not attach stickers (including transparent JVS0282XZ
material), install accessories or apply additional • Always confirm the setting status of the speed lim- Model without Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system
paint near the radar sensors. iter in the vehicle information display.
Do not strike or damage the area around the ra- When the speed limiter is on, the cruise control
dar sensors. Consult an INFINITI Centre or quali- (where fitted) or the Intelligent Cruise Control
fied workshop if the area around the radar sen- (ICC) system (where fitted) cannot be operated.
sors is damaged due to a collision.
SPEED LIMITER OPERATIONS
The speed limiter can be set between 30 to 220
km/h (20 to 137 MPH).
The speed limiter set switches are located on
JVS0279XZ
the steering wheel.
Model with Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system
1. RES/+ switch
2. SET/- switch
3. CANCEL switch
4. Cruise control or Intelligent Cruise Control
(ICC) MAIN switch (For details, see “Cruise
control (where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and

driving” section, or “Intelligent Cruise Control • Speed limiter indicator (white): 2. When the speed limit is set, the speed limiter
(ICC) system (where fitted for Manual Transmis- set indicator (green) and the set speed indi-
Indicates that the speed limiter MAIN
sion (MT) model)” in the “5. Starting and driving” cator illuminate in the vehicle information
switch is ON.
section.) display.
5. Speed limiter MAIN switch • Speed limiter set indicator (green): Changing set speed limit:
Indicates that speed limiter is set.
(When this switch is pushed, the speed Use either of the following operations to change
limiter sets to the stand-by mode. If the 2. Set speed indicator the speed limit.
cruise control or Intelligent Cruise Control
(ICC) system is on, the system will turn off
The speed unit can be converted between • Push and hold the RES/+ or SET/- switch. The set
“km/h” and “MPH”. (See the Infiniti InTouch speed will increase or decrease by approximately
and the speed limiter sets to the stand-by Owner’s Manual.) 10 km/h or 10 MPH.
mode.)
When the vehicle speed exceeds the set speed • Push, then quickly release the RES/+ or SET/-
limit, the set speed indicator blinks. If the ve- switch. Each time you do this, the set speed will
hicle speed is exceeding the set speed limit for increase or decrease by approximately 1 km/h or 1
more than 30 seconds, an audible warning is MPH.
triggered.
If the vehicle speed exceeds the set speed indi-
The speed limiter will not automatically brake cated on the display for approximately 30 sec-
the vehicle to the set speed limit. onds after changing the set speed, the system
will trigger an audible warning.
Turning on speed limiter
Push the speed limiter MAIN switch. The speed Resuming preset speed limit:
JVS0284XZ
limiter indicator (white) illuminates in the ve- Push the RES/+ switch. The speed limiter set
The speed limiter operating condition is shown hicle information display. The set speed indica- indicator (green) illuminates, and the speed lim-
in the vehicle information display. tor shows “- - -”. iter will resume the last set speed limit. If the
vehicle is driven at a speed above the last set
1. Speed limiter indicator Setting speed limit speed limit, the set speed indicator will blink. If
This indicator indicates the condition of the 1. Push the SET/− switch. the vehicle speed exceeds the set speed indi-
cated on the display for approximately 30 sec-
speed limiter system depending on a colour. • When the vehicle is stopped, the speed will be onds after resuming the preset speed, the sys-
set at 30 km/h (20 MPH).
tem will trigger an audible warning.
• While driving, the speed limit will be set at the
current speed.

CRUISE CONTROL (where fitted)
Cancelling speed limit Speed limiter malfunction

To cancel the speed limiter, push the CANCEL If the speed limiter malfunctions, the speed lim-
switch. The speed limiter set indicator (green) iter set indicator (green) in the vehicle informa-
will change to the speed limiter indicator tion display will blink. Turn the speed limiter
(white). (The set speed indicator will remain on MAIN switch off and have the system checked by
the display). an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.
If the accelerator pedal is fully depressed (be-
yond the resistance point), the speed limiter is
temporarily suspended and the vehicle speed JVS0282XZ
may be controlled above the set speed. (The
transmission may downshift into a lower gear.)
1. RES (+) switch
The speed limiter set indicator (green) indicator
will remain on the display. 2. SET (–) switch
While the system is temporarily suspended and 3. CANCEL switch
the set speed is exceeded, the set speed indica- 4. Cruise control MAIN switch
tor will blink but the system will not trigger any
audible warning. 5. Speed limiter MAIN switch (See “Speed
limiter” earlier in this section for detail.)
If the accelerator returns to the resistance point
and the vehicle speed returns to the set speed,
the speed limiter will set and limit the vehicle
speed.
When one of the following operations is per-
formed, the speed limiter will be cancelled and
the speed limiter set indicator (green) will turn
off. These cancelling methods will erase the set
speed limit memory.
• Push the speed limiter MAIN switch. Cruise indicator

JVS0306XZ
• Push the cruise control MAIN switch or the ICC sys-

tem MAIN switch.

The cruise indicator and the set vehicle speed PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL The cruise control will automatically be
are displayed in the vehicle information display. cancelled if the vehicle slows down more than
The cruise indicator indicates the status of the • If the cruise control system malfunctions, it can- the following speed below the set speed
cels automatically. The cruise indicator (green) in
cruise control system by the colour.
the vehicle information display will then blink to • approximately 13 km/h (8 MPH) (2.0L turbo petrol
warn the driver. engine)
WARNING
• If the engine coolant temperature becomes exces- • approximately 30 km/h (20 MPH) (for 2.2L diesel
• Always observe the posted speed limits and do sively high, the cruise control system will be can- engine)
not set the speed over them. celled automatically.
Moving the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position
• Do not use the cruise control when driving under
• If the cruise indicator (green) blinks, turn the cruise (Automatic Transmission (AT) model) or depress-
the following conditions. Doing so could cause a control MAIN switch j
4 off and have the system ing the clutch pedal (Manual Transmission (MT)
loss of vehicle control and result in an accident. checked by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work- model) will cancel the cruise control.
– When it is not possible to keep the ve- shop.
Turning on cruise control
hicle at a constant speed
• The cruise indicator (green) may sometimes blink Push the cruise control MAIN switch j 4 . The
– When driving in heavy traffic when the cruise control MAIN switch j 4 is turned
cruise indicator (white) illuminates in the ve-
on while pushing the RES (+) j 1 , SET (–) j2 or
CANCEL j
– When driving in traffic that varies speed
3 switch. To properly set the cruise con-
– When driving in windy areas trol system, use the following procedures. Setting cruising speed
– When driving on winding or hilly roads CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS 1. Accelerate to the desired speed.
– When driving on slippery (rain, snow, ice, The cruise control allows driving at the follow- 2. Push the SET (–) switch j
2 and release it.
etc.) roads ing speeds without keeping your foot on the ac- 3. The cruise indicator (green) illuminates in the
CAUTION celerator pedal. vehicle information display.
On manual Transmission (MT) model, do not shift to • above 40 km/h (25 MPH) (for 2.0L turbo petrol en- 4. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
the N (Neutral) position without depressing the clutch gine)
The vehicle will maintain the set speed.
pedal when the cruise control is operated. Should this • above 30 km/h (20 MPH) (for 2.2L diesel engine) The set speed will be displayed in the vehicle
occur, depress the clutch pedal and turn the cruise
The cruise control allows driving at the follow- information display. The speed unit can be con-
control MAIN switch off immediately. Failure to do so
ing speed above 40 km/h (25 MPH) without verted between “km/h” and “MPH”. (See the
may cause engine damage.
keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal. Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual.)

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (ICC) SYSTEM
(where fitted for Automatic Transmission (AT)
model)
Passing another vehicle: • Push and hold the RES (+) switch j1 . When the The Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system main-
vehicle reaches the desired speed, release the RES tains a selected distance from the vehicle in
Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate. Af-
(+) switch j1 . front of you within the following speeds up to
ter releasing the accelerator pedal, the vehicle
will return to the previously set speed. • Quickly push and release the RES (+) switch j1 . the set speed:
The vehicle may not maintain the set speed

This will increase the vehicle speed by about 1.6 • 0 to 180 km/h (0 to 112 MPH)
km/h (1 MPH) (except for Europe) or 1 km/h (1 MPH)
when going up or down steep hills. In such The set speed can be selected by the driver be-
(for Europe).
cases, drive without the cruise control. tween the following speeds:
Resuming at preset speed:
Resetting to slower speed: • 32 to 180 km/h (20 to 112 MPH)
Push and release the RES (+) switch j
1 .
Use any one of the following methods to reset to The vehicle travels at a set speed when the road
a slower speed. The vehicle will resume the last set cruising ahead is clear.
speed when the vehicle speed is over 40 km/h
• Lightly tap the footbrake pedal. When the vehicle (25 MPH) (for 2.0L turbo petrol engine) or 30
The ICC system can be set to one of two cruise
reaches the desired speed, push and release the control modes.
SET (–) switch j
km/h (20 MPH) (for 2.2L diesel engine).
2 .
Cancelling cruising speed
• Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:
• Push and hold the SET (–) switch j
2 . When the
For maintaining a selected distance between
vehicle reaches the desired speed, release the SET Use any one of the following methods to cancel
your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you up
(–) switch j
2 . the set speed.
to the preset speed.
• Quickly push and release the SET (–) switch j
2 . • Push the CANCEL switch j 3 .
• Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode:
This will reduce the vehicle speed by about 1.6
km/h (1 MPH) (except for Europe) or 1 km/h (1 MPH) • Tap the footbrake pedal.
For cruising at a preset speed.
(for Europe). • Push the cruise control MAIN switch j
4 .
After any of the above operation is performed, WARNING
Resetting to faster speed:
Use any one of the following methods to reset to
the colour of the cruise indicator will change • Always observe posted speed limits and do not set
from green to white. the speed over them.
a faster speed.
• Depress the accelerator pedal. When the vehicle • Always drive carefully and attentively when using
either cruise control mode. Read and understand
reaches the desired speed, push and release the
SET (–) switch j
the Owner’s Manual thoroughly before using the
2 .
ICC system. To avoid serious injury or death, do
not rely on the system to prevent accidents or to

control the vehicle’s speed in emergency situa-
tions. Do not use the ICC system except in appro-
priate road and traffic conditions.
• In the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control

mode, a warning chime will not sound to warn you
if you are too close to the vehicle ahead. Pay spe-
cial attention to the distance between your vehicle
and the vehicle ahead of you, or a collision could
occur.
JVS0270XZ
The ICC system cannot be operated when the
speed limiter is on. (See “Speed limiter” earlier in
1. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode Always confirm the setting in the ICC system dis-
this section for the speed limiter operation.)
play.
2. Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control
mode For the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
Push the MAIN switch j
mode, see the following description. For the con-
A to choose the cruise
ventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, see
control mode between the vehicle-to-vehicle
distance control mode j
“Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode” later
1 and the conventional
(fixed speed) cruise control mode j
in this section.
2 .
To choose the vehicle-to-vehicle distance con- SELECTING VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE
trol mode j1 , quickly push and release the MAIN DISTANCE CONTROL MODE
switch jA . To choose the conventional (fixed To choose the vehicle-to-vehicle distance con-
speed) cruise control mode j 2 , push and hold trol mode j 1 , quickly push and release the MAIN
the MAIN switch j A for longer than approxi- switch jA .
mately 1.5 seconds.
VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE
Once a control mode is activated, it cannot be
CONTROL MODE
changed to the other cruise control mode. To
change the mode, push the MAIN switch once to In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode,
turn the system off. Then push the MAIN switch the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system auto-
again to turn the system back on and select the matically maintains a selected distance from the
desired cruise control mode. vehicle travelling in front of you according to that

vehicle’s speed (up to the set speed), or at the The detection range of the sensor is approxi- correct careless, inattentive or absent-minded
set speed when the road ahead is clear. mately 200 m (650 ft) ahead. driving, or overcome poor visibility in rain, fog, or
other bad weather. Decelerate the vehicle speed
With ICC, the driver can maintain the same
WARNING by depressing the brake pedal, depending on the
speed as other vehicles without the constant
distance to the vehicle ahead and the surrounding
need to adjust the set speed as you would with
a normal cruise control system.
• This system is only an aid to assist the driver and
circumstances in order to maintain a safe distance
is not a collision warning or avoidance device. It is
between vehicles.
the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely
PRECAUTIONS ON
and be in control of the vehicle at all times. • If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle
decelerates to a standstill within the limitations of
CONTROL MODE • The system is primarily intended for use on
the system. The system will cancel once it judges
straight, dry, open roads with light traffic. It is not
that the vehicle has come to a standstill and sound
advisable to use the system in city traffic or con-
a warning chime. To prevent the vehicle from mov-
gested areas.
ing, the driver must depress the brake pedal.
• This system will not adapt automatically to road
• The system may not detect the vehicle in front of
conditions. This system should be used in evenly
you in certain road or weather conditions. To avoid
flowing traffic. Do not use the system on roads with
accidents, never use the ICC system under the fol-
sharp curves, or on icy roads, in heavy rain or in
lowing conditions:
fog.
– On roads where the traffic is heavy or
The radar sensor will not detect the following
JVS0235XZ there are sharp curves
objects:
– On slippery road surfaces such as on ice
The system is intended to enhance the opera- • Stationary and slow moving vehicles or snow, etc.
tion of the vehicle when following a vehicle trav-
elling in the same lane and direction.
• Pedestrians or objects in the roadway – During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.)
If the radar sensor j A detects a slower moving

• Oncoming vehicles in the same lane – When rain, snow or dirt adhere to the sys-
vehicle ahead, the system will reduce the ve- • Motorcycles travelling offset in the travel lane tem sensor
hicle speed so that your vehicle follows the ve- – On steep downhill roads (the vehicle may
hicle in front at the selected distance. WARNING go beyond the set vehicle speed and fre-
The system automatically controls the throttle • As there is a performance limit to the distance con- quent braking may result in overheating
the brakes)
and applies the brakes (up to approximately trol function, never rely solely on the Intelligent
40% of vehicle braking power) if necessary. Cruise Control (ICC) system. This system does not – On repeated uphill and downhill roads

– When traffic conditions make it difficult vehicle distance control mode of the Intelligent maintain the selected following distance from
to keep a proper distance between ve- Cruise Control (ICC) system may not be able to the vehicle ahead. Be sure to check and clean
hicles because of frequent acceleration or maintain the selected distance between the sensor area regularly.
deceleration vehicles (following distance) or selected vehicle
The vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is
speed under some circumstances.
• Do not use the ICC system if you are towing a trailer designed to maintain a selected distance and
(for Europe). The system may not detect a vehicle The vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode reduce the speed to match the slower vehicle
ahead. uses a sensor jA located behind the lower grille ahead; the system will decelerate the vehicle as
of the front bumper to detect vehicles travelling necessary, and if the vehicle ahead comes to a
• In some road or traffic conditions, a vehicle or ob-
ahead. The sensor generally detects the signals stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill.
ject can unexpectedly come into the sensor detec-
returned from the vehicle ahead. Therefore, if However, the ICC system can only apply up to
tion zone and cause automatic braking. You may
the sensor cannot detect the reflection from the approximately 40% of the vehicle’s total brak-
need to control the distance from other vehicles
vehicle ahead, the ICC system may not maintain ing power. This system should only be used
using the accelerator pedal. Always stay alert and
the selected distance. when traffic conditions allow vehicle speeds to
avoid using the ICC system when it is not recom-
remain fairly constant or when vehicle speeds
mended in this section. The following are some conditions in which the
change gradually. If a vehicle moves into the
sensor cannot detect the signals:
VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE travelling lane ahead or if a vehicle travelling
CONTROL MODE OPERATION • When the snow or road spray from travelling ve- ahead rapidly decelerates, the distance
hicles reduces the sensor’s visibility between vehicles may become closer because
the ICC system cannot decelerate the vehicle
• When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the quickly enough. If this occurs, the ICC system
rear seat or the boot of your vehicle
will sound a warning chime and blink the sys-
The ICC system is designed to automatically tem display to notify the driver to take neces-
check the sensor’s operation within the limita- sary action.
tions of the system. When the sensor area of the
front bumper is covered with dirt or is The system will cancel and a warning chime will
obstructed, the system will automatically be sound if the speed is below approximately 24
cancelled. If the sensor area is covered with ice, km/h (15 MPH) and a vehicle is not detected
JVS0235XZ
a transparent or translucent vinyl bag, etc., the ahead. The system will also disengage when the
ICC system may not detect them. In these in- vehicle goes above the maximum set speed.
Always pay attention to the operation of the ve- stances, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control See “Approach warning” later in this section.
hicle and be ready to manually control the mode may not cancel and may not be able to
proper following distance. The vehicle-to-

The following items are controlled in the vehicle-
to-vehicle distance control mode:
• When there are no vehicles travelling ahead, the

vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode maintains
the speed set by the driver. The set speed range is
32 and 180 km/h (20 and 112 MPH)
• When there is a vehicle travelling ahead, the ve-

hicle-to-vehicle distance control mode adjusts the
speed to maintain the distance, selected by the SSD0252Z
driver, from the vehicle ahead. The adjusting speed
range is up to the set speed. If the vehicle ahead
The detection zone of the radar sensor is lim-
comes to a stop, the vehicle decelerates to a stand-
ited. A vehicle ahead must be in the detection
still within the limitations of the system. The sys-
zone for the vehicle-to-vehicle distance detec-
tem will cancel once it judges a standstill with a
tion mode to maintain the selected distance
warning chime.
from the vehicle ahead.
• When the vehicle travelling ahead has moved out A vehicle ahead may move outside of the detec-
from its lane of travel, the vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
tion zone due to its position within the same
tance control mode accelerates and maintains ve-
lane of travel. Motorcycles may not be detected
hicle speed up to the set speed.
in the same lane ahead if they are travelling off-
The ICC system does not control vehicle speed set from the centerline of the lane. A vehicle that
or warn you when you approach stationary and is entering the lane ahead may not be detected
slow moving vehicles. You must pay attention to until the vehicle has completely moved into the
vehicle operation to maintain proper distance lane. If this occurs, the ICC system may warn
from vehicles ahead when approaching toll you by blinking the system indicator and sound-
gates or traffic congestion. ing the chime. The driver may have to manually
control the proper distance away from vehicle
travelling ahead.

up to the set speed. Pay attention to the driving
operation to maintain control of the vehicle as it
accelerates to the set speed.
The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on
winding or hilly roads. If this occurs, you will
have to manually control the vehicle speed.
ICC system switch
SSD0253Z
When driving on some roads, such as winding,

hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads which are
under construction, the radar sensor may detect
vehicles in a different lane, or may temporarily
not detect a vehicle travelling ahead. This may
cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate
JVS0275XZ
the vehicle.
The detection of vehicles may also be affected
The system is operated by a MAIN switch and
by vehicle operation (steering manoeuvre or
SSD0254Z
four control switches, all mounted on the steer-
travelling position in the lane, etc.) or vehicle
ing wheel.
condition. If this occurs, the ICC system may
warn you by blinking the system indicator and When driving on the motorway at a set speed 1. RES (+) switch:
sounding the chime unexpectedly. You will have and approaching a slower travelling vehicle Resumes set speed or increases speed incre-
to manually control the proper distance away ahead, the ICC system will adjust the speed to mentally.
from the vehicle travelling ahead. maintain the distance, selected by the driver,
from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicle ahead 2. SET (–) switch:
changes lanes or exits the motorway, the ICC Sets desired cruise speed, reduces speed in-
system will accelerate and maintain the speed crementally.

3. CANCEL switch: The display is located between the speedometer Operating vehicle-to-vehicle distance
and tachometer. control mode
Deactivates the system without erasing the
set speed. 1. This indicator indicates the ICC system status
depending on a colour.
4. DISTANCE switch:
Changes the vehicle’s following distance: • Intelligent Cruise Control system ON indicator
(white):
• Long Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON.
• Middle • Intelligent Cruise Control system set indicator
• Short (green):
5. MAIN switch: Indicates that cruising speed is set JVS0272XZ
Master switch to activate the system • Intelligent Cruise Control system warning (or-
ange): To turn on the cruise control, quickly push and
6. Speed limiter MAIN switch (For details, see
release the MAIN switch j A on. The Intelligent
“Speed limiter” earlier in this section. When this Indicates that if there is a malfunction in
Cruise Control (ICC) system ON indicator (white),
switch is pushed, the ICC system will be the ICC system.
set distance indicator and set vehicle speed in-
turned off.)
2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator: dicator come on and in a standby state for set-
ICC system display and indicators Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in front
ting.
of you.
3. Set vehicle speed indicator:
Indicates the set vehicle speed. The speed
unit can be converted between “km/h” and
“MPH”. (See the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s
Manual.)
4. Set distance indicator:
JVS0271XZ Displays the selected distance between ve- JVS0273XZ
hicles set with the DISTANCE switch.

To set cruising speed, accelerate your vehicle to A warning chime will sound and the [Not avail-
the desired speed, push the SET (–) switch and able] warning message appears in the vehicle
release it. (The ICC system set indicator (green), information display.
vehicle ahead detection indicator, set distance
indicator and set vehicle speed indicator come
the SNOW mode (To use the ICC system, turn the
on.) Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. Your
INFINITI Drive Mode Selector to a mode other than
vehicle will maintain the set speed.
the SNOW mode, push the MAIN switch to turn off
the ICC system and reset the ICC switch by pressing
the MAIN switch again.)
For details about the INFINITI Drive Mode Se-
lector, see “INFINITI drive mode selector” earlier
in this section.
• When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) or Elec-

tronic Stability Programme (ESP) system is off (To
use the ICC system, turn on the VDC or ESP system.
JVS0274XZ Push the MAIN switch to turn off the ICC system
and reset the ICC switch by pushing the MAIN
When the SET (–) switch is pushed under the fol- switch again.)
lowing conditions, the system cannot be set. The For details about the VDC or ESP system, see
set vehicle speed indicator will blink for approxi- “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system” earlier in
mately 2 seconds: this section or “Electronic Stability Programme
• When travelling below 32 km/h (20 MPH) and the (ESP) system” earlier in this section.
vehicle ahead is not detected
• When ABS, VDC or ESP system (including the trac-
• When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive) or manual tion control system) is operating
shift mode
• When a wheel is slipping (To use the ICC system,
• When the parking brake is applied make sure the wheels are no longer slipping.)
• When the brakes are operated by the driver

When the SET (–) switch is pushed under the fol-
lowing conditions, the system cannot be set.

Vehicle ahead not detected:
When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead, the
ICC system gradually accelerates your vehicle to
resume the previously set vehicle speed. The ICC
system then maintains the set speed.
When a vehicle is no longer detected, the ve-
hicle ahead detection indicator turns off.
If a vehicle ahead appears during acceleration
JVS0276XZ to the set vehicle speed or any time the ICC sys-
tem is in operation, the system controls the dis-
System operation The ICC system displays the set speed. tance to that vehicle.
1. System set display with vehicle ahead Vehicle detected ahead: When a vehicle is no longer detected, travelling
under approximately 24 km/h (15 MPH), the sys-
2. System set display without vehicle ahead When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead,
tem will be cancelled.
the ICC system decelerates the vehicle by con-
WARNING trolling the throttle and applying the brakes to
match the speed of a slower vehicle ahead. The
Normally when controlling the distance to a vehicle system then controls the vehicle speed based
ahead, this system automatically accelerates or de- on the speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain
celerates your vehicle according to the speed of the the driver selected distance.
vehicle ahead. Depress the accelerator to properly ac-
celerate your vehicle when acceleration is required for The stop lights of the vehicle come on when
a lane change. Depress the brake pedal when decel- braking is performed by the ICC system.
eration is required to maintain a safe distance to the When the brake operates, a noise may be heard.
vehicle ahead due to its sudden braking or if a vehicle This is not a malfunction. JVS0277XZ
cuts in. Always stay alert when using the ICC system.
When a vehicle ahead is detected, the vehicle
The driver sets the desired vehicle speed based When passing another vehicle, the set speed
ahead detection indicator comes on. The ICC
on the road conditions. The ICC system main- indicator will flash when the vehicle speed ex-
system will also display the set speed and se-
tains the set vehicle speed, similar to standard ceeds the set speed. The vehicle ahead detec-
lected distance.
cruise control, as long as no vehicle is detected tion indicator will turn off when the area ahead
in the lane ahead.

of the vehicle is open. When the pedal is re- To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one of How to change set distance to vehicle
leased, the vehicle will return to the previously the following methods: ahead
set speed.
• Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle at-
Even though your vehicle speed is set in the ICC tains the desired speed, push the SET (–) switch
system, you can depress the accelerator pedal and release it.
when it is necessary to accelerate your vehicle
rapidly.
• Push and hold the SET (–) switch. The set vehicle
speed will decrease by approximately 5 km/h or 5
How to change set vehicle speed MPH.
To cancel the preset speed, use any of the fol- • Push, then quickly release the SET (–) switch. Each
lowing methods: time you do this, the set speed will decrease by
approximately 1 km/h or 1 MPH. JVS0216XZ
• Push the CANCEL switch. The set vehicle speed in-
dicator will turn off. To resume the preset speed, push and release
the RES (+) switch. The vehicle will resume the The distance to the vehicle ahead can be se-
• Tap the brake pedal. The set vehicle speed indica- last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed lected at any time depending on the traffic con-
tor will turn off. ditions.
is over 32 km/h (20 MPH).
• Turn the MAIN switch off. Both the Intelligent Cruise Each time the DISTANCE switch j A is pushed,
Control system set indicator (green) and set vehicle the set distance will change to long, middle,
speed indicator will turn off. short and back to long again in that sequence.
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of
the following methods:
• The distance to the vehicle ahead will change ac-
cording to the vehicle speed. The higher the ve-
• Depress the accelerator pedal. When the vehicle hicle speed, the longer the distance.
attains the desired speed, push and release the
SET (–) switch.
• If the engine is stopped, the set distance becomes
“long”. (Each time the engine is started, the initial
• Push and hold the RES (+) switch. The set vehicle setting becomes “long”.)
speed will increase by approximately 5 km/h or 5
MPH.
• Push, then quickly release the RES (+) switch. Each

time you do this, the set speed will increase by
approximately 1 km/h or 1 MPH.

Approach warning
Approximate distance at 100 km/h If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead
Distance Display
(60 MPH) [m (ft)] due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or if
another vehicle cuts in, the system warns the
driver with the chime and ICC system display.
m
Long 60 (200) Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal to
maintain a safe vehicle distance if:
• The chime sounds.

• The vehicle ahead detection indicator and set dis-
tance indicator blink.
m
Middle 45 (150) The warning chime may not sound in some cases
when there is a short distance between vehicles.
Some examples are:
• When the vehicles are travelling at the same speed

and the distance between vehicles is not changing
• When the vehicle ahead is travelling faster and the
m
Short 30 (90)
distance between vehicles is increasing
• When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle

The warning chime will not sound when:
• Your vehicle approaches other vehicles that are

parked or moving slowly.
• The accelerator pedal is depressed, overriding the

system.

• When the vehicle ahead is not detected and your • When the ABS, VDC or ESP system (including the
vehicle is travelling below the speed of 24 km/h traction control system) operates
(15 MPH)
• When a tyre slips
• When the system judges the vehicle is at stand- • When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector is turned to
still.
the SNOW mode
• When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive) or Manual • When the radar signal is temporarily interrupted
shift mode.
Action to take:
• When the parking brake is applied.
SSD0284AZ When the conditions listed above are no longer
• When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector is turned to present, turn the ICC system back on to use the
the SNOW mode.
NOTE system.
The approach warning chime may sound and the sys-

• When the VDC or ESP system is turned off. Condition B:
tem display may blink when the radar sensor detects • When the ABS, VDC or ESP system (including the When the radar sensor area of the front bumper
objects on the side of the vehicle jA or on the side of traction control system) operates.
is covered with dirt or is obstructed, making it
the road j A . This may cause the ICC system to decel- • When distance measurement becomes impaired impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the ICC
erate or accelerate the vehicle. The radar sensor may due to adhesion of dirt or obstruction to the sensor system is automatically cancelled.
detect these objects when the vehicle is driven on area.
winding roads, narrow roads, hilly roads or when en- The chime will sound and the [Front Radar ob-
tering or exiting a curve. In these cases you will have • When a wheel slips. structed] warning message will appear in the ve-
to manually control the proper distance ahead of your • When the radar signal is temporarily interrupted
vehicle. Action to take:
Warning and display
Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affected by If the warning appears, stop the vehicle in a safe
vehicle operation (steering manoeuvre or driv- Condition A:
place and place the shift lever in the P (Park)
ing position in the lane) or traffic or vehicle con- Under the following conditions, the Intelligent position, turn the engine off. When the radar sig-
dition (for example, if a vehicle is being driven Cruise Control (ICC) system is automatically can- nal is temporarily interrupted, clean the sensor
with some damage). celled. The chime will sound and the [Not avail- area of the front bumper and restart the engine.
able] warning message will appear in the vehicle If the [Front Radar obstructed] warning message
Automatic cancellation information display. continues to be displayed, have the ICC system
A chime sounds under the following conditions checked by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-
and the control is automatically cancelled. • When the VDC or ESP is turned off shop.

Condition C: Sensor maintenance CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed) CRUISE
CONTROL MODE
This mode allows driving at speeds above ap-
proximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) without keeping
your foot on the accelerator pedal
WARNING

mode, a warning chime does not sound to warn
JVS0221XZ JVS0235XZ you if you are too close to the vehicle ahead, as
neither the presence of the vehicle ahead nor the
The sensor for the ICC system j
When the ICC system is not operating properly, vehicle-to-vehicle distance is detected.
A is located be-
the chime sounds and the ICC system warning hind the lower grille of the front bumper. • Pay special attention to the distance between your
(orange) will appear. vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you or a collision
To keep the ICC system operating properly, be
Action to take: could occur.
sure to observe the following:
If the warning appears, stop the vehicle in a safe • Always keep the sensor area of the front bumper • Always confirm the setting in the Intelligent Cruise
place and place the shift lever in the P (Park) Control (ICC) system display.
clean.
position. Turn the engine off, restart the engine,
• Do not strike or damage the areas around the sen- • Do not use the conventional (fixed speed) cruise
resume driving and set the ICC system again. control mode when driving under the following
sor.
If it is not possible to set the system or the indi- conditions:
cator stays on, it may indicate that the ICC sys- • Do not cover or attach stickers or similar objects on – when it is not possible to keep the ve-
the front bumper near the sensor area. This could
tem is malfunctioning. Although the vehicle is hicle at a set speed
cause failure or malfunction.
still driveable under normal conditions, have
– in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in
the vehicle checked at an INFINITI Centre or • Do not attach metallic objects near the sensor area speed
qualified workshop. (brush guard, etc.). This could cause failure or mal-
function. – on winding or hilly roads
• Do not alter, remove or paint the front bumper. Be- – on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.)
fore customising or restoring the front bumper,
– in very windy areas
contact an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

• Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and 5. Speed limiter MAIN switch (For details, see • Cruise control system warning (orange):
result in an accident. “Speed limiter” earlier in this section. When this
Indicates that there is a malfunction in the
switch is pushed, the ICC system will be
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise turned off.)
ICC system.
control switch 2. Set vehicle speed indicator:
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise
control mode display and indicators This indicator indicates the set vehicle
speed.
Operating conventional (fixed speed)

cruise control mode
JVS0279XZ
JVS0317XZ
1. RES (+) switch:
Resumes set speed or increases speed incre-
The display is located in the vehicle information
mentally.
display. JVS0280XZ
2. SET (–) switch:
1. Cruise indicator:
Sets the desired cruise speed, reduces speed To turn on the conventional (fixed speed) cruise
This indicator indicates the condition of the
incrementally. control mode, push and hold the MAIN switch
3. CANCEL switch:
ICC system depending on a colour.
jA for longer than about 1.5 seconds.
• Cruise control ON indicator (white): When pushing the MAIN switch on, the conven-
Deactivates the system without erasing the
Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON. tional (fixed speed) cruise control mode display
set speed.
and indicators are displayed in the vehicle infor-
4. MAIN switch: • Cruise control set indicator (green): mation display. After you hold the MAIN switch
Displays while the vehicle speed is con- on for longer than about 1.5 seconds, the Intel-
Master switch to activate the system.
trolled by the conventional (fixed speed) ligent Cruise Control (ICC) system display turns
cruise control mode of the ICC system. off. The cruise indicator appears. You can now

set your desired cruising speed. Pushing the 3. Turn the MAIN switch off. Both the cruise in-
MAIN switch again will turn the system com- dicator and vehicle speed indicator will turn
pletely off. off.
When the Distance Control Assist (DCA) system To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of
is on, the conventional (fixed speed) cruise con- the following methods:
trol mode cannot be turned on even though the
1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When the ve-
MAIN switch is pushed and held.
hicle attains the desired speed, push and re-
To turn on the conventional (fixed speed) cruise lease the SET (–) switch.
control mode, turn off the DCA system. See “Dis- JVS0281XZ 2. Push and hold the RES (+) switch. When the
tance Control Assist (DCA) system (where fitted)” later
vehicle attains the speed you desire, release
in this section.
To set cruising speed, accelerate your vehicle to the switch.
When the ignition switch is placed in the “OFF” the desired speed, push the SET (–) switch and 3. Push, then quickly release the RES (+) switch.
position, the system is also automatically release it. (The colour of the cruise indicator Each time you do this, the set speed will in-
turned off. To use the ICC system again, quickly changes to green and set vehicle indicator crease by about 1.6 km/h (1 MPH).
push and release the MAIN switch (vehicle-to- comes on.) Take your foot off the accelerator
vehicle distance control mode) or push and hold pedal. Your vehicle will maintain the set speed. To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one of
it (conventional cruise control mode) again to the following methods:
turn it on. • To pass another vehicle, depress the accelera- 1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle
tor pedal. When you release the pedal, the
CAUTION vehicle will return to the previously set attains the desired speed, push the SET (–)
speed. switch and release it.
To avoid accidentally engaging cruise control, make
sure to turn the MAIN switch off when not using the
ICC system.
• The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when 2. Push and hold the SET (–) switch. Release
the switch when the vehicle slows down to
going up or down steep hills. If this happens, manu-
ally maintain vehicle speed. the desired speed.
To cancel the preset speed, use one of the fol- 3. Push, then quickly release the SET (–) switch.
lowing methods: Each time you do this, the set speed will de-
crease by about 1.6 km/h (1 MPH).
1. Push the CANCEL switch. The vehicle speed
indicator will turn off.
2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle speed indi-
cator will turn off.

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (ICC) SYSTEM
(where fitted for Manual Transmission (MT)
model)
To resume the preset speed, push and release Warning The Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system main-
the RES (+) switch. The vehicle will resume the tains a selected distance from the vehicle trav-
last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed elling in front of you according to that vehicle’s
is over 40 km/h (25 MPH). speed (up to the set speed), or at the set speed
when the road ahead is clear.
Automatic cancellation
The ICC function can be set to one of two cruise
A chime sounds under the following conditions
control modes:
and the control is automatically cancelled.
• When the vehicle slows down more than 13 km/h • Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:
(8 MPH) below the set speed For maintaining a selected distance between
JVS0306XZ your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you up
• When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive) or manual to the preset speed.
shift mode
• When the parking brake is applied

When the system is not operating properly, the
chime sounds and the colour of the cruise indi-
• Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode:
For cruising at a preset speed.
• When the VDC or ESP system (including the trac- cator will change to orange.
tion control system) operates Action to take:
WARNING
• When a wheel slips If the colour of the cruise indicator changes to
• Always observe posted speed limits and do not set
orange, stop the vehicle in a safe place and place
the speed over them.
the shift lever in the “P” (Park) position. Turn
the engine off, restart the engine, resume driv- • Always drive carefully and attentively when using
ing and then perform the setting again. either cruise control mode. Read and understand
the Owner’s Manual thoroughly before using the
If it is not possible to set or the indicator stays
ICC system. To avoid serious injury or death, do
on, it may indicate that the system is malfunc-
not rely on the system to prevent accidents or to
tioning. Although the vehicle is still driveable
control the vehicle’s speed in emergency situa-
under normal conditions, have the vehicle
tions. Do not use the ICC system except in appro-
checked at an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-
priate road and traffic conditions.
shop.

mode, a warning chime will not sound to warn you
if you are too close to the vehicle ahead. Pay spe-
cial attention to the distance between your vehicle
and the vehicle ahead of you or a collision could
occur.
The ICC system cannot be operated when the
speed limiter is on. (See “Speed limiter” earlier in
this section for the speed limiter operation.)
JVS0270XZ
1. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode Always confirm the setting in the ICC system dis-
play.
2. Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control
mode For the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
Push the MAIN switch j
mode, see the following description. For the con-
A to choose the cruise
ventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, see
control mode between the vehicle-to-vehicle
distance control mode j
“Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode” later
1 and the conventional
(fixed speed) cruise control mode j
in this section.
2 .
To choose the vehicle-to-vehicle distance con- SELECTING VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE
trol mode j1 , quickly push and release the MAIN DISTANCE CONTROL MODE
switch jA . To choose the conventional (fixed To choose the vehicle-to-vehicle distance con-
speed) cruise control mode j 2 , push and hold trol mode j 1 , quickly push and release the MAIN
the MAIN switch j A for longer than approxi- switch jA .
mately 1.5 seconds.
Once a control mode is activated, it cannot be
CONTROL MODE
changed to the other cruise control mode. To
change the mode, push the MAIN switch once to In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode,
turn the system off. Then push the MAIN switch the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system auto-
again to turn the system back on and select the matically maintains a selected distance from the
desired cruise control mode. vehicle travelling in front of you according to that

vehicle’s speed (up to the set speed), or at the The detection range of the sensor is approxi-
set speed when the road ahead is clear. mately 200 m (650 ft) ahead. WARNING
With ICC, the driver can maintain the same • As there is a performance limit to the distance con-
speed as other vehicles without the constant WARNING trol function, never rely solely on the Intelligent
Cruise Control (ICC) system. This system does not
need to adjust the set speed as you would with
a normal cruise control system.
• This system is only an aid to assist the driver and
correct careless, inattentive or absent-minded
driving, or overcome poor visibility in rain, fog, or
the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely
PRECAUTIONS ON other bad weather. Decelerate the vehicle speed
and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE by depressing the brake pedal, depending on the
CONTROL MODE • The system is primarily intended for use on distance to the vehicle ahead and the surrounding
straight, dry, open roads with light traffic. It is not circumstances in order to maintain a safe distance
advisable to use the system in city traffic or con- between vehicles.
gested areas.
• Although the brake operation is controlled by the
• This system will not adapt automatically to road system, the system does not automatically stop
conditions. This system should be used in evenly the vehicle. If the vehicle speed falls below ap-
flowing traffic. Do not use the system on roads with proximately 32 km/h (20 MPH), the ICC system is
sharp curves, or on icy roads, in heavy rain or in automatically cancelled and a warning chime
fog. sounds. (The brake control is also cancelled.)
JVS0235XZ
The radar sensor will not detect the following • The system may not detect the vehicle in front of
objects: you in certain road or weather conditions. To avoid
accidents, never use the ICC system under the fol-
The system is intended to enhance the opera- • Stationary and slow moving vehicles lowing conditions:
tion of the vehicle when following a vehicle trav-
elling in the same lane and direction.
• Pedestrians or objects in the roadway – On roads where the traffic is heavy or
If the radar sensor j A detects a slower moving

• Oncoming vehicles in the same lane there are sharp curves
vehicle ahead, the system will reduce the ve- • Motorcycles travelling offset in the travel lane – On slippery road surfaces such as on ice
hicle speed so that your vehicle follows the ve- This system will not automatically brake the ve- or snow, etc.
hicle in front at the selected distance. hicle to a stop. – During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.)
The system automatically controls the throttle – When rain, snow or dirt adhere to the sys-
and applies the brakes (up to approximately tem sensor
40% of vehicle braking power) if necessary.

– On steep downhill roads (the vehicle may VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE The following are some conditions in which the
go beyond the set vehicle speed and fre- CONTROL MODE OPERATION sensor cannot detect the signals:
quent braking may result in overheating
the brakes)
• When the snow or road spray from travelling ve-
hicles reduces the sensor’s visibility
– On repeated uphill and downhill roads
• When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the
– When traffic conditions make it difficult rear seat or the boot of your vehicle
to keep a proper distance between ve-
hicles because of frequent acceleration or
• When your vehicle is towing a trailer, etc.
deceleration The ICC system is designed to automatically
check the sensor’s operation within the limita-
• Do not use the ICC system if you are towing a trailer
tions of the system. When the sensor area of the
(for Europe). The system may not detect a vehicle JVS0235XZ
front bumper is covered with dirt or is
ahead.
obstructed, the system will automatically be
• In some road or traffic conditions, a vehicle or ob- Always pay attention to the operation of the ve-
hicle and be ready to manually control the
cancelled. If the sensor area is covered with ice,
ject can unexpectedly come into the sensor detec- a transparent or translucent vinyl bag, etc., the
tion zone and cause automatic braking. You may proper following distance. The vehicle-to- ICC system may not detect them. In these in-
need to control the distance from other vehicles vehicle distance control mode of the Intelligent stances, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
using the accelerator pedal. Always stay alert and Cruise Control (ICC) system may not be able to mode may not cancel and may not be able to
avoid using the ICC system when it is not recom- maintain the selected distance between maintain the selected following distance from
mended in this section. vehicles (following distance) or selected vehicle the vehicle ahead. Be sure to check and clean
speed under some circumstances. the sensor area regularly.
The vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode The vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is
uses a sensor jA located behind the lower grille designed to maintain a selected distance and
of the front bumper to detect vehicles travelling reduce the speed to match the slower vehicle
ahead. The sensor generally detects the signals ahead; the system will decelerate the vehicle as
returned from the vehicle ahead. Therefore, if necessary, and if the vehicle ahead comes to a
the sensor cannot detect the reflection from on stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill.
the vehicle ahead, the ICC system may not main- However, the ICC system can only apply up to
tain the selected distance. approximately 40% of the vehicle’s total brak-
ing power. This system should only be used
when traffic conditions allow vehicle speeds to

remain fairly constant or when vehicle speeds • When the vehicle travelling ahead has moved out
change gradually. If a vehicle moves into the from its lane of travel, the vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
travelling lane ahead or if a vehicle travelling tance control mode accelerates and maintains ve-
ahead rapidly decelerates, the distance hicle speed up to the set speed.
between vehicles may become closer because
The ICC system does not control vehicle speed
the ICC system cannot decelerate the vehicle
or warn you when you approach stationary and
quickly enough. If this occurs, the ICC system
slow moving vehicles. You must pay attention to
will sound a warning chime and blink the sys-
vehicle operation to maintain proper distance
tem display to notify the driver to take neces-
from vehicles ahead when approaching toll
sary action.
gates or traffic congestion.
The system will cancel and a warning chime will
sound if the speed falls below approximately 32
km/h (20 MPH). The system will also disengage
below the 32 km/h (20 MPH) cut-off speed or
over the maximum set speed.
See “Approach warning” later in this section.
The following items are controlled in the vehicle-
to-vehicle distance control mode:
• When there are no vehicles travelling ahead, the

vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode maintains
the speed set by the driver. The set speed range is
between approximately 40 and 180 km/h (25 and
112 MPH).
• When there is a vehicle travelling ahead, the ve-

hicle-to-vehicle distance control mode adjusts the
speed to maintain the distance, selected by driver,
from the vehicle ahead. The adjusting speed range
is between approximately 32 km/h (20 MPH) and
up to the set speed.

SSD0252Z
The detection zone of the radar sensor is lim-

ited. A vehicle ahead must be in the detection
zone for the vehicle-to-vehicle distance detec-
tion mode to maintain the selected distance
from the vehicle ahead.
A vehicle ahead may move outside of the detec-
set from the centerline of the lane. A vehicle that
is entering the lane ahead may not be detected
until the vehicle has completely moved into the
lane. If this occurs, the ICC system may warn
you by blinking the system indicator and sound-
ing the chime. The driver may have to manually
control the proper distance away from vehicle
travelling ahead.

up to the set speed. Pay attention to the driving
operation to maintain control of the vehicle as it
accelerates to the set speed.
The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on
winding or hilly roads. If this occurs, you will
have to manually control the vehicle speed.
ICC system switch
SSD0253Z
When driving on some roads, such as winding,

under construction, the radar sensor may detect
vehicles in a different lane, or may temporarily
not detect a vehicle travelling ahead. This may
cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate
JVS0275XZ
the vehicle.
The detection of vehicles may also be affected
The system is operated by a MAIN switch and
SSD0254Z
four control switches, all mounted on the steer-
ing wheel.
condition. If this occurs, the ICC system may
warn you by blinking the system indicator and When driving on the motorway at a set speed 1. RES (+) switch:
sounding the chime unexpectedly. You will have and approaching a slower travelling vehicle Resumes set speed or increases speed incre-
to manually control the proper distance away ahead, the ICC system will adjust the speed to mentally.
from the vehicle travelling ahead. maintain the distance, selected by the driver,
from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicle ahead 2. SET (–) switch:
changes lanes or exits the motorway, the ICC Sets desired cruise speed, reduces speed in-
system will accelerate and maintain the speed crementally.

3. CANCEL switch: ICC system display and indicators 2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:
Deactivates the system without erasing the Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in front
set speed. of you.
4. DISTANCE switch: 3. Set vehicle speed indicator:
Changes the vehicle’s following distance: Indicates the set vehicle speed. The speed
unit can be converted between “km/h” and
• Long “MPH”. (See the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s
• Middle Manual.)
• Short JVS0271XZ
4. Set distance indicator:
5. MAIN switch: Displays the selected distance between ve-
Master switch to activate the system The display is located between the speedometer hicles set with the DISTANCE switch.
and tachometer. Operating vehicle-to-vehicle distance
6. Speed limiter MAIN switch (For details, see
“Speed limiter” earlier in this section. When this 1. This indicator indicates the ICC system status control mode
switch is pushed, the ICC system will be depending on a colour.
turned off.)
• Intelligent Cruise Control system ON indicator
(white):
Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON.
• Intelligent Cruise Control system set indicator

(green):
Indicates that cruising speed is set
• Intelligent Cruise Control system warning (or- JVS0272XZ
ange):
To turn on the cruise control, quickly push and
Indicates that if there is a malfunction in
release the MAIN switch j A on. The Intelligent
the ICC system.
Cruise Control (ICC) system ON indicator (white),

set distance indicator and set vehicle speed in- When the SET (–) switch is pushed under the fol- • When a wheel is slipping (To use the ICC system,
dicator come on and in a standby state for set- lowing conditions, the system cannot be set and make sure the wheels are no longer slipping.)
ting. the ICC indicators will blink for approximately 2
seconds:
• When travelling below 40 km/h (25 MPH) and the

vehicle ahead is not detected.
• When the clutch pedal is depressed.

• When the shift lever is shifted to the N (Neutral)
position.
• When the brakes are operated by the driver.

JVS0273XZ When the SET (–) switch is pushed under the fol-
lowing conditions, the system cannot be set.
To set cruising speed, accelerate your vehicle to A warning chime will sound and the [Not avail-
the desired speed, push the SET (–) switch and able] warning message appears in the vehicle
release it. (The ICC system set indicator (green), information display.
vehicle ahead detection indicator, set distance
indicator and set vehicle speed indicator come • When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) or Elec-
on.) Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. Your tronic Stability Programme (ESP) system is off (To
vehicle will maintain the set speed. use the ICC system, turn on the VDC or ESP system.
Push the MAIN switch to turn off the ICC system
and reset the ICC switch by pushing the MAIN
switch again.)
For details about the VDC or ESP system, see
“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system” earlier in
this section or “Electronic Stability Programme
(ESP) system” earlier in this section.
• When ABS, VDC or ESP (including the traction con-

trol system) is operating
JVS0274XZ

ahead detection indicator comes on. The ICC
system will also display the set speed and se-
lected distance.
Vehicle ahead not detected:

When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead, the
ICC system gradually accelerates your vehicle to
resume the previously set vehicle speed. The ICC
system then maintains the set speed.
JVS0276XZ When a vehicle is no longer detected the vehicle
ahead detection indicator turns off.
System operation tains the set vehicle speed, similar to standard If a vehicle ahead appears during acceleration
cruise control, as long as no vehicle is detected to the set vehicle speed or any time the ICC sys-
1. System set display with vehicle ahead
in the lane ahead. tem is in operation, the system controls the dis-
2. System set display without vehicle ahead tance to that vehicle.
The ICC system displays the set speed.
WARNING Vehicle detected ahead:
Normally when controlling the distance to a vehicle When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead,
ahead, this system automatically accelerates or de- the ICC system decelerates the vehicle by con-
celerates your vehicle according to the speed of the trolling the throttle and applying the brakes to
vehicle ahead. Depress the accelerator to properly ac- match the speed of a slower vehicle ahead. The
celerate your vehicle when acceleration is required for system then controls the vehicle speed based
a lane change. Depress the brake pedal when decel- on the speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain
eration is required to maintain a safe distance to the the driver selected distance.
vehicle ahead due to its sudden braking or if a vehicle The stoplights of the vehicle come on when JVS0277XZ
cuts in. Always stay alert when using the Intelligent braking is performed by the ICC system.
Cruise Control (ICC) system. When passing another vehicle, the set speed
When the brake operates, a noise may be heard.
The driver sets the desired vehicle speed based indicator will flash when the vehicle speed ex-
This is not a malfunction.
on the road conditions. The ICC system main- ceeds the set speed. The vehicle detect indica-
When a vehicle ahead is detected, the vehicle tor will turn off when the area ahead of the ve-

hicle is open. When the pedal is released, the To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one of How to change set distance to vehicle
vehicle will return to the previously set speed. the following methods: ahead
Even though your vehicle speed is set in the ICC • Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle at-
system, you can depress the accelerator pedal tains the desired speed, push the SET (–) switch
when it is necessary to accelerate your vehicle and release it.
rapidly.
• Push and hold the SET (–) switch. The set vehicle
How to change set vehicle speed speed will decrease by approximately 5 km/h or 5
MPH.
To cancel the preset speed, use any of these
methods: • Push, then quickly release the SET (–) switch. Each
time you do this, the set speed will decrease by
• Push the CANCEL switch. The set vehicle speed in- approximately 1 km/h or 1 MPH. JVS0216XZ
dicator will go out.
To resume the preset speed, push and release
• Tap the brake pedal. The set vehicle speed indica- the RES (+) switch. The vehicle will resume the The distance to the vehicle ahead can be se-
tor will go out. lected at any time depending on the traffic con-
last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed
• Turn the MAIN switch off. Both the Intelligent Cruise is over 40 km/h (25 MPH). ditions.
Control system set indicator (green) and set vehicle Each time the DISTANCE switch j A is pushed,
speed indicator will go out. the set distance will change to long, middle,
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of short and back to long again in that sequence.
the following methods:
• The distance to the vehicle ahead will change ac-
• Depress the accelerator pedal. When the vehicle cording to the vehicle speed. The higher the ve-
attains the desired speed, push and release the hicle speed, the longer the distance.
SET (–) switch.
• If the engine is stopped, the set distance becomes
• Push and hold the RES (+) switch. The set vehicle “long”. (Each time the engine is started, the initial
speed will increase by approximately 5 km/h or 5 setting becomes “long”.)
MPH.
• Push, then quickly release the RES (+) switch. Each

time you do this, the set speed will increase by
approximately 1 km/h or 1 MPH.

Approach warning
Approximate distance at 100 km/h If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead
Distance Display
(60 MPH) [m (ft)] due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or if
driver with the chime and Intelligent Cruise Con-
m
Long 60 (200) trol (ICC) system display. Decelerate by depress-
ing the brake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle
distance if:

• The vehicle ahead detection and set distance indi-
cator blink.
m
Middle 45 (150)
The warning chime may not sound in some cases
when there is a short distance between vehicles.
Some examples are:
• When the vehicles are travelling at the same speed

and the distance between vehicles is not changing
m
Short 30 (90)
• When the vehicle ahead is travelling faster and the
distance between vehicles is increasing
• When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle

The warning chime will not sound in the cases
below:
• When your vehicle approaches vehicles that are

parked or moving slowly
• When the accelerator pedal is depressed, and this

overriding the system

• When the vehicle speed falls below approximately Action to take:
32 km/h (20 MPH)
When the conditions listed above are no longer
• When the clutch pedal is depressed present, turn the ICC system back on to use the
system.
• When the shift lever is shifted to the N (Neutral)
position Condition B:
• When the parking brake is applied When the radar sensor area of the front bumper
• When the VDC or ESP system is turned off impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the ICC
SSD0284AZ • When the ABS, VDC or ESP (including the traction system is automatically cancelled.
control system) operates
The chime will sound and the [Front Radar ob-
NOTE • When distance measurement becomes impaired structed] warning message will appear in the ve-
The approach warning chime may sound and the sys- due to adhesion of dirt or obstruction to the sensor hicle information display.
tem display may blink when the radar sensor detects area
Action to take:
objects on the side of the vehicle jA or on the side of • When a wheel slips
the road j A . This may cause the ICC system to decel- If the warning message appears, stop the ve-
erate or accelerate the vehicle. The radar sensor may • When the radar signal is temporarily interrupted hicle in a safe place, place the shift lever in the
detect these objects when the vehicle is driven on “P” (Park) position and turn the engine off. When
Warning and display
winding roads, narrow roads, hilly roads or when en- the radar signal is temporarily interrupted, clean
tering or exiting a curve. In these cases you will have Condition A: the sensor area of the front bumper and restart
to manually control the proper distance ahead of your Under the following conditions, the Intelligent the engine. If the “Front Radar obstructed” warn-
vehicle. Cruise Control (ICC) system is automatically can- ing message continues to be displayed, have the
celled. The chime will sound and the [Not avail- ICC system checked by an INFINITI Centre or
Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affected by qualified workshop.
able] warning message will appear in the vehicle
vehicle operation (steering manoeuvre or driv-
information display:
ing position in the lane) or traffic or vehicle con-
dition (for example, if a vehicle is being driven • When the VDC or ESP system is turned off.
with some damage).
• When the ABS, VDC or ESP system (including the
Automatic cancellation traction control system) operates.
A chime sounds under the following conditions • When a tyre slips.
and the control is automatically cancelled.
• When the radar signal is temporarily interrupted.
Condition C: CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed) CRUISE Conventional (fixed speed) cruise
CONTROL MODE control switch
This mode allows driving above approximately
40 km/h (25 MPH) without keeping your foot on
the accelerator pedal.

mode, a warning chime does not sound to warn
you if you are too close to the vehicle ahead, as nei-
ther the presence of the vehicle ahead nor the ve-
JVS0221XZ hicle-to-vehicle distance is detected.
• Pay special attention to the distance between your JVS0279XZ
When the ICC system is not operating properly, vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you or a collision
the chime sounds and the ICC system warning could occur. 1. RES (+) switch:
(orange) will appear.
• Always confirm the setting in the Intelligent Cruise Resumes set speed or increases speed incre-
Action to take: Control (ICC) system display. mentally.
If the warning appears, stop the vehicle in a safe • Do not use the conventional (fixed speed) cruise 2. SET (–) switch:
place and place the shift lever in the P (Park) control mode when driving under the following con-
Sets the desired cruise speed, reduces speed
position. Turn the engine off, restart the engine, ditions:
incrementally.
resume driving and set the ICC system again.
– when it is not possible to keep the vehicle
3. CANCEL switch:
If it is not possible to set the system or the indi- at a set speed
cator stays on, it may indicate that the ICC sys- Deactivates the system without erasing the
– in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in
tem is malfunctioning. Although the vehicle is set speed.
speed
still driveable under normal conditions, have
4. MAIN switch:
the vehicle checked at an INFINITI Centre or – on winding or hilly roads
qualified workshop. Master switch to activate the system.
– on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.)
Sensor maintenance 5. Speed limiter MAIN switch. (For details, see
– in very windy areas
“Speed limiter” earlier in this section. When this
For the radar sensor maintenance, see “Sensor – Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle con- switch is pushed, the ICC system will turn off.)
maintenance” earlier in this section. trol and result in an accident.

Conventional (fixed speed) cruise 2. Set vehicle speed indicator: position, the system is also automatically
control mode display and indicators turned off. To use the Intelligent Cruise Control
This indicator indicates the set vehicle
(ICC) system again, quickly push and release the
speed.
MAIN switch (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
Operating conventional (fixed speed) mode) or push and hold it (conventional cruise
cruise control mode control mode) again to turn it on.
CAUTION
To avoid accidentally engaging cruise control, make
sure to turn the MAIN switch off when not using the
ICC system.
JVS0317XZ
The display is located in the vehicle information

display.
JVS0280XZ
1. Cruise indicator:
This indicator indicates the condition of ICC To turn on the conventional (fixed speed) cruise
system depending on a colour. control mode, push and hold the MAIN switch
jA for longer than about 1.5 seconds.
• Cruise control ON indicator (white): JVS0281XZ
When pushing the MAIN switch on, the conven-
Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON.
tional (fixed speed) cruise control mode display
To set cruising speed, accelerate your vehicle to
• Cruise control set indicator (green): and indicators are displayed in the vehicle infor-
the desired speed, push the SET (–) switch and
Displays while the vehicle speed is con- mation display. After you hold the MAIN switch
release it. (The cruise control set indicator
trolled by the conventional (fixed speed) on for longer than about 1.5 seconds, the Intel-
(green) and set vehicle speed indicator come
cruise control mode of the ICC system. ligent Cruise Control (ICC) system display turns
on.) Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. Your
off. The cruise indicator appears. You can now
vehicle will maintain the set speed.
• Cruise control system warning (orange): set your desired cruising speed. Pushing the
Indicates that there is a malfunction in the MAIN switch again will turn the system com- • To pass another vehicle, depress the accelera-
ICC system. pletely off. tor pedal. When you release the pedal, the
vehicle will return to the previously set
When the ignition switch is pushed to the “OFF”
speed.

• The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when 2. Push and hold the SET (–) switch. Release Warning
going up or down steep hills. If this happens, manu- the switch when the vehicle slows down to
ally maintain vehicle speed. the desired speed.
To cancel the preset speed, use one of the fol- 3. Push, then quickly release the SET (–) switch.
lowing three methods: Each time you do this, the set speed will de-
crease by about 1.6 km/h (1 MPH).
1. Push the CANCEL button. The vehicle speed
indicator will turn off. To resume the preset speed, push and release
the RES (+) switch. The vehicle will resume the
2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle speed indi-
last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed
cator will turn off.
is over 40 km/h (25 MPH).
JVS0306XZ
3. Turn the MAIN switch off. Both the cruise in-
dicator and vehicle speed indicator will turn Automatic cancellation
off. A chime sounds under the following conditions When the system is not operating properly, the
and the control is automatically cancelled. chime sounds and the colour of the cruise indi-
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of cator will change to orange.
the following three methods: • When the vehicle slows down more than 13 km/h Action to take:
(8 MPH) below the set speed
1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When the ve-
hicle attains the desired speed, push and re- • When the clutch pedal is depressed If the colour of the cruise indicator changes to
orange, stop the vehicle in a safe place and place
lease the SET (–) switch.
• When the shift lever is shifted to the N (Neutral) the shift lever in the “P” (Park) position. Turn
2. Push and hold the RES (+) switch. When the position the engine off, restart the engine, resume driv-
vehicle attains the desired speed, release the
switch. • When the VDC or ESP system (including the trac- ing and then perform the setting again.
tion control system) operates If it is not possible to set or the indicator stays
3. Push, then quickly release the RES (+) switch.
Each time you do this, the set speed will in- • When a wheel slips on, it may indicate that the system is malfunc-
tioning. Although the vehicle is still driveable
crease by about 1.6 km/h (1 MPH). under normal conditions, have the vehicle
To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one of checked at an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-
the following three methods: shop.
1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle

attains the desired speed, push the SET (–)
switch and release it.

DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST (DCA) SYSTEM
(where fitted)
The Distance Control Assist (DCA) system brakes PRECAUTIONS ON DCA SYSTEM • This system will not adapt automatically to road
and moves the accelerator pedal upward accord- conditions. Do not use the system on roads with
ing to the distance from and the relative speed sharp curves, or on icy roads, in heavy rain or in
of the vehicle ahead to help assist the driver to fog.
maintain a following distance.
The radar sensor will not detect the following
objects:
WARNING
• Stationary and slow moving vehicles
• Always drive carefully and attentively when using
the DCA system. Read and understand the Own- • Pedestrians or objects in the roadway
er’s Manual thoroughly before using the DCA sys-
tem. To avoid serious injury or death, do not rely JVS0235XZ
• Oncoming vehicles in the same lane
on the system to prevent accidents or to control • Motorcycles travelling offset in the travel lane
the vehicle’s speed in emergency situations. Do The system is intended to assist the driver to
not use the DCA system except in appropriate road keep a following distance from the vehicle ahead WARNING
travelling in the same lane and direction.
and traffic conditions.
• As there is a performance limit to the distance con-
• If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle If the radar sensor j
A detects a slower moving trol function, never rely solely on the DCA system.
decelerates to a standstill within the limitations of vehicle ahead, the system will reduce the ve- This system does not correct careless, inattentive
the system. The system will cancel once it judges hicle speed to help assist the driver to maintain or absent-minded driving, or overcome poor vis-
that the vehicle has come to a standstill with a a following distance. ibility in rain, fog, or other bad weather. Deceler-
warning chime. To prevent the vehicle from mov- ate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake
The system automatically controls the throttle
ing, the driver must depress the brake pedal. pedal, depending on the distance to the vehicle
and applies the brakes (up to approximately
ahead and the surrounding circumstances in order
• The DCA system will not apply brake control while 40% of vehicle braking power) if necessary.
to maintain a safe distance between vehicles.
the driver’s foot is on the accelerator pedal.
The detection range of the sensor is approxi-
mately 200 m (650 ft) ahead.
• The system may not detect the vehicle in front of
you in certain road or weather conditions. To avoid
accidents, never use the DCA system under the fol-
WARNING lowing conditions:
• This system is only an aid to assist the driver and – On roads with sharp curves.
the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely – On slippery road surfaces such as on ice
and be in control of the vehicle at all times. or snow, etc.

– During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). tance Control Assist (DCA) system may not be lane ahead or if a vehicle travelling ahead rap-
able to decelerate the vehicle under some cir- idly decelerates, the distance between vehicles
– When rain, snow or dirt adhere to the sys-
cumstances. may become closer because the DCA system
tem sensor.
The DCA system uses a sensor j
cannot decelerate the vehicle quickly enough. If
A located be-
– On steep downhill roads (frequent brak- this occurs, the DCA system will sound a warn-
hind the lower grille of the front bumper to de-
ing may result in overheating the brakes). ing chime and blink the system display to notify
tect vehicles travelling ahead.
– On repeated uphill and downhill roads. the driver to take necessary action.
The following are some conditions in which the
– When towing a trailer (for Europe). See “Approach warning” later in this section.
sensor cannot detect the signals:
This system only brakes and moves the accel-
• In some road or traffic conditions, a vehicle or ob- • When the snow or road spray from travelling ve- erator pedal upward to help assist the driver to
ject can unexpectedly come into the sensor detec- hicles reduces the sensor’s visibility
tion zone and cause automatic braking. You may maintain a following distance from the vehicle
need to control the distance from other vehicles • When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the ahead. Acceleration should be operated by the
rear seat or the luggage room of your vehicle driver.
using the accelerator pedal. Always stay alert and
avoid using the DCA system when it is not recom- The DCA system is designed to automatically The DCA system does not control vehicle speed
mended in this section. check the front radar’s operation. When the front or warn you when you approach stationary and
radar area of the front bumper is covered with slow moving vehicles. You must pay attention to
DCA SYSTEM OPERATION dirt or is obstructed, the system will automati- vehicle operation to maintain proper distance
cally be cancelled. If the front radar is covered from vehicles ahead.
with ice, a transparent or translucent vinyl bag,
etc., the DCA system may not detect them. In
these instances, the DCA system may not be able
to decelerate the vehicle properly. Be sure to
check and clean the sensor area regularly.
The DCA system is designed to help assist the
driver to maintain a following distance from the
vehicle ahead. The system will decelerate as
JVS0235XZ
necessary and if the vehicle ahead comes to a
stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill.
Always pay attention to the operation of the ve- However, the DCA system can only apply up to
hicle and be ready to manually decelerate to approximately 40% of the vehicle’s total brak-
maintain the proper following distance. The Dis- ing power. If a vehicle moves into the travelling

SSD0252Z
The detection zone of the sensor is limited. A

vehicle ahead must be in the detection zone for
the system to operate.
A vehicle ahead may move outside of the detec-
set from the centerline of the lane. A vehicle that
is entering the lane ahead may not be detected
until the vehicle has completely moved into the
lane. If this occurs, the system may warn you by
blinking the system indicator and sounding the
chime. The driver may have to manually control
the proper distance away from vehicle travel-
ling ahead.

• Driver assist system forward indicator (orange):
Indicates whether there is a malfunction
in the DCA system.
2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:
Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in front
of you.
Operating DCA system

SSD0253Z
When driving on some roads, such as winding, DCA system display and indicators
under construction, the sensor may detect ve-
hicles in a different lane, or may temporarily not
detect a vehicle travelling ahead. This may cause
the system to work inappropriately.
The detection of vehicles may also be affected JVS0288XZ
The DCA system turns on when the dynamic
condition. If this occurs, the system may warn
driver assistance switch on the steering wheel
you by blinking the system indicator and sound- JVS0225XZ
is pushed when the [Distance Control Assist] is
ing the chime unexpectedly. You will have to
enabled in the settings menu on the lower dis-
manually control the proper distance away from The display is located between the speedometer play. The driver assist system forward indicator
the vehicle travelling ahead. and tachometer. (green) appears in the vehicle information dis-
1. Driver assist system forward indicator play when the DCA system is turned on.
• Driver assist system forward indicator (green): The system will start to operate after the vehicle
speed becomes above approximately 5 km/h (3
Indicates that the DCA system is ON.
MPH).

How to enable/disable the DCA system: For details about the INFINITI Drive Mode Se-
lector, see “INFINITI drive mode selector” earlier
in this section.
• When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)/

Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) system is off
(To use the DCA system, turn on the VDC or ESP,
then push the dynamic driver assistance switch.)
For details about the VDC/ESP system, see
“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system” earlier in
JVS0246XZ
this section or “Electronic Stability Programme
(ESP) system” earlier in this section.
Perform the following steps to enable or disable • When ABS, VDC or ESP (including the traction con-
the DCA system. trol system) is operating
1. Push the MENU j 1 button and touch [Driver When the Conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-
Assist] on the lower display. trol mode is operating, the DCA system will not
operate. (To use the DCA system, turn the Con-
2. Touch [Forward Assist].
ventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode off,
3. Touch [Distance Control Assist] to enable or then push the dynamic driver assistance
disable the system. switch.)
Under the following conditions, the DCA system For details about the Conventional (fixed speed)
will not operate and the [Not available] warning cruise control mode, see “Intelligent Cruise Control
message will appear in the vehicle information (ICC) system (where fitted for Automatic Transmission
display: (AT) model)” earlier in this section.
• When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector is turned to When the engine is turned off, the DCA system
the SNOW mode (To use the DCA system, turn the is automatically turned off.
INFINITI Drive Mode Selector to a mode other than
the SNOW mode, then turn on the dynamic driver
assistance switch.)

When brake operation by the driver is
required:
The system alerts the driver by a warning chime
and blinking the vehicle ahead detection indica-
tor. If the driver’s foot is on the accelerator pedal
after the warning, the system moves the accel-
erator pedal upward to assist the driver to switch
to the brake pedal.
JVS0244XZ
The stop lights of the vehicle come on when
braking is performed by the DCA system.
System operation The Distance Control Assist (DCA) system helps When the brake operates, a noise may be heard.
assist the driver to keep a following distance to This is not a malfunction.
1. System set display with a vehicle ahead
the vehicle ahead by braking and moving the
2. System set display without a vehicle ahead accelerator pedal upward in the normal driving WARNING
condition.
3. System set display with a vehicle ahead
(brake operation is necessary)
• When the vehicle ahead detection indicator is not
When a vehicle ahead is detected: illuminated, the system will not control or warn
the driver.
The vehicle ahead detection indicator comes on.
WARNING
When the vehicle approaches a vehicle ahead:
• Depending on the position of the accelerator
The Distance Control Assist (DCA) system automati- pedal, the system may not be able to assist the
cally decelerates your vehicle to help assist the driver • If the driver’s foot is not on the accelerator pedal, driver to release the accelerator pedal appropri-
to maintain a following distance from the vehicle the system activates the brakes to decelerate ately.
ahead. Manually brake when deceleration is required smoothly as necessary. If the vehicle ahead comes
to maintain a safe distance upon sudden braking by to a stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill • If the vehicle ahead comes to a standstill, the ve-
hicle decelerates to a standstill within the limita-
the vehicle ahead or when a vehicle suddenly appears within the limitations of the system.
tions of the system. The system will release brake
in front of you. Always stay alert when using the DCA
system.
• If the driver’s foot is on the accelerator pedal, the control with a warning chime once it judges the
system moves the accelerator pedal upward to as- vehicle is at a standstill. To prevent the vehicle
sist the driver to release the accelerator pedal. from moving, the driver must depress the brake
pedal. (The system will resume control automati-
cally once the system reaches 5 km/h (3 MPH).)

Overriding the system: The warning chime may not sound in some cases when the vehicle is driven on winding roads, narrow
when there is a short distance between vehicles. roads, hilly roads or when entering or exiting a curve.
The following driver’s operation overrides the
Some examples are: In these cases you will have to manually control the
system operation.
proper distance ahead of your vehicle.
• When the driver depresses the accelerator pedal • When the vehicles are travelling at the same speed
and the distance between vehicles is not changing Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affected by
even further while the system is moving the accel-
vehicle operation (steering manoeuvre or driv-
erator pedal upward, the DCA system control of the • When the vehicle ahead is travelling faster and the ing position in the lane) or traffic or vehicle con-
accelerator pedal is cancelled. distance between vehicles is increasing
dition (for example, if a vehicle is being driven
• When the driver’s foot is on the accelerator pedal, • When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle with some damage).
the brake control by the system is not operated.
The driver assist system forward indicator (or- Automatic cancellation
• When the driver’s foot is on the brake pedal, nei- ange) blinks and the warning chime will not
Condition A:
ther the brake control nor the alert by the system sound when your vehicle approaches vehicles
operates. that are parked or moving slowly. Under the following conditions, the Distance
Control Assist (DCA) system is automatically
• When the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system is
cancelled. The chime will sound and the [Not
set, the DCA system will be cancelled.
available] warning message will appear in the
Approach warning vehicle information display. The system will not
If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead be able to be set.
due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or if • When the ESP system is turned off.
driver with the chime and DCA system display. • When the ABS, ESP system (including the traction
control system) operates.
Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal to
maintain a safe vehicle distance if: SSD0284AZ
the SNOW mode
NOTE
• The vehicle ahead detection indicator blinks. • When the radar signal is temporarily interrupted.
The approach warning chime may sound and the driver Action to take:
• The driver assist system forward indicator (orange) assist system forward indicator (orange) may blink
blinks. when the radar sensor detects objects on the side of When the conditions listed above are no longer
the vehicle j
A or on the side of the road j
A . This may present, turn the DCA system back on to use the
cause the DCA system to decelerate or accelerate the system.
vehicle. The radar sensor may detect these objects

FORWARD EMERGENCY BRAKING SYSTEM
(where fitted)
Condition B: vehicle in a safe place and place the shift lever The forward emergency braking system can as-
in the “P” (Park) position. Turn the engine off, sist the driver when there is a risk of a forward
When the radar sensor area of the front bumper
restart the engine, and turn on the DCA system collision with the vehicle ahead in the travelling
again. lane.
impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the DCA
system is automatically cancelled. If it is not possible to set the system or the indi-
cator stays on, it may indicate that the system
The chime will sound, the driver assist system
is malfunctioning. Although the vehicle is still
forward indicator (orange) and the [Front Radar
driveable under normal conditions, have the ve-
obstructed] warning message will appear in the
hicle checked at an INFINITI Centre or qualified
vehicle information display.
workshop.
Action to take:
Sensor maintenance
If the driver assist system forward indicator (or-
The radar sensor for the DCA system is common
ange) and the warning message appear, stop the
with the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system JVS0235XZ
vehicle in a safe place and place the shift lever
and is located behind the lower grille of the front
in the “P” (Park) position., turn the engine off.
bumper. The forward emergency braking system uses a
When the radar signal is temporarily inter-
rupted, clean the sensor area of the front For the sensor maintenance, see “Sensor radar sensor j A located behind the lower grille
bumper and restart the engine. If the warning maintenance” earlier in this section. of the front bumper to measure the distance to
message continues to be displayed, have the the vehicle ahead in the travelling lane.
DCA system checked by an INFINITI Centre or The forward emergency braking system oper-
qualified workshop. ates at speeds above approximately 5 km/h (3
MPH).
Condition C:
When the DCA system is not operating properly, For Automatic Transmission (AT) model:
the chime sounds, the driver assist system for- If there is a risk of a collision, the forward emer-
ward indicator (orange) and the system [System gency braking system issues a visual and au-
fault] warning message will appear in the vehicle dible warning and pushes the accelerator pedal
information display. up. If the driver releases the accelerator pedal,
Action to take: then the forward emergency braking system ap-
plies partial braking. If the driver does not take
If the driver assist system forward indicator (or- action, the forward emergency braking system
ange) and the warning message appear, stop the issues the second visual and audible warning.

And if the risk of a collision becomes imminent, SYSTEM OPERATION
the forward emergency braking system applies
harder braking. Warning Visual Audible
For Manual Transmission (MT) model:
m
If there is a risk of a collision, the forward emer-
First warning Chime
gency braking system issues a visual and au-
dible warning. If the driver does not take action,
the forward emergency braking system issues
the second visual and audible warning, and ap-
plies partial braking. And if the risk of a collision
m
becomes imminent, the forward emergency Second warning High pitched chime
braking system applies harder braking.
WARNING 1. Driver assist system forward indicator

2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator
• The forward emergency braking system is a
supplemental aid to the driver. It is not a replace-
ment for the driver’s attention to traffic conditions
or responsibility to drive safely. It cannot prevent
accidents due to carelessness or dangerous driv-
ing techniques.
• The forward emergency braking system does not

function in all driving, traffic, weather and road
conditions.

The forward emergency braking system will the first warning to the driver by flashing the The automatic braking will cease under the fol-
function when your vehicle is driven at speeds driver assist system forward indicator (orange) lowing conditions:
above approximately 5 km/h (3 MPH). and providing an audible warning.
• When the steering wheel is turned as far as neces-
For Automatic Transmission (AT) model: If the driver applies the brakes quickly and force- sary to avoid a collision.
fully after the warning, and the forward emer-
If a risk of a forward collision is detected, the
gency braking system detects that there is still
• When the accelerator pedal is depressed.
forward emergency braking system will provide
the first warning to the driver by flashing the
the possibility of a forward collision, the system • When there is no longer a vehicle detected ahead.
will automatically increase the braking force. If the forward emergency braking system has
driver assist system forward indicator (orange)
and the vehicle ahead detection indicator (or- If the driver does not take action, the forward stopped the vehicle, the vehicle will remain at a
ange), and providing an audible warning. In ad- emergency braking system issues the second vi- standstill for approximately 2 seconds before
dition, the forward emergency braking system sual (red) and audible warning. If the driver re- the brakes are released.
pushes the accelerator pedal up. If the driver leases the accelerator pedal, then the system
releases the accelerator pedal, then the system applies partial braking. WARNING
applies partial braking.
And if the risk of a collision becomes imminent, • The radar sensor does not detect the following ob-
If the driver applies the brakes quickly and force- the forward emergency braking system applies jects:
fully after the warning, and the forward emer- harder braking automatically.
– Pedestrians, animals or obstacles in the
gency braking system detects that there is still
NOTE roadway
the possibility of a forward collision, the system
will automatically increase the braking force. The vehicle’s stop lights come on when braking is per- – Oncoming vehicles
formed by the forward emergency braking system.
If the driver does not take action, the forward – Crossing vehicles
emergency braking system issues the second vi- Depending on vehicle speed and distance to the
– The radar sensor has some performance
sual (red) and audible warning. vehicle ahead, as well as driving and roadway
limitations. For stationary vehicles, the
conditions, the system may help the driver avoid
And if the risk of a collision becomes imminent, forward emergency braking system will
a forward collision or may help mitigate the con-
the forward emergency braking system applies not function when the vehicle is driven at
sequences if a collision should one be unavoid-
harder braking automatically. speeds over approximately 70 km/h (45
able.
MPH).
For Manual Transmission (MT) model:
If the driver is handling the steering wheel, ac-
If a risk of a forward collision is detected, the celerating or braking, the forward emergency
forward emergency braking system will provide braking system will function later or will not
function.

– The radar sensor may not detect a vehicle Turning the forward emergency
ahead in the following conditions: braking system ON/OFF
– Dirt, ice, snow or other material covering
the radar sensor.
– Interference by other radar sources.
– Snow or road spray from travelling ve-
hicles.
– If the vehicle ahead is narrow (e.g. motor-
JVS0299XZ
cycle).
Forward emergency braking system warning light
– When driving on a steep downhill slope (orange)
JVS0246XZ
When the forward emergency braking system is
or roads with sharp curves.
turned off, the forward emergency braking sys-
– When towing a trailer (for Europe). Perform the following steps to turn the forward tem warning light (orange) will illuminate.
emergency braking system on or off.
• In some road or traffic conditions, the forward The forward emergency braking system will be
emergency braking system may unexpectedly 1. Push the MENU button j 1 and touch [Driver automatically turned ON when the engine is re-
push the accelerator pedal up or apply partial brak- Assist] on the lower display. started.
ing. When acceleration is necessary, continue to 2. Touch [Emergency Assist]. NOTE
depress the accelerator pedal to override the sys-
tem. 3. Touch [Forward emergency braking] to turn When the forward emergency braking system setting
the system ON/OFF. is turned ON or OFF, the predictive forward collision
• Braking distances increase on slippery surfaces.
warning system is also turned ON or OFF simulta-
• Excessive noise will interfere with the warning neously.
chime sound, and the chime may not be heard.
System temporarily unavailable
Condition A:
When the radar sensor picks up interference
from another radar source, making it impossible
to detect a vehicle ahead, the forward emer-
gency braking system is automatically turned
off. The forward emergency braking system

warning light (orange) and the driver assist sys- Condition C (AT model only): emergency braking system checked by an
tem forward indicator (orange) will illuminate. INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.
When the accelerator pedal actuator detects
Action to take: that the internal motor temperature is high, the Sensor maintenance
forward emergency braking system is automati-
When the above conditions no longer exist, the For the radar sensor maintenance, see “Sensor
cally turned off. The forward emergency braking
forward emergency braking system will resume maintenance” earlier in this section.
system warning light (orange) and the driver as-
automatically.
sist system forward indicator (orange) will illu-
Condition B: minate and the [Not available High accelerator
When the sensor area of the front bumper is cov- temperature] warning message will appear in
ered with dirt or is obstructed, making it impos- the vehicle information display.
sible to detect a vehicle ahead, the forward Action to take:
emergency braking system is automatically
turned off. The forward emergency braking sys-
forward emergency braking system will resume
tem warning light (orange) and the driver assist
automatically.
system forward indicator (orange) will illumi-
nate, and the [Front Radar obstructed] warning System malfunction
message will appear in the vehicle information
If the forward emergency braking system mal-
display.
functions, it will be turned off automatically, a
Action to take: chime will sound, the forward emergency brak-
ing system warning light (orange) and the driver
If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop the
assist system forward indicator (orange) will il-
vehicle in a safe place, place the shift lever in
luminate and the warning message [System
the “P” (Park) position and turn the engine off
fault] will appear in the vehicle information dis-
and turn the engine off. Clean the radar cover on
play.
lower grille with a soft cloth, and restart the en-
gine. If the warning light continues to illuminate, Action to take:
have the forward emergency braking system
If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop the
checked by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-
vehicle in a safe location and place the shift le-
shop.
ver in the “P” (Park) position, turn the engine off
and restart the engine. If the warning light con-
tinues to illuminate, have the forward

PREDICTIVE FORWARD COLLISION WARNING SYSTEM (where fitted)
SYSTEM OPERATION
NSD443
JVS0235XZ
j
1 First vehicle
j
2 Second vehicle
The predictive forward collision warning system
can help alert the driver when there is a sudden
braking of a second vehicle j 2 travelling in front
of the vehicle ahead j 1 , travelling in the same
lane.
JVS0225XZ
1. Driver assist system forward indicator

2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator
The predictive forward collision warning system
uses a radar sensor j A located behind the front
bumper to measure the distance to a second ve-
hicle ahead in the travelling lane. The predictive
forward collision warning system operates at
speeds above approximately 5 km/h (3 MPH). If

there is a potential risk of a forward collision, – Oncoming vehicles
the predictive forward collision warning system
– Crossing vehicles
will warn the driver by blinking the driver assist
system forward indicator and the vehicle ahead • The predictive forward collision warning system
detection indicator, and sounding a warning does not function when a vehicle ahead is a narrow
tone. vehicle, such as a motorcycle.
Precautions on the predictive forward • The radar sensor may not detect a second vehicle
collision warning system ahead in the following conditions:
– Snow or heavy rain
– Dirt, ice, snow or other material covering
the radar sensor
– Interference by other radar sources
– Snow or road spray from travelling ve-
hicles is splashed
– Driving in a tunnel
JVS0295XZ
– Towing a trailer (for Europe)
WARNING
• The predictive forward collision warning system

helps warn the driver before a collision but will not
avoid a collision. It is the driver’s responsibility to
stay alert, drive safely and be in control of the ve-
hicle at all times.
• The radar sensor does not detect the following ob-

jects:
– Pedestrians, animals or obstacles in the
roadway

JVS0296XZ
JVS0297XZ
WARNING
• The radar sensor may not detect a second vehicle

when the vehicle ahead is being towed.
• When the distance to the vehicle ahead is too

close, the beam of the radar sensor is obstructed.

Action to take:
predictive forward collision warning system will
resume automatically.
Condition B:
When the sensor area of the front bumper is cov-
ered with dirt or is obstructed, making it impos-
sible to detect a vehicle ahead, the predictive
JVS0298XZ forward collision warning system is automati-
cally turned off. The forward emergency braking
System temporarily unavailable system warning light (orange) and the driver as-
WARNING sist system forward indicator (orange) will illu-
minate and the [Front Radar obstructed] warn-
• The radar sensor may not detect a second vehicle
ing message will appear in the vehicle informa-
when driving on a steep downhill slope or on roads
tion display.
with sharp curves.
Action to take:
• Excessive noise will interfere with the warning
tone sound, and it may not be heard. If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop the
vehicle in a safe place, place the shift lever in
NOTE
the “P” (Park) position and turn the engine off.
When the forward emergency braking system setting Clean the radar cover on lower grille with a soft
JVS0299XZ
is turned ON or OFF, the predictive forward emergency cloth, and restart the engine. If the warning light
Forward emergency braking system warning light
warning system is also turned ON or OFF simulta- (orange) continues to illuminate, have the predictive for-
neously. Condition A: ward collision warning system checked by an
When the radar sensor picks up interference
from another radar source, making it impossible System malfunction
to detect a vehicle ahead, the predictive forward
If the predictive forward collision warning sys-
collision warning system is automatically turned
tem malfunctions, it will be turned off automati-
off. The forward emergency braking system
cally, a chime will sound, the forward emergency
warning light (orange) and the driver assist sys-
braking system warning light (orange) and the
tem forward indicator (orange) will illuminate.

PARKING
driver assist system forward indicator (orange)

will illuminate, and the system [System fault] WARNING
message will appear in the vehicle information
display.
• Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable ma-
terials such as dry grass, waste paper or rags. They
Action to take: may ignite and cause a fire.
If the warning light (orange) illuminates, stop • Safe parking procedures require that both the
the vehicle in a safe location and place the shift parking brake be applied and the shift lever placed
lever in the “P” (Park) position, turn the engine into the P (Park) position for Automatic Transmis-
off and restart the engine. If the warning light sion (AT) model or in an appropriate gear for
continues to illuminate, have the predictive for- Manual Transmission (MT) model. Failure to do so
ward collision warning system checked by an could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or
INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop. roll away and result in an accident.
Sensor maintenance • When parking the vehicle, make sure the shift le-
ver is moved to the P (Park) position. The shift le-
For the radar sensor maintenance, see “Sensor ver cannot be moved out of the P (Park) position
maintenance” earlier in this section. without depressing the footbrake pedal (AT
model).
• Never leave the engine running while the vehicle

is unattended.
• Never leave children or adults who would normally

require the support of others alone in the vehicle.
Pets should not be left alone either. They could
unknowingly activate switches or controls and in-
advertently become involved in a serious accident
and injure themselves. On hot, sunny days, tem-
peratures in a closed vehicle could quickly become
high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal ill-
ness to people and animals.

HEADED UPHILL WITH KERB j
2
Turn the wheels away from the kerb and al-
low the vehicle to move back until the kerb
side wheel gently touches the kerb. Then ap-
ply the parking brake.
HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, WITHOUT
KERB j
3
Turn the wheels toward the side of the road
SSD0488Z so the vehicle will move away from the centre
Left-Hand Drive (LHD) model of the road if the vehicle moves. Then apply
the parking brake.
4. Push the ignition switch to the “OFF” posi-
tion.
SSD0489Z
Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model
3. To help prevent the vehicle from moving into
1. Firmly apply the parking brake. traffic when parked on an incline, it is a good
2. Automatic Transmission (AT) model: Move practice to turn the wheels as illustrated.
the shift lever to the P (Park) position. HEADED DOWNHILL WITH KERB j
1
Manual Transmission (MT) model: Move the Turn the wheels into the kerb and move the
shift lever to the R (Reverse) position. When vehicle forward until the kerb side wheel gen-
parking on an uphill grade, move the shift tly touches the kerb. Then apply the parking
lever to the “1” (1st) position. brake.

TRAILER TOWING (except for Europe) TRAILER TOWING (for Europe)
Your vehicle was designed to be used to carry Your new vehicle was designed to be used pri- – Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system
passengers and luggage. INFINITI does not rec- marily to carry passengers and luggage.
– Blind Spot Intervention system
ommend trailer towing, because it places addi-
Towing a trailer will place additional loads on
tional loads on your vehicle’s engine, drivetrain, – Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) sys-
your vehicle’s engine, drive train, steering, brak-
steering, braking and other systems. tem
ing and other systems. The towing of a trailer
CAUTION will exaggerate other conditions such as sway – Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system
caused by crosswinds, rough road surfaces or – Distance Control Assist (DCA) system
Vehicle damage resulting from towing a trailer is not
passing trucks.
covered by the warranty. – Forward emergency braking system
Your driving style and speed must be adjusted
according to the circumstances. Before towing a – Predictive forward collision warning sys-
trailer, see an INFINITI Centre or qualified work- tem
shop for an explanation about the proper use of
towing equipment.
• Follow the trailer manufacturer’s instructions.
• Choose proper coupling devices (trailer hitch,
OPERATING PRECAUTIONS safety chain, roof carrier, etc.) for your vehicle and
trailer. These devices are available from an INFINITI
• Avoid towing a trailer during the break-in period. Centre or qualified workshop where you can also
• Before driving, make sure that the lighting system obtain more detailed information about trailer tow-
of the trailer works properly. ing.
• Observe the legal maximum speeds for trailer op- • Never allow the total trailer load (trailer weight plus
eration. its cargo weight) to exceed the maximum set for
Do not exceed 100 km/h (62 MPH). (for Eu- the vehicle and the coupling device. See an INFINITI
rope) Centre or qualified workshop for more information.
• Avoid abrupt starts, accelerations and stops. • The trailer must be loaded so that heavy goods are
placed over the axle. The maximum allowable ver-
• Avoid sharp turns and lane changes. tical load on the trailer hitch must not be exceeded.
• Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed. • Have your vehicle serviced more often than at the
• Do not use the following systems (where fitted) intervals specified in a separate maintenance
booklet.
while towing a trailer:
– Active Lane Control

• Trailer towing requires more fuel than under nor- If parking on a steep slope is unavoidable, place
mal circumstances because of a considerable in- the shift lever in the P (Park) position (Automatic
crease in traction power and resistance. Transmission (AT) model), or the shift lever in an
appropriate position (Manual Transmission (MT)
While towing a trailer, check the engine coolant
model) and turn the front wheels towards the
temperature indicator to prevent the vehicle
kerb.
from overheating.
TYRE PRESSURE TRAILER DETECTION (where fitted)

When towing a trailer with a genuine INFINITI
When towing a trailer, inflate the vehicle tyres to
tow bar electrical kit and the turn signal switch
the maximum recommended COLD tyre pressure
is used, the electrical system of the vehicle will
(for full loading) indicated on the tyre placard.
detect the additional electrical load of the trailer
Do not tow a trailer when the vehicle is installed lighting. As a result, the direction indicator tone
with a temporary spare tyre or a compact spare will be different.
tyre.
SAFETY CHAINS
Always use a suitable chain between the vehicle
and trailer. The chain should be crossed and
should be attached to the hitch, not to the ve-
hicle bumper or axle. Be sure to leave enough
slack in the chain to permit turning corners.
TRAILER BRAKES
Ensure that trailer brakes are installed as re-
quired by local regulations. Also check that all
other trailer equipment conforms to local regu-
lations.
Always block the wheels on both the vehicle and
trailer when parking. Apply the hand brake on
the trailer where fitted. Parking on a steep slope
is not recommended.

POWER STEERING
WARNING
If the engine is not running or is turned off while driv-
ing, the power assist for the steering will not work.
The steering will be harder to operate.
HYDRAULIC PUMP ELECTRIC POWER

STEERING TYPE
WARNING
When the power steering warning light illuminates
with the engine running, the power assist for the
steering will cease operation. You will still have con-
trol of the vehicle, but the steering will be much harder
to operate.
The hydraulic pump electric power steering sys-
tem is designed to provide power assistance
while driving to operate the steering wheel with
light force.
When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly
or continuously while parking or driving at a very
NSD441
low speed, the power assist for the steering
wheel will be reduced. This is to prevent over-
COUPLING DEVICE INSTALLATION • The coupling device, mounting points and installa- heating of the hydraulic pump electric power
tion parts on your vehicle: as shown as an example steering system and protect it from getting dam-
INFINITI recommends that the coupling device
in the illustration. aged. While the power assist is reduced, steer-
for trailer towing be installed under the follow-
ing conditions: • Rear overhang of coupling device j
A : 1,171 mm
ing wheel operation will become heavy. If the
steering wheel operation is still performed, the
(46.1 in).
• Maximum permissible vertical load on the coupling power steering may stop and the hydraulic
device: 981 N (100 kg, 221 lb). Follow all of the coupling device manufacturer’s pump electric power steering warning light will
instructions for installation and use. illuminate. Stop the engine and push the igni-

tion switch to the “OFF” position. The tempera- DIRECT ADAPTIVE STEERING TYPE gine. If the power steering warning light continues
ture of the hydraulic pump electric power steer- to illuminate, have the system checked by an
ing system will go down and the power assist WARNING INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop. For VDC/ESP
level will return to normal after starting the en- system, see “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
gine. The hydraulic pump electric power steer- When the power steering warning light illuminates system” earlier in this section or “Electronic Sta-
ing warning light will go off. Avoid repeating with the engine running, the power assist for the bility Programme (ESP) system” earlier in this sec-
such steering wheel operations that could cause steering will cease operation. You will still have con- tion.
the hydraulic pump electric power steering sys- trol of the vehicle, but the steering will be harder to
tem to overheat. operate. • Do not place the ignition switch in the ON position
while the steering wheel or a tyre is removed.
You may hear a noise from the front of the ve- CAUTION
hicle when the steering wheel is operated. This • If wheels or tyres other than the INFINITI recom-
• Do not turn the steering wheel as much as pos-
sible while the ignition switch is in any position
is not a malfunction. mended ones are used, Direct Adaptive Steering other than the ON position.
If the power steering warning light illuminates may not operate properly and the power steering
while the engine is running, it may indicate the warning light may illuminate. • Installing an accessory on the steering wheel, or
changing the steering wheel, may reduce the
hydraulic pump electric power steering system • Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension. If suspen- steering performance.
is not functioning properly and may need servic- sion parts such as shock absorbers, struts,
ing. Have the hydraulic pump electric power springs, stabiliser bars, bushings and wheels are Direct Adaptive Steering is designed to control
steering system checked by an INFINITI Centre not INFINITI recommended for your vehicle or are the steering force and steering angle according
or qualified workshop. extremely deteriorated, Direct Adaptive Steering to the vehicle speed and amount of turning of
may not operate properly and the power steering the steering wheel.
When the power steering warning light illumi-
nates with the engine running, the power assist warning light may illuminate. The steering characteristic can be selected us-
for the steering will cease operation but you will • Do not modify the vehicle’s steering. If steering ing the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector. See
“INFINITI drive mode selector” earlier in this section.
still have control of the vehicle. At this time, parts are not INFINITI recommended for your ve-
greater steering efforts are required to operate hicle or are extremely deteriorated, Direct Adap- When the SPORT mode is selected using the
the steering wheel, especially in sharp turns and tive Steering may not operate properly and the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector or “Quick” is se-
at low speeds. power steering warning light may illuminate. lected under the PERSONAL mode, the setting of
• If the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)/Electronic the steering response becomes moderate if the
VDC/ESP system is turned off.
Stability Program (ESP) warning light illuminates,
the power steering warning light may also illumi- If the power steering warning light illuminates
nate at the same time. Stop the vehicle in a safe while the engine is running, it may indicate that
location, turn the engine off and restart the en-

Direct Adaptive Steering is not functioning prop- tion, stop the vehicle in a safe location and stop To return to the normal position, drive the vehicle
erly and may need servicing. Have the system operating the steering wheel. Then drive the ve- on a straight road for a period of time.
checked by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work- hicle for a short period of time.
shop. (See “ Power steering warning light” in the
• After the engine is started, the steering wheel may
Condition B move if the steering wheel was turned to the fully
“2. Instruments and controls” section.)
locked position while the ignition switch was in the
When the power steering warning light illumi-
• When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly or
“OFF” position.
continuously while parking or driving at a very low
nates with the engine running, the power assist
for the steering will cease operation. You will
speed. In this case, the power assist for the steer- • After the vehicle is tested on the 4-wheel dyna-
ing wheel will be reduced. mometer, the steering wheel may turn slightly even
still have control of the vehicle. However, greater
when driving on a straight road. To return the steer-
steering effort will be needed, especially in To return the steering wheel to the normal posi-
ing wheel to the normal position, drive the vehicle
sharp turns and at low speeds. tion, stop the vehicle in a safe location and wait
on a straight road for a period of time.
for a period of time, without operating the steer-
If Direct Adaptive Steering is malfunctioning, the
ing wheel, until the temperature of Direct Adap- You may hear a noise under the following condi-
steering wheel may turn slightly even when driv-
tive Steering cools down. Avoid repeated steer- tions. However, this is not a malfunction.
ing on a straight road.
ing wheel operations that could cause Direct
Under the following conditions, the steering Adaptive Steering to overheat.
• When the engine is started or stopped.
wheel may turn slightly even when driving on a
When the vehicle is tested on the 2-wheel dyna-
• When the steering wheel is turned in the full lock
straight road. This is due to a protection mecha- position.
mometer, the power steering warning light may
nism for Direct Adaptive Steering. The steering
illuminate. To turn off the power steering warn-
wheel will return to the normal position after the
ing light, stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn
protection mechanism is deactivated.
the engine off, restart the engine, and then drive
Condition A the vehicle for a period of time.
• When the battery is discharged The following conditions do not indicate a mal-
function of Direct Adaptive Steering.
• When the engine is stalled or likely to be stalled
• When the steering wheel is held in the full lock po- • You may notice wider steering play when the igni-
tion switch is in the “OFF” or ACC position com-
sition or when the front tyre touches an obstruc-
pared to when it is in the ON position.
tion.
To return the steering wheel to the normal posi- • After the engine is started, the steering wheel may
turn slightly even when driving on a straight road.

BRAKE SYSTEM
BRAKING PRECAUTIONS While driving on a slippery surface, be careful BRAKE ASSIST

when braking, accelerating or downshifting.
The brake system has two separate hydraulic When the force applied to the brake pedal ex-
Abrupt braking or acceleration could cause the
circuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will still ceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist is acti-
wheels to skid and result in an accident.
have braking at two wheels. vated generating greater braking force than a
Wet brakes conventional brake booster even with light
Vacuum assisted brakes pedal force.
When the vehicle is washed or driven through
The brake booster aids braking by using engine
water, the brakes may get wet. As a result, your
vacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop the WARNING
braking distance will be longer and the vehicle
vehicle by depressing the foot brake pedal. How-
may pull to one side during braking. The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist braking op-
ever, greater foot pressure on the footbrake
pedal will be required to stop the vehicle. The To dry the brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe eration and is not a collision warning or avoidance
stopping distance will be longer. speed while lightly depressing the footbrake device. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert,
pedal to heat up the brakes. Do this until the drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
If the engine is not running or is turned off while
brakes return to normal. Avoid driving the ve-
driving, the power assisted brakes will not func- ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
hicle at high speeds until the brakes function
tion. Braking will be harder.
correctly.
WARNING
WARNING Parking brake running-in The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) is a sophisticated
Do not coast with the engine stopped. Run in the parking brake shoes whenever the device, but it cannot prevent accidents resulting from
stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened careless or dangerous driving techniques. It can help
Using brakes or whenever the parking brake shoes and/or maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery
Avoid resting your foot on the footbrake pedal drums/rotors are replaced, in order to assure surfaces. Remember that stopping distances on slip-
while driving. This will overheat the brakes, wear the best braking performance. pery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces
out the brake linings/pads faster, and increase even with ABS. Stopping distances may also be longer
This procedure is described in the vehicle ser-
fuel consumption. on rough, gravel or snow covered roads, or if you are
vice manual and can be performed by an INFINITI
using tyre chains. Always maintain a safe distance
To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the Centre or qualified workshop.
from the vehicle in front of you. Ultimately, the driver
brakes from overheating, reduce speed and
is responsible for safety.
downshift to a lower gear before going down a
slope or long grade. Overheated brakes may re- Tyre type and condition may also affect braking
duce braking performance and could result in effectiveness.
loss of vehicle control.

• When replacing tyres, install the specified size of Self-test feature tion may indicate that road conditions are haz-
tyres on all four wheels. ardous and extra care is required while driving.
The ABS includes electronic sensors, electric
• When installing a spare tyre, make sure that it is pumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. The
the proper size and type as specified on the tyre computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that
placard. (See “Tyre placard” in the “9. Technical tests the system each time you start the engine
information” section.) and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward
or reverse. When the self-test occurs, you may
• For detailed information, see “Tyres and wheels” hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in
in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-
the brake pedal. This is normal and does not
tion.
indicate a malfunction. If the computer senses a
The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controls the malfunction, it switches the ABS off and illumi-
brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard nates the ABS warning light on the instrument
braking or when braking on slippery surfaces. panel. The brake system then operates
The system detects the rotation speed at each normally, but without anti-lock assistance. If the
wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to pre- ABS warning light illuminates during the self-
vent each wheel from locking and sliding. By test or while driving, have the vehicle checked
preventing each wheel from locking, the system by an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.
helps the driver maintain steering control and
helps to minimise swerving and spinning on Normal operation
slippery surfaces. The ABS operates at speeds above 5 to 10 km/h
(3 to 6 MPH). The speed varies according to road
Using system
conditions.
Depress the brake pedal and hold it down. De-
When the ABS senses that one or more wheels
press the brake pedal with firm steady pressure,
are close to locking up, the actuator rapidly ap-
but do not pump the brakes. The ABS will oper-
plies and releases hydraulic pressure. This ac-
ate to prevent the wheels from locking up. Steer
tion is similar to pumping the brakes very
the vehicle to avoid obstacles.
quickly. You may feel a pulsation in the brake
pedal and hear a noise from under the bonnet or
WARNING
feel a vibration from the actuator when it is op-
Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so may result in erating. This is normal and indicates that the
increased stopping distances. ABS is operating properly. However, the pulsa-

VEHICLE SECURITY COLD WEATHER DRIVING
When leaving your vehicle unoccupied: maintain maximum efficiency, the battery
WARNING should be checked regularly. For details, see
• Always take the key with you - even when leaving
the vehicle in your own garage. • Whatever the condition, drive with caution. Accel- “Battery” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”
section.
erate and decelerate with great care. If accelerat-
• Close all windows completely and lock all doors. ing or decelerating too fast, the drive wheels will
ENGINE COOLANT
• Always park your vehicle where it can be seen. Park lose even more traction.
If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti-
in a well lit area during the night.
• Allow more stopping distance in cold weather driv-
freeze, drain the cooling system, including the
• If the security system is equipped, use it - even for ing. Braking should be started sooner than on dry
pavement.
engine block. Refill before operating the vehicle.
a short period. For details, see “Checking engine coolant level” in
• Never leave children or pets in the vehicle unat- • Keep at a greater distance from the vehicle in front the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.
tended. of you on slippery roads.
TYRE EQUIPMENT
• Never leave valuables inside the vehicle. Always • Wet ice (0°C, 32°F and freezing rain), very cold
1. If you have snow tyres installed on the front/
take valuables with you. snow and ice can be slick and very difficult to drive
rear wheels of your vehicle, they should be of
on. The vehicle will have a lot less traction or grip
• Never leave the vehicle documents in the vehicle. under these conditions. Try to avoid driving on wet
the same size, loading range, construction
and type (bias, bias-belted or radial) as the
• Never leave articles on a roof rack. Remove them ice until the road is salted or sanded.
rear/front tyres.
from the rack and keep and lock them in a safe
place such as inside the boot.
• Watch for slippery spots (glaring ice). These may
2. If the vehicle is to be operated in severe win-
appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded ar-
ter conditions, snow tyres should be installed
• Never leave the spare key in the vehicle. eas. If a patch of ice is seen ahead, brake before
on all four wheels.
reaching it. Try not to brake while actually on the
ice, and avoid any sudden steering manoeuvres. 3. For additional traction on icy roads, studded
tyres may be used. However, some countries,
• Do not use cruise control on slippery roads.
provinces and states prohibit their use.
• Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gas under your Check local, state and provincial laws before
vehicle. Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and installing studded tyres.
from around your vehicle.
Skid and traction capabilities of studded
BATTERY snow tyres, on wet or dry surfaces, may be
poorer than that of non-studded snow tyres.
If the battery is not fully charged during
extremely cold weather conditions, the battery 4. Snow chains may be used if desired. Make
fluid may freeze and damage the battery. To sure they are the proper size for the tyres on

your vehicle and are installed according to • Securely block the wheels.
the chain manufacturer’s instructions. Use
chain tensioners when recommended by the CORROSION PROTECTION
tyre chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit. Chemicals used for road surface deicing are ex-
Loose end links of the tyre chains must be tremely corrosive and will accelerate corrosion
secured or removed to prevent the possibil- and the deterioration of underbody components
ity of whipping action damage to the fenders such as the exhaust system, fuel and brake
or underbody. In addition, drive at a reduced lines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders.
speed, otherwise, your vehicle may be dam-
In the winter, the underbody must be cleaned
aged and/or vehicle handling and perfor-
periodically. For additional information, see
mance may be adversely affected.
“Corrosion protection” in the “7. Appearance and
SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT care” section.
It is recommended that the following items be For additional protection against rust and corro-
carried in the vehicle during the winter: sion, which may be required in some areas, con-
sult an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.
• A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to remove ice and
snow from the windows.
• A sturdy, flat board to be placed under the jack to

give it firm support.
• A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts.

PARKING BRAKE
When parking in the area where the outside tem-
perature is below 0°C (32°F), do not apply the
parking brake to prevent it from freezing. For
safe parking:
• Place the shift lever in the P (Park) position (Auto-

matic Transmission (AT) model).
• Place the shift lever in the “1” (1st) or R (Reverse)

gear (Manual Transmission (MT) model).

ACTIVE NOISE CONTROL/ACTIVE SOUND CONTROL
ACTIVE NOISE CONTROL

The active noise control system uses micro-
phones j 1 located inside the vehicle to detect
engine booming noises. The system then auto-
matically produces a muted engine booming
noise through the speakers j 2 and woofer j 3
(where fitted) to reduce engine booming noise.
If the microphone j1 or the area around it is
tapped, abnormal noise may be output from the
speaker.
ACTIVE SOUND CONTROL

The active sound control generates sounds ac-
cording to engine speed and driving modes
through the speakers j
2 and woofer j 3 (where
fitted) to enhance the quality of the engine
sound.
JVS0263X
NOTE • Do not change or modify speakers including the

woofer and any audio related parts such as the am-
To operate the active noise control system properly:
plifier.
• Do not cover the speakers or woofer. • Do not make any modification including sound
• Do not cover the microphones. deadening or modifications around the micro-
phones, speakers or woofer.

NOTE

6 In case of emergency
Hazard warning flasher switch ........................... 6-2 Jump starting.................................................... 6-10

Emergency stop signal ...................................... 6-2 Main battery (for all models) ......................... 6-12
Flat tyre............................................................ 6-2 Auxiliary battery (where fitted) ...................... 6-14
Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ....... 6-2 Push starting .................................................... 6-16
Run-flat tyres (where fitted)........................... 6-3 Engine overheat................................................ 6-16
Stopping vehicle .......................................... 6-4 Towing your vehicle........................................... 6-17
Changing flat tyre......................................... 6-4 Towing precautions ...................................... 6-17
Repairing flat tyre (for model with Towing recommended by INFINITI .................. 6-17
emergency tyre puncture repair kit) ............... 6-7
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH EMERGENCY STOP SIGNAL FLAT TYRE
The Emergency Stop Signal will blink the stop If you have a flat tyre, follow the instructions in
lights and high-mounted stop light to prevent a this section.
rear-end collision, when a sudden braking op-
For models with run-flat tyres, you can continue
eration is detected.
driving to a safe location even if they are punc-
The Emergency Stop Signal operates in the fol- tured. See “Run-flat tyres (where fitted)” later in this
lowing conditions: section and “Run-flat tyres (where fitted)” in the
“8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.
• When the vehicle speed is above 60 km/h (37 MPH).
• When the system detects a sudden braking while TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM
SIC2574Z the foot brake is applied. (TPMS)
The Emergency Stop Signal will not operate in
The hazard indicator flasher switch operates re- WARNING
the following conditions:
gardless of the ignition switch position except
when the battery is discharged. • When the hazard indicator flasher operates. • Radio waves could adversely affect electric medi-
cal equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should
The hazard indicator flasher is used to warn • When the system does not detect a sudden brak- contact the electric medical equipment manufac-
other drivers when you have to stop or park un- ing. turer for the possible influences before use.
der emergency conditions. • If the low tyre pressure warning light illuminates
When the hazard indicator flasher switch is while driving, avoid sudden steering manoeuvres
pushed, all turn signal lights will flash. To turn or abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull off
off the hazard indicator flasher, push the hazard the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as
indicator flasher switch again. soon as possible. Serious vehicle damage could
occur and may lead to an accident and could result
in serious personal injury. Check the tyre pressure
for all four tyres. Adjust the tyre pressure to the
recommended COLD tyre pressure shown on the
tyre placard to turn the low tyre pressure warning
light off. If the light still illuminates while driving
after adjusting the tyre pressure, a tyre may be
flat. If you have a flat tyre, replace it with a spare
tyre (where fitted) or repair it with the emergency
tyre puncture repair kit (where fitted).
6-2 In case of emergency

• When a spare tyre is mounted or a wheel is re- For more details, see “Low tyre pressure warning off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle
placed, the TPMS will not function and the low tyre light” in the “2. Instruments and controls” section and as soon as possible. The tyre may be seriously
pressure warning light will flash for approximately “Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the damaged and need to be replaced.
1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. “5. Starting and driving” section.
CAUTION
Contact an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop
as soon as possible for tyre replacement and/or RUN-FLAT TYRES (where fitted) • Never install tyre chains on a punctured run-flat
system resetting. Run-flat tyres are those tyres that can be used tyre, as this could damage your vehicle.

temporarily if they are punctured. (See “Run-flat
tyres (where fitted)” in the “8. Maintenance and
• Avoid driving over any projection or pothole, as
by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the the clearance between the vehicle and the ground
do-it-yourself” section.) is smaller than normal.
TPMS.
• Do not inject any tyre liquid or aerosol tyre sealant

Also, see the tyre safety information in a sepa-
rate warranty booklet.
• Do not enter an automated car wash with a punc-
into the tyres, as this may cause a malfunction of tured run-flat tyre.
the tyre pressure sensors (for models not equipped
with the emergency tyre puncture repair kit). WARNING • Have the punctured tyre inspected by an INFINITI
Centre or qualified workshop or other authorised
• INFINITI recommends using only Genuine NISSAN • Although you can continue driving with a punc- repair shop. Replace the tyre as soon as possible if
Emergency Tyre Sealant provided with your tured run-flat tyre, remember that vehicle handling the tyre is seriously damaged.
vehicle. Other tyre sealants may damage the valve stability is reduced, which could lead to an acci-
If you have a flat tyre and have to stop the ve-
stem seal which can cause the tyre to lose air pres- dent and personal injury. Also, driving a long dis-
hicle, follow the instructions below.
sure (for models equipped with the emergency tyre tance at high speeds may damage the tyres.
1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and away
puncture repair kit). • Do not drive at speeds above 80 km/h (50 MPH)
from traffic.
The Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) and do not drive more than approximately 150 km
monitors tyre pressure of all tyres. When the low (93 miles) with a punctured run-flat tyre. The ac- 2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
tyre pressure warning light is lit and the “Low tual distance the vehicle can be driven on a flat
3. Park on a level surface and apply the parking
Tyre Pressure” warning appears in the vehicle tyre depends on outside temperature, vehicle
brake.
information display, one or more of your tyres is load, road conditions and other factors.
4. Automatic transmission model: Move the
significantly under-inflated. If the vehicle is be-
ing driven with low tyre pressure, the TPMS will
• Drive safely at reduced speeds. Avoid hard corner-
shift lever to the P (Park) position.
ing or braking, which may cause you to lose con-
activate and warn you of it by the low tyre pres- trol of the vehicle. Manual transmission model: Move the shift
sure warning light (in the meter). This system lever to the R (Reverse) position.
will activate only when the vehicle is driven at • If you detect any unusual sounds or vibrations
while driving with a punctured run-flat tyre, pull 5. Turn off the engine.
speeds above 25 km/h (16 MPH).
In case of emergency 6-3

6. Raise the bonnet to warn other traffic, and to 5. Automatic Transmission (AT) model: Move the CHANGING FLAT TYRE
signal professional road assistance person- shift lever to the P (Park) position.
nel that you need assistance. Blocking wheels
Manual Transmission (MT) model: Move the
7. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and shift lever to the R (Reverse) position.
stand in a safe place, away from traffic and
6. Turn off the engine.
clear of the vehicle.
7. Open the bonnet and set up the triangle re-
For the tyre removing procedure, see “Changing
flector (where fitted):
flat tyre” later in this section.
STOPPING VEHICLE
• To warn other traffic.
• To signal professional road assistance person-
nel that you need assistance.
WARNING MCE0001DZ
8. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and
• Be sure to apply the parking brake firmly.
stand in a safe place, away from other traffic
• Be sure to move the shift lever to the P (Park) posi- and clear of the vehicle. WARNING
tion (Automatic Transmission (AT) model). Be sure to block the appropriate wheel to prevent the
For models equipped with a spare tyre or an
• Be sure to move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) emergency tyre puncture repair kit: vehicle from moving, which may cause personal in-
jury.
position (Manual Transmission (MT) model).
Carefully read the instructions provided in the
• Never change tyres when the vehicle is on a slope, appropriate section see “Repairing flat tyre (for Place suitable blocks j 1 at both the front and
ice or slippery area. This is hazardous. model with emergency tyre puncture repair kit)” later back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat
in this section. tyre j A to prevent the vehicle from moving when
• Never change tyres when the oncoming traffic is it is jacked up.
close to your vehicle. Call for professional road as-
sistance.
1. Safely move the vehicle off the road away
from traffic.
2. Turn on the hazard indicator flasher lights.
3. Park on a level surface.

Removing tyre • Never start or run the engine while the vehicle is
on the jack. The vehicle may move suddenly, and
this may cause an accident.
• Never allow passengers to remain in the vehicle

while the tyre is off the ground.
• Be sure to read the caution label attached to the

jack body before using.
CE1089-AZ
Jack-up points
WARNING
• Be sure to read and follow the instructions in this

section.
• DO NOT GET UNDER A VEHICLE THAT IS SUPPORTED

BY A JACK.
• Never use a jack which was not provided with your

vehicle.
• The jack, which is provided with your vehicle, is

designed only to lift your vehicle during a tyre
change.
• Never jack up the vehicle at a location other than

the jack-up point that is specified.
• Never lift the vehicle more than necessary.
• Never use blocks on or under the jack.

• Never use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts.
This may cause the wheel nuts to become loose.
SCE0504Z
JVE0141XZ
Jacking up vehicle 6. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jack lever
and rod with both hands and turn the jack
1. Place the jack directly under the jack-up point
lever. 1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be-
as illustrated so that the top of the jack con-
tween the wheel and hub.
tacts the vehicle at the jack-up point. Removing tyre
2. Carefully put the spare tyre on and tighten
The jack should be placed on firm level 1. Remove the wheel nuts.
the wheel nuts with your fingers. Check that
ground.
2. Remove the damaged tyre. all the wheel nuts contact the wheel surface
2. Align the jack head between the two notches horizontally.
CAUTION
located at the jack-up point of either the front
3. Tighten the wheel nuts alternately and
or the rear section. The tyre is heavy. Be sure that your feet are clear from
evenly, more than 2 times in the sequence as
the tyre and use gloves as necessary to avoid injury.
3. Fit the groove of the jack head between the illustrated (j
1 to j 5 ), with the wheel nut
notches as shown. Installing spare tyre wrench, until they are tight.
4. Loosen each wheel nut, anticlockwise, one 4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tyre
or two turns with the wheel nut wrench. WARNING
touches the ground.
Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tyre • Never use wheel nuts which are not provided with
5. Tighten the wheel nuts securely, with the
is off the ground. your vehicle. Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly
wheel nut wrench, in the sequence as illus-
tightened wheel nuts may cause the wheel to be-
trated.
5. Carefully raise the vehicle until the clearance come loose or come off. This could cause an acci-
between the tyre and ground is achieved. dent. 6. Lower the vehicle completely.

Tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque Stowing damaged tyre and tools • Keep water and dust off the emergency tyre punc-
with a torque wrench as soon as possible. ture repair kit.
Wheel nut tightening torque:
108 N·m (11 kg-m, 80 ft-lb)
WARNING
• Do not disassemble or modify the emergency tyre
Be sure that the tyre, jack and tools are properly stored puncture repair kit.
The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to speci-
fication at all times. It is recommended that the
after use. Such items can become dangerous projec-
tiles in an accident or sudden stop.
• Do not galvanise the emergency tyre puncture re-
pair kit.
wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each
lubrication interval. 1. Securely store the damaged tyre, jack and
tools in the storage area.
• Do not use the emergency tyre puncture repair kit
under the following conditions. Contact an INFINITI
WARNING 2. Place the boot floor carpeting over the dam- Centre or qualified workshop or professional road
aged tyre. assistance.
Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been
driven for 1,000 km (600 miles) (also in case of a flat 3. Close the boot. – when the sealant has passed its expira-
tyre, etc.). tion date (shown on the label attached to
REPAIRING FLAT TYRE (for model with the bottle)
For models equipped with the Tyre emergency tyre puncture repair kit)
– when the cut or the puncture is approxi-
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) CAUTION mately 6 mm (0.25 in) or longer
• After adjusting the tyre pressure, the TPMS must • INFINITI recommends using only Genuine NISSAN – when the side of the tyre is damaged
be reset. See “Tyre Pressure Monitoring System
Emergency Tyre Sealant provided with your
(TPMS)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section for – when the vehicle has been driven with a
vehicle. Other tyre sealants may damage the valve
details about the resetting procedure. considerable loss of air from the tyre
stem seal which can cause the tyre to lose air pres-
• After adjusting tyre pressure to the COLD tyre pressure. – when the tyre is completely displaced in-
sure, the display of the tyre pressures (where fitted side or outside the rim
in the vehicle information display) may show • Do not use the emergency tyre puncture repair kit
provided with your vehicle on other vehicles. – when the tyre rim is damaged
higher pressure than the COLD tyre pressure after
the vehicle has been driven more than 1.6 km (1 • Do not use the emergency tyre puncture repair kit – when two or more tyres are flat
mile). This is because the tyre pressurises as the for a purpose other than to inflate and check the
tyre temperature rises. This does not indicate a sys- tyre pressure for the vehicle.
tem malfunction.
• Use the emergency tyre puncture kit only on
DC12V.

Getting emergency tyre puncture Before using emergency tyre puncture
repair kit repair kit
• If any foreign object (for example, a screw or nail)
is embedded in the tyre, do not remove it.
• Check the expiration date of the sealant (shown on

the label attached to the bottle). Never use a seal-
ant whose expiration date has passed.
Repairing tyre
SCE0867Z
WARNING
JVE0140XZ 1. Take out the speed restriction sticker from the
Observe the following precautions when using the
air compressor*, then put it in a location
emergency tyre puncture repair kit.
Take out the emergency tyre puncture repair kit where the driver can see it while driving.
from the boot. • Swallowing the compound is dangerous. Immedi-
*: The compressor shape may differ depend-
ately drink as much water as possible and seek
The repair kit consists of the following items: ing on the models.
prompt medical assistance.
j
1 Tyre sealant bottle CAUTION
• Rinse well with lots of water if the compound
j
2 Air compressor* comes into contact with skin or eyes. If irritation Do not put the speed restriction label on the steer-
j
3 Speed restriction sticker persists, seek prompt medical attention. ing wheel pad, the speedometer or the warning
light locations.
*: The compressor shape may differ depending • Keep the repair compound out of the reach of chil-
on the models. dren.
NOTE • The emergency repair compound may cause a mal-

function of the air valve. Have the air valve replaced
For models with the emergency tyre puncture repair as soon as possible.
kit, a spare tyre and jacking tools are not equipped as
standard with this vehicle. Contact an INFINITI Centre
or qualified workshop about acquiring them.

valve. Make sure that the pressure release
valve jB is securely tightened. Make sure
that the air compressor switch is in the OFF
(C) position, and then insert its power plug
into the power outlet in the vehicle.
SCE0869Z
3. Remove the cap of the tyre sealant bottle, and

screw the bottle clockwise onto the bottle
holder. (Leave the bottle seal intact. Screw-
SCE0871Z
ing the bottle onto the bottle holder will
pierce the seal of the bottle.)
6. Push the ignition switch to the ACC position.
4. Remove the cap of the tyre valve on the flat
Then turn the compressor switch to the ON
tyre.
(−) position and inflate the tyre up to the
pressure that is specified on the tyre placard
affixed to the driver’s side centre pillar if pos-
sible, or to the minimum of 180 kPa (26 psi).
SCE0868
Turn the air compressor off briefly in order to
check the tyre pressure with the pressure
2. Take the hose j 1 and the power plug j 2 out gauge.
of the air compressor. Remove the cap of the
bottle holder from the air compressor. If the tyre is inflated to higher than the speci-
fied pressure, adjust the tyre pressure by re-
SCE0870Z leasing air with the pressure release valve.
The cold tyre pressures are shown on the tyre
placard affixed to the driver’s side centre pil-
5. Remove the protective cap j
A of the hose
lar.
and screw the hose securely onto the tyre

JUMP STARTING
CAUTION 8. Immediately drive the vehicle for 10 minutes

or 3 km (2 miles) at a speed of 80 km/h (50 WARNING
• An incomplete connection between the hose
and tyre valve causes air leakage or sealant
MPH) or less. • Incorrect jump starting can lead to a battery explo-
scatter. 9. After driving, make sure that the air compres- sion. The battery explosion may result in severe
sor switch is in the OFF position, then screw injury or death. It may also result in damage to the
• Do not stand directly beside the damaged tyre
the hose securely onto the tyre valve. Check vehicle. Be sure to follow the instructions in this
while it is being inflated because of the risk of section.
the tyre pressure with the pressure gauge.
rupture. If there are any cracks or bumps, turn
the compressor off immediately.
The temporary repair is completed if the tyre
pressure does not drop.
• Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the
vicinity of the battery. Keep all sparks and flames
• There is a possibility that the pressure reaches
Make sure the pressure is adjusted to the away from the battery.
600 kPa while the tyre is being inflated, but it
is normal condition. Usually the pressure will
pressure that is specified on the tyre placard
before driving.
• Always wear suitable eye protection and remove
drop in about 30 seconds. rings, bracelets, and any other jewellery whenever
10. If the tyre pressure drops, repeat the steps working on or near a battery.
• Do not operate the compressor for more than
10 minutes.
from 5. If the pressure drops again or under
130 kPa (19 psi), the tyre cannot be repaired
• Never lean over the battery while jump starting.
If the tyre pressure does not increase to 180 kPa with this tyre repair kit. Contact an INFINITI • Never allow battery fluid to come into contact with
(26 psi) within 10 minutes, the tyre may be seri- eyes, skin, clothes or the vehicle’s painted sur-
ously damaged and the tyre cannot be repaired faces. Battery fluid is a corrosive sulphuric acid
CAUTION which can cause severe burns. If the fluid comes
with this tyre repair kit. Contact an INFINITI
Centre or qualified workshop. Do not reuse the tyre sealant bottle or the hose. into contact with anything, immediately flush the
contacted area with plenty of water.
7. When the tyre pressure is reaching the speci- For a new tyre sealant bottle and hose, see an INFINITI
fied pressure or is at the minimum of 180 kPa Centre or qualified workshop. • Keep the battery out of the reach of children.
(26 psi), turn the air compressor off. Remove
the power plug from the power outlet and
After repairing tyre • The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts. Use
of an incorrectly rated battery will damage your
quickly remove the hose from the tyre valve. See an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop for vehicle.
Attach the protective cap and valve cap. tyre repair/replacement as soon as possible.
CAUTION
• Never attempt to jump start a frozen battery. It
could explode and cause serious injury.
Leave the tyre sealant bottle on the bottle holder
in order to prevent sealant from spilling out.

For model with Stop/Start System:
The vehicle has 2 batteries, a main battery and
an auxiliary battery. The engine cannot be
started if either battery is discharged. First, ap-
ply the following procedure to the main battery
to jump-start the engine.
If the engine does not start, apply the procedure
to the auxiliary battery. For the position of the
batteries, see “Engine compartment” in the “0. Illus-
trated table of contents” section or “Battery” in the
“8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.
NOTE
• Use the special battery that is enhanced in regard

to the charge-discharge capacity and life perfor-
mance. Avoid using a non-special battery for this
vehicle as this may cause early deterioration of
the battery or a malfunction of the Stop/Start Sys-
tem. For the battery, it is recommended to use
Genuine NISSAN parts. For more information, con-
tact an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.
• It may take some time until the Stop/Start System

2.0L turbo petrol engine
JVE0184X
activates when the battery is replaced or the bat-

tery terminal is disconnected for extended periods
and then reconnected.

3. Automatic Transmission (AT) model: Move the
shift lever to the N (Neutral) position.
4. Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems
(headlights, heater, air conditioner, etc.).
5. Push the ignition switch to the “OFF” posi-
tion.
6. Remove the vent caps, where fitted, on the
battery.
7. Cover the battery with a firmly wrung out
moist cloth j
C to reduce the hazard of an ex-
plosion.
See “Auxiliary battery location” in the “8. Mainte-
nance and do-it-yourself” section when you ac-
cess the battery.
JVE0195X
2.2L diesel engine
MAIN BATTERY (for all models) • If the battery is discharged, the steering wheel
will lock and cannot be turned with the ignition
1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle j
A ,
switch in the “OFF” position. Supply power us-
position the two vehicles j A and j B to bring
ing jumper cables before pushing the ignition
the batteries into close proximity to each JVE0148XZ
switch to any position other than the “OFF” po-
other. 2.2L diesel engine
sition and disengaging the steering lock.
CAUTION
• Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

11. Depress the accelerator pedal of the booster
vehicle j
A at about 2,000 rpm.
12. Start the engine of the jumped vehicle j
B in
the normal manner.
CAUTION
Never keep the starter motor engaged for more
than 10 seconds. If the engine does not start right
away, push the ignition switch to the LOCK posi-
JVE0185XZ tion and wait at least 10 seconds before trying
2.0L turbo petrol engine again.
8. For 2.2L diesel engine model: Pull up the 13. After the engine is started, carefully discon-
front of the engine cover j
D , then pull for- nect the jumper cables in the opposite se-
ward j E and remove it. quence from that illustrated (j 4 , j 3 , j
2 ,
For 2.0L turbo petrol engine model: Pull up j1 ).
the engine cover jF and remove it. 14. Remove and dispose of the cloth properly
9. Connect the jumper cables in the sequence as it may be contaminated with corrosive
as illustrated (j
1 ,j
2 ,j
3 ,j4 ). acid.
CAUTION 15. Replace the vent caps, if removed.
• Always connect positive (+) to positive (+) and 16. Put the battery cover and the engine com-
partment cover back to the original location.
negative (–) to body ground, NOT to the bat-
tery’s negative (–). NOTE
• Be sure that the jumper cables do not touch For model with Stop/Start System, if the engine can-
moving parts in the engine compartment. not be started after the procedure above, the auxiliary
• Be sure that the jumper cable’s clamps do not batteries may be discharged. Connect the jumper
cables to the auxiliary battery.
contact any other metal.
10. Start the engine of the booster vehicle j
A
and let it run for a few minutes.

JVE0142XZ
AUXILIARY BATTERY (where fitted) 4. Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems
(headlights, heater, air conditioner, etc.).
1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle j
A ,
position the two vehicles j A and j B to bring 5. Push the ignition switch to the “OFF” posi-
the batteries into close proximity to each tion.
other.
CAUTION
• Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.
• If the battery is discharged, the steering wheel

will lock and cannot be turned with the ignition
switch in the “OFF” position. Supply power us-
ing jumper cables before pushing the ignition
switch to any position other than the “OFF” po-
sition and disengaging the steering lock.
3. Automatic Transmission (AT) model: Move the
shift lever to the N (Neutral) position.

16. Replace the boot trim.
NOTE
• If the engine cannot be started after the procedure

above, both the main and the auxiliary batteries
may be discharged. Jump-start the vehicle using
the procedure for jump-starting the main and the
auxiliary battery at the same time.
• If the engine cannot be started, even when the

JVE0143XZ main and the auxiliary batteries are jump-started
at the same time, contact an INFINITI Centre or
6. Open the boot. 11. Depress the accelerator pedal of the booster qualified workshop.
vehicle j
7. Remove the clip j
C j
A at about 2,000 rpm.
D , then remove the rear
boot trim. 12. Start the engine of the jumped vehicle j
B in
the normal manner.
8. Remove the vent caps, where fitted, on the
battery. CAUTION
9. Connect the jumper cables in the sequence Never keep the starter motor engaged for more
as illustrated (j
1 ,j
2 ,j
3 ,j4 ). than 10 seconds. If the engine does not start right
away, push the ignition switch to the LOCK posi-
CAUTION
tion and wait at least 10 seconds before trying
• Always connect positive (+) to positive (+) and again.
negative (–) to body ground, NOT to the bat-
13. After the engine is started, carefully discon-
tery’s negative (–).
nect the jumper cables in the opposite se-
• Be sure that the jumper cables do not touch quence from that illustrated (j 4 , j 3 , j
2 ,
moving parts in the engine compartment. j1 ).
• Be sure that the jumper cable’s clamps do not 14. Remove and dispose of the cloth properly
contact any other metal. as it may be contaminated with corrosive
10. Start the engine of the booster vehicle j
A acid.
and let it run for a few minutes. 15. Replace the vent caps, if removed.

PUSH STARTING ENGINE OVERHEAT
Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing. 4. Automatic Transmission (AT) model: Move
WARNING the shift lever to the P (Park) position.
CAUTION
• Never continue driving if your vehicle overheats. Manual Transmission (MT) model: Move the
• Automatic Transmission (AT) models cannot be Doing so could cause engine damage and/or a ve- shift lever to the N (Neutral) position.
push-started or tow-started. Attempting to do so hicle fire.
may cause transmission damage. DO NOT STOP THE ENGINE.
• Never open the bonnet if steam is coming out.
• Never try to start the vehicle by towing it; when 5. Open all the windows.
the engine starts, the forward surge could cause • Never remove the radiator cap while the engine is
6. Turn off the air conditioner. Move the tem-
the vehicle to collide with the tow vehicle. hot. If the radiator cap is removed when the en-
gine is hot, pressurised hot water will spurt out perature control to maximum hot and the fan
and possibly cause burning, scalding or serious control to high speed.
injury. 7. Get out of the vehicle.
• If steam or coolant is coming from the engine, 8. Visually inspect and listen for steam or cool-
stand clear of the vehicle to prevent getting ant escaping from the radiator before open-
scalded. ing the bonnet. Wait until no steam or cool-
• The engine cooling fan can start at any time when ant can be seen before proceeding.
the coolant temperature exceeds preset degrees. 9. Open the engine bonnet.
• Be careful not to allow your hands, hair, jewellery 10. Visually inspect if the cooling fan is running.
or clothing to come into contact with, or to get
caught in the cooling fan or drive belts. 11. Visually inspect the radiator and radiator
hoses for leakage. If the cooling fan is not
If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by the running or the coolant is leaking, stop the
high temperature indicator), or if you feel a lack engine.
of engine power, detect unusual noise, etc., take
the following steps: 12. After the engine cools down, check the cool-
ant level in the reservoir tank with the en-
1. Safely move the vehicle off the road away gine running. Do not open the radiator cap.
from traffic.
13. Add coolant to the reservoir tank if neces-
2. Turn on the hazard indicator flashers. sary.
3. Apply the parking brake. Have your vehicle inspected/repaired at an

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE
When towing your vehicle, local regulations for

towing must be followed. Incorrect towing
equipment could damage your vehicle. To assure
proper towing and to prevent accidental dam-
age to your vehicle, INFINITI recommends that
you have professional road assistance person-
nel tow your vehicle. It is advisable to have the
professional road assistant carefully read the
following precautions.
SCE0788Z
TOWING PRECAUTIONS
Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models
• Be sure that the transmission, steering system and TOWING RECOMMENDED BY INFINITI Rear wheels on the ground:
powertrain are in working condition before towing.
If any units are damaged, the vehicle must be towed Towing Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) model INFINITI recommends that towing dollies be
using a dolly or flatbed tow truck. used under the rear wheels when towing your
CAUTION
vehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flatbed tow
• INFINITI recommends that your vehicle be towed Never secure the steering wheel by pushing the igni- truck as illustrated.
with the driving wheels off the ground.
tion switch to the “OFF” position. This may damage
CAUTION
• Always attach safety chains before towing. the steering lock mechanism.
Never tow Automatic Transmission (AT) model with the
Front wheels on the ground: rear wheels on the ground. Doing so will cause seri-
1. Push the ignition switch to the ON position ous and expensive damage to the drivetrain.
and turn all accessories off.
Manual Transmission (MT) model:
2. Secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead
If you have to tow a MT vehicle with rear wheel
position with rope or similar device.
on the ground, perform the following proce-
3. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) posi- dures.
tion.
CAUTION
4. Release the parking brake.
Observe the following restricted towing speeds and
5. Attach safety chains before towing. distances.
• Speed: Below 80 km/h (50 MPH)

• Distance: Less than 80 km (50 miles) 1. Push the ignition switch to the ON position the pulling device straight out from the vehicle.
and turn all accessories off. Never pull on the recovery hooks at an angle.
1. Push the ignition switch to the ON position
and turn all accessories off. 2. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) posi-
tion.
2. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) posi-
tion. 3. Release the parking brake.
3. Release the parking brake. Freeing trapped vehicle
4. Attach safety chains whenever towing.
WARNING
All four wheels on the ground:
INFINITI recommends that the vehicle be placed
• Never allow anyone to stand near the towing line
during the pulling operation. JVE0120XZ
on a flatbed tow truck as illustrated.
CAUTION
• Never spin the tyres at high speed. This could Front
cause them to explode and result in serious injury.
Never tow Automatic Transmission (AT) model with all Parts of the vehicle could also overheat and be
four wheels on the ground. Doing so will cause seri- damaged.
ous and expensive damage to the drivetrain.
• Do not pull the vehicle using the rear hook j
2 . The
Manual Transmission (MT) model: rear hook is not designed to pull the vehicle out in
the event that the vehicle becomes trapped.
If you have to tow a MT vehicle with all four
wheels on the ground, perform the following In the event that your vehicle’s tyres become
procedures. trapped in sand, snow, or mud, and the vehicle
is unable to free itself without being pulled, use JVE0119XZ
CAUTION
the recovery hook. Rear
• Never tow a MT model backward with all four
• Use the recovery hooks only. Do not attach the pull-
wheels on the ground.
ing device to any other part of the vehicle body.
• Observe the following restricted towing speeds Otherwise, the vehicle body may be damaged.
and distances.
• Use the recovery hooks to free a vehicle only. Never
– Speed: Below 112 km/h (70 MPH) tow a vehicle using only the recovery hooks.
– Distance: Less than 800 km (500 miles) • The recovery hooks are under tremendous stress
when used to free a trapped vehicle. Always pull

2. Securely install the recovery hook j
3 (stored
in the boot) to the attaching mount located
on the rear bumper.
3. Make sure that the recovery hook is properly
secured in its storage location after use.
CAUTION
• Tow chains or cables must be attached only to the

vehicle recovery hooks or main structural mem-
JVE0130XZ bers of the vehicle. Otherwise, the vehicle body
Rear will be damaged.
Front: • Do not use the vehicle tie downs to free a vehicle
1. Remove the hook cover from the bumper with stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.
a suitable tool.
• Never tow a vehicle using the vehicle tie downs or
2. Securely install the recovery hook j
1 (stored recovery hooks.
in the boot) to the attaching mount located
on the front bumper.
• Always pull the cable straight out from the front of
the vehicle. Never pull on the vehicle at an angle.
Make sure that the recovery hook is properly
secured in its storage location after use.
• Pulling devices should be routed so they do not
touch any part of the suspension, steering, brake
Rear: or cooling systems.
Do not use the tie down hook j

2 for towing or • Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas straps are
vehicle recovery. not recommended for use in vehicle towing or re-
covery.
The rear hook j
3 is designed as the recovery
hook.
To use the recovery hook:
1. Remove the cover from the rear bumper using
a suitable tool.

NOTE

7 Appearance and care
Cleaning exterior .............................................. 7-2 Air fresheners .............................................. 7-4

Washing ...................................................... 7-2 Floor mats ................................................... 7-4
Removing spots ........................................... 7-2 Glass........................................................... 7-4
Waxing ........................................................ 7-2 Seat belts .................................................... 7-5
Glass........................................................... 7-3 Corrosion protection ......................................... 7-5
Underbody................................................... 7-3 Most common factors contributing to
Wheels ........................................................ 7-3 vehicle corrosion.......................................... 7-5
Aluminium alloy wheels................................ 7-3 Environmental factors influence the rate of
Chrome parts ............................................... 7-3 corrosion ..................................................... 7-5
Cleaning interior ............................................... 7-3 To protect your vehicle from corrosion ........... 7-5
Suede material (where fitted) ........................ 7-4
CLEANING EXTERIOR
In order to maintain the appearance of your ve- oughly using a mild soap, a special vehicle • Spray water to the underbody and in the wheel
hicle, it is important to take proper care of it. soap or a general purpose dishwashing liq- wells to loosen the dirt and/or wash away road salt.
uid mixed with clean, lukewarm (never hot)
Whenever possible, park your vehicle inside a REMOVING SPOTS
water.
garage or in a covered area to minimise the
Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, in-
chances of damaging the paint surface of your CAUTION
sects, and tree sap as quickly as possible from
vehicle.
• Do not wash the vehicle with strong household the paint surface to avoid lasting damage or
When it is necessary to park outside, park in a soap, strong chemical detergents, petrol or staining. Special cleaning products are avail-
shady area or protect the vehicle with a body solvents. able at an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop
cover. Be careful not to scratch the paint sur-
face when putting on or removing the body
• Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or or any automotive accessory store.
while the vehicle body is hot, as the paint sur-
cover. WAXING
face may become water-spotted.
Regular waxing protects the paint surface and
WASHING • Avoid using tight-napped or rough cloths, such helps maintain a new vehicle appearance.
In the following instances, wash your vehicle as as washing mitts. Care must be taken when re-
moving caked-on dirt or other foreign After waxing, polishing is recommended to re-
soon as possible to protect the paint surface:
substances so the paint surface is not move built-up residue and to avoid a weathered
• After a rainfall, which may cause the paint surface scratched or damaged. appearance.
damage from acid rain.
3. Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of An INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop can as-
• After driving on coastal roads, which may cause clean water. sist you in choosing the appropriate waxing
rusting from the sea breeze. products.
4. Use a dampened chamois to dry the paint
• When contaminants such as soot, bird droppings, surface and avoid leaving water spots. CAUTION
tree sap, metal particles or bugs get on the paint
surface. When washing the vehicle, take care of the fol- • Wash your vehicle thoroughly and completely be-
lowing: fore applying wax to the paint surface.
• When dust or mud builds up on the paint surface. •
1. Wash the vehicle surface with a wet sponge
• Inside flanges, joints and folds on the doors, Always follow the manufacturer’s instructions sup-
plied with the wax.
hatches and bonnet are particularly vulnerable to
and plenty of water.
2. Clean the vehicle surface gently and thor-
the effects of road salt. Therefore, these areas must
be cleaned regularly.
• Do not use a wax containing any abrasives, cutting
compounds or cleaners that may damage the ve-
• Be sure that the drain holes in the lower edge of hicle finish.
the doors are not clogged.
7-2 Appearance and care

CLEANING INTERIOR
Machine compounding or aggressive polishing • Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion. Occasionally remove loose dust from the inte-
on a base coat/clear coat paint finish may dull This may cause loss of pressure or damage the tyre rior trim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuum
the finish or leave swirl marks. bead. cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl and
leather surfaces with a clean, soft cloth damp-
GLASS • INFINITI recommends that the road wheels be
ened in mild soap solution, then wipe clean with
waxed to protect against road salt in areas where it
Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film a dry, soft cloth.
is used during winter.
from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass to
Regular care and cleaning is required in order to
become coated with a film after the vehicle is ALUMINIUM ALLOY WHEELS maintain the appearance of the leather.
parked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a soft
Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge damp-
cloth will easily remove this film. Before using any fabric protector, read the
ened in a mild soap solution, especially during
manufacturer’s recommendations. Some fabric
UNDERBODY winter in areas where road salt is used. The salt
protectors contain chemicals that may stain or
residue from road salt could discolour the
In areas where road salt is used in the winter, it bleach the seat material.
wheels if it is not washed off regularly.
is necessary to clean the vehicle’s underbody Use a soft cloth dampened only with water to
regularly in order to prevent dirt and salt from CAUTION
clean the meter and gauge lens covers.
building up and causing the acceleration of cor- Follow the directions below to avoid staining or disco-
rosion on the underbody and suspension. CAUTION
louring the wheels:
Before the winter and again in the spring, the
• Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali
• Never use benzine, thinner or any similar material.
underseal must be checked and, if necessary,
re-treated.
contents to clean the wheels. • Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging
to leather surfaces and should be removed
• Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when
promptly. Do not use saddle soap, car waxes, pol-
WHEELS they are hot. The wheel temperature should be the
ishes, oils, cleaning fluids, solvents, detergents
• Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to same as ambient temperature.
or ammonia-based cleaners as they damage the
maintain their appearance. • Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner natural leather finish.
• Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied.
• Never use fabric protectors unless recommended
is changed or the underside of the vehicle is by the manufacturer.
CHROME PARTS
washed.
Clean all chrome parts regularly with a nonabra- • Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or
• Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the sive chrome polish to maintain the finish. gauge lens covers. It may damage the lens covers.
wheels.
Appearance and care 7-3

SUEDE MATERIAL (where fitted) surfaces. Place the air freshener in a location that Floor mat positioning aid
allows it to hang free and not contact an interior
Clean the suede material as follows:
surface.
CAUTION
• Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip on the
To help prevent damaging the suede material parts vents. These products can cause immediate dam-
while cleaning: age and discoloration when spilled on interior sur-
faces.
• Do not rub the material with a cloth. Doing so can
damage the surface of the material or can use a Carefully read and follow the manufacturer’s in-
stain to spread. structions before using air fresheners.
• Never use benzine, thinner or any similar chemical FLOOR MATS SAI0038Z
to clean the suede. This may discolour the sun- Front (example)
shade and damage the surface. The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats (where
This vehicle includes floor mat brackets to act as
fitted) can extend the life of your vehicle carpet
• Clean water based stains by patting the surface and make it easier to clean the interior. Regard-
floor mat positioning aids. NISSAN floor mats
have been specially designed for your vehicle
with a clean soft cloth dampened in warm water. less of what mats are used, be sure they are fit-
Press a clean dry cloth onto the surface to remove model.
ted for your vehicle and are properly positioned
as much dampness as possible and then let air in the foot well to prevent interference with Position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket
dry. pedal operation. Mats should be maintained hook through the floor mat grommet hole while
• Clean oil based stains by patting the surface with with regular cleaning and replaced if they be-
come excessively worn.
centring the mat in the foot area.
a clean soft cloth dampened in warm water. Press Periodically check that the mats are properly po-
a clean dry cloth onto the surface to remove as sitioned.
much dampness as possible and then let air dry.
GLASS
AIR FRESHENERS
Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film
Most air fresheners use a solvent that could af- from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass to
fect the vehicle interior. If you use an air fresh- become coated with a film after the vehicle is
ener, take the following precautions: parked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a soft
• Hanging-type air fresheners can cause permanent cloth will easily remove this film.
discoloration when they contact vehicle interior

CORROSION PROTECTION
CAUTION MOST COMMON FACTORS Air pollution

When cleaning the inside of the windows, do not use CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in the
sharp-edged tools, abrasive cleaners or chlorine- CORROSION air in coastal areas, or heavy road salt use will
based disinfectant cleaners. They could damage the
electrical conductors, such as radio antenna elements
• The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirt and accelerate the corrosion process. Road salt will
debris in body panel sections, cavities, and other also accelerate the disintegration of paint sur-
or rear window defogger elements. areas. faces.
SEAT BELTS • Damage to paint and other protective coatings TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM
caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic CORROSION
WARNING accidents.
• Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the ve-
• Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retrac- ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE hicle clean.
tor. THE RATE OF CORROSION • Always check for minor damage to the paint and
• Never use bleach, dye or chemical solvents to clean Moisture repair it as soon as possible.
the seat belts, since these materials may severely
weaken the seat belt webbing.
Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on the ve- • Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open
hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion. to avoid water accumulation.
The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them
with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solu-
Wet floor coverings will not dry completely in-
side the vehicle, and should be removed for dry-
• Check the underbody for accumulation of sand, dirt
or salt. If present, wash with water as soon as pos-
tion. ing to avoid floor panel corrosion. sible.
Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade Relative humidity CAUTION
before using them. (See “Seat belts” in the
“1. Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental re-
Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high
relative humidity, especially those areas where
• NEVER remove dirt, sand or other debris from the
straint system” section.) passenger compartment by washing it out with a
the temperatures stay above freezing where at- hose. Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner.
mospheric pollution exists, or where road salt is
used. • Never allow water or other liquids to come in con-
tact with electronic components inside the vehicle
Temperature as this may damage them.
A temperature increase will accelerate the rate Chemicals used for road surface deicing are ex-
of corrosion to those parts which are not well tremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosion and
ventilated.
Appearance and care 7-5

deterioration of underbody components such as
the exhaust system, fuel and brake lines, brake
cables, floor pan and fenders.
In winter, the underbody must be cleaned peri-
odically.
For additional protection against rust and corro-
sion, which may be required in some areas, con-
sult an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself
Maintenance requirements................................ 8-2 Air cleaner filter ................................................ 8-14

Scheduled maintenance ............................... 8-2 Wiper blades .................................................... 8-14
General maintenance.................................... 8-2 Windscreen wiper blades .............................. 8-14
Where to go for service ................................. 8-2 Window washer fluid......................................... 8-15
General maintenance ........................................ 8-2 Battery............................................................. 8-16
Explanation of maintenance items ................. 8-2 Vehicle battery............................................. 8-16
Maintenance precautions ............................. 8-4 Intelligent Key battery ....................................... 8-18
Engine compartment check locations ................. 8-5 Battery replacement ..................................... 8-18
Engine cooling system ...................................... 8-6 Variable voltage control system (where fitted)..... 8-19
Checking engine coolant level ....................... 8-6 Fuses ............................................................... 8-19
Changing engine coolant .............................. 8-6 Engine compartment or boot room ................ 8-20
Engine oil ......................................................... 8-7 Passenger compartment ............................... 8-21
Checking engine oil level .............................. 8-7 Lights .............................................................. 8-22
Changing engine oil and oil filter................... 8-7 Headlights ................................................... 8-22
Fuel filter.......................................................... 8-9 Exterior lights .............................................. 8-24
Draining water ............................................. 8-9 Interior lights............................................... 8-24
Bleeding fuel system .................................... 8-9 Light locations ............................................. 8-25
Drive belts........................................................ 8-9 Tyres and wheels .............................................. 8-29
Spark plugs ...................................................... 8-10 Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ....... 8-29
Replacing spark plugs .................................. 8-10 Tyre inflation pressure .................................. 8-29
Brakes ............................................................. 8-11 Types of tyres............................................... 8-29
Checking parking brake ................................ 8-11 Tyre chains .................................................. 8-31
Checking footbrake ...................................... 8-11 Tyre rotation ................................................ 8-31
Brake booster .............................................. 8-12 Tyre wear and damage .................................. 8-31
Brake fluid ....................................................... 8-12 Tyre age....................................................... 8-32
Clutch fluid (where fitted) .................................. 8-13 Changing tyres and wheels ........................... 8-32
Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) (where Wheel balance ............................................. 8-32
fitted) .............................................................. 8-13 Emergency tyre puncture repair kit (where
Power steering fluid (where fitted) ..................... 8-14 fitted) .......................................................... 8-32
Hydraulic pump electric power steering
type ............................................................ 8-14
MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE
Some day-to-day and regular maintenance is es- yourself, a qualified technician, or if you prefer, During normal day-to-day operation of the ve-
sential to maintain your vehicle’s good mechani- an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop. hicle, general maintenance should be per-
cal condition, as well as its emission and engine formed regularly as prescribed in this section. If
performance. WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE you detect any unusual sounds, vibrations or
If maintenance service is required or your ve- smells, be sure to check for the cause or have an
It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure that
hicle appears to malfunction, have the systems INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop do it
the specified maintenance, as well as general
checked and tuned by an authorised INFINITI promptly. In addition, you should notify an
maintenance, is performed.
Centre or qualified workshop. INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop if you
As the vehicle owner, you are the only one who think that repairs are required.
can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper
When performing any checks or maintenance
maintenance care.
work, see “Maintenance precautions” later in this
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE section.
For your convenience, the required scheduled EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCE

maintenance items are described and listed in a ITEMS
separate Warranty Information and Mainte-
Additional information on the following items
nance Booklet. You must refer to that booklet to
with “*” is found later in this section.
ensure that necessary maintenance is per-
formed on your vehicle at regular intervals. Outside the vehicle
GENERAL MAINTENANCE The maintenance items listed here should be
performed from time to time, unless otherwise
General maintenance includes those items
specified.
which should be checked during normal day-to-
day operation of the vehicle. They are essential Doors and bonnet:
if your vehicle is to continue to operate properly.
Check that all doors as well as the bonnet, and
It is your responsibility to perform these proce-
boot lid operate smoothly. Also make sure that
dures regularly as prescribed.
all latches lock securely. Lubricate if necessary.
Performing general maintenance checks re- Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the
quires minimal mechanical skill and only a few bonnet from opening when the primary latch is
general automotive tools. released. When driving in areas using road salt
or other corrosive materials, check lubrication
These checks and inspections can be done by
frequently.
8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Lights*: In the case that front tyres are different size from Inside the vehicle
rear tyres; Tyres cannot be rotated.
Clean the headlights on a regular basis. Make The maintenance items listed here should be
sure that the headlights, stop lights, tail lights, However, the timing for tyre rotation may vary checked on a regular basis, such as when per-
turn signal lights, and other lights are all oper- according to your driving habits and the road forming periodic maintenance, cleaning the ve-
ating properly and installed securely. Also check surface conditions. hicle, etc.
the aim of the headlights.
Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Accelerator pedal:
Tyres*: transmitter components:
Check the pedal for smooth operation and make
Check the pressure with a gauge often and al- Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal, sure that the pedal does not catch or require
ways prior to long distance trips. Adjust the valve core and cap when the tyres are replaced uneven effort. Keep the floor mats away from
pressure in all tyres, including the spare, to the due to wear or age. the pedal.
pressure specified. Check carefully for damage,
Wheel alignment and balance: Brake pedal*:
cuts or excessive wear.
If the vehicle should pull to either side while Check the pedal for smooth operation and make
Tyre rotation*: driving on a straight and level road, or if you sure that it is the proper distance from the floor
In the case that Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) and front detect uneven or abnormal tyre wear, there may mat when depressed fully. Check the brake
& rear tyres are same size; Tyres should be ro- be a need for wheel alignment. If the steering booster function. Be sure to keep the floor mats
tated every 10,000 km (6,000 miles). Tyres wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway away from the pedal.
marked with directional indicators can only be speeds, wheel balancing may be needed.
Parking brake*:
rotated between front and rear. Make sure that
Windscreen:
the directional indicators point in the direction Check the parking brake operation regularly.
of wheel rotation after the tyre rotation is com- Clean the windscreen on a regular basis. Check Check that the lever (where fitted) or the pedal
pleted. the windscreen at least every six months for (where fitted) has the proper travel. Also make
cracks or other damage. Repair as necessary. sure that the vehicle is held securely on a fairly
In the case that Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) and
steep hill when only the parking brake is ap-
front & rear tyres are same size; Tyres should be Wiper blades*:
plied.
rotated every 5,000 km (3,000 miles). Tyres Check for cracks or wear if not functioning cor-
marked with directional indicators can only be rectly. Replace as necessary.
rotated between front and rear. Make sure that
the directional indicators point in the direction
of wheel rotation after the tyre rotation is com-
pleted.
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3

Seat belts: Battery*: Fluid leaks:
Check that all parts of the seat belt system (for Except for maintenance free battery, check the Check under the vehicle for fuel, oil, water or
example, buckles, anchors, adjusters and re- fluid level in each cell. It should be between the other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been
tractors) operate properly and smoothly, and are “UPPER” and “LOWER” lines. Vehicles operated parked for a while. Water dripping from the air
installed securely. Check the belt webbing for in high temperatures or under severe conditions conditioner after use is normal. If you should
cuts, fraying, wear or damage. require frequent checks of the battery fluid level. notice any leaks or if fuel fumes are evident,
check for cause and have it corrected immedi-
Steering wheel: Brake (and clutch) fluid level(s)*:
ately.
Check for changes in the steering condition, For Manual Transmission (MT) model; Make sure
such as excessive play, hard steering or strange that the brake and clutch fluid levels are be- Power steering fluid level and lines (where fit-
noises. tween the “MAX” and “MIN” lines on the reser- ted)*:
voirs. Check the level when the fluid is cold, with the
Warning lights and chimes:
engine off. Check the lines for proper attach-
Except for Manual Transmission (MT) model;
Make sure that all warning lights and chimes ment, leaks, cracks, etc.
Make sure that the brake fluid level is between
are operating properly.
the “MAX” and “MIN” lines on the reservoir. Window washer fluid*:
Windscreen defogger:
Coolant level*: Check that there is adequate fluid in the reser-
Check that the air comes out of the defogger out- voir.
Check the coolant level when the coolant is cold.
lets properly and in good quantity when operat-
Make sure that the coolant level is between the MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS
ing the heater or air conditioner.
“MAX” and “MIN” lines on the reservoir.
When performing any inspection or mainte-
Windscreen wiper and washer*:
Engine drive belt(s)*: nance work on your vehicle, always take care to
Check that the wipers and washer operate prop- prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or
Make sure that drive belt(s) is/are not frayed,
erly and that the wipers do not streak. damage to the vehicle. The following are gen-
worn, cracked or oily.
Under the bonnet and vehicle eral precautions which should be closely ob-
Engine oil level*: served.
The maintenance items listed here should be
Check the level after parking the vehicle (on a
checked periodically (for example, each time
level ground) and turning off the engine. WARNING
you check the engine oil or refuel).
• Park the vehicle on a level surface, apply the park-
ing brake securely and block the wheels to prevent
the vehicle from moving. Move the shift lever to

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS
the P (Park) position (Automatic Transmission (AT) fied workshop because the fuel lines are under For an overview of the engine compartment, see
model) or to the N (Neutral) position (Manual high pressure even when the engine is turned off. “Engine compartment” in the “0. Illustrated table of
Transmission (MT) model). contents” section.
• Your vehicle is equipped with an automatic engine
• Be sure the ignition switch is in the LOCK position cooling fan. It may come on at any time without
when performing any parts replacement or repairs. warning, even if the ignition switch is in the “OFF”
position and the engine is not running. To avoid
• Do not work under the bonnet while the engine is
injury, always disconnect the negative battery
hot. Always turn off the engine and wait until it
cable before working near the fan.
cools down.
• If you must work with the engine running, keep • Always wear eye protection whenever you work on
your vehicle.
your hands, clothing, hair and tools away from
moving fans, belts and any other moving parts. • Never leave the engine or the transmission related
component harness connector disconnected while
• It is advisable to secure or remove any loose cloth-
the ignition switch is in the ON position.
ing and remove any jewellery, such as rings,
watches, etc. before working on your vehicle. • Avoid direct contact with used engine oil and cool-
ant. Improperly disposed engine oil, engine cool-
• If you must run the engine in an enclosed space
ant, and/or other vehicle fluids can hurt the envi-
such as a garage, be sure there is proper ventila-
ronment. Always conform to local regulations for
tion for exhaust gases to escape.
disposal of vehicle fluids.
• Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a
This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-
jack.
tion provides instructions regarding only those
• Keep smoking materials, flame and sparks away items which are relatively easy for an owner to
from fuel and the battery. perform.
• Never connect or disconnect either the battery or You should be aware that incomplete or
any transistorised component connector while the improper servicing may result in operating diffi-
ignition switch is in the ON position. culties or excessive emissions, and could affect
your warranty coverage. If in doubt about any
• On petrol engine models with the Multiport Fuel
servicing, have it done by an INFINITI Centre or
Injection (MFI) system, the fuel filter and fuel lines
should be serviced by an INFINITI Centre or quali- qualified workshop.

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
WARNING
• When adding or replacing coolant, be sure to use CAUTION
only BASF Glysantin® G48®, or equivalent in its
If the cooling system frequently requires coolant, have
• Never remove the radiator, coolant reservoir cap quality with the proper mixture ratio. Examples of
the mixture ratio of coolant and water are shown in
it checked by an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.
or reservoir tank when the engine is hot. Serious
burns could be caused by high-pressure fluid es- the following table: CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT
caping from the radiator or reservoir tank. Wait un- Outside Contact an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop
til the engine and radiator or reservoir tank cool Engine Demineralised
temperature if replacement is required.
down. coolant or distilled
down to
(concentrated) water Major engine cooling system repair should be
°C °F
• Engine coolant is poisonous and should be stored
−35 −30 50% 50% performed by an INFINITI Centre or qualified
carefully in marked containers out of the reach of workshop. The service procedures can be found
children. in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual.
CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL
The engine cooling system is filled at the factory Improper servicing can result in reduced heater
with a high-quality, year-round, anti-freeze cool- performance and engine overheating.
ant solution. The anti-freeze solution contains
rust and corrosion inhibitors, therefore
WARNING
additional cooling system additives are not nec-
essary. • To avoid being scalded, never change the coolant
when the engine is hot.
CAUTION
• Never use any cooling system additives such as • Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is
hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
radiator sealer. Additives may clog the cooling sys- JVM0303XZ sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
tem and cause damage to the engine, transmis-
sion and/or cooling system.
Check the coolant level in the reservoir when
• Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant. If skin
contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or
the engine is running and after it reaches nor- hand cleaner as soon as possible.
mal operating temperature. If the coolant level
is below MIN level j 2 , add coolant up to the • Keep coolant out of reach of children and pets.
MAX level j 1 . Tighten the cap securely after Engine coolant must be disposed of properly.
adding engine coolant. Check your local regulations.

ENGINE OIL
CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply • Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine
the parking brake. oil may cause skin cancer.
2. Start the engine and warm it up until the en- • Avoid direct skin contact with used oil. If
gine temperature reaches the normal operat- contacted, wash thoroughly with soap or hand
ing temperature (approximately 5 minutes). cleaner and plenty of water as soon as possible.
3. Stop the engine. • Store used engine oil in marked containers out of
the reach of children.
4. Wait at least 15 minutes for the engine oil to
drain back to the oil pan. CAUTION
5. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean. Waste oil must be disposed of properly. Check your
JVM0429XZ
local regulations.
2.0L turbo petrol engine 6. Reinsert the dipstick all the way.
7. Remove the dipstick and check the oil level. It Vehicle set-up
should be within the range j
1 . 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply
8. If the oil level is below j
the parking brake.
2 , remove the oil
filler cap and pour the recommended oil into 2. Start the engine and warm it up until the en-
the opening. Do not overfill j3 . gine temperature reaches the normal operat-
ing temperature (approximately 5 minutes).
9. Recheck the oil level with the dipstick.
3. Stop the engine.
CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER
4. Wait at least 15 minutes for the engine oil to
JVM0309XZ
WARNING drain back to the oil pan.
2.2L diesel engine
CAUTION • Used oil must be disposed of properly. Never pour
or dump oil into the ground, canals, rivers, etc. It
• The oil level should be checked regularly. Operat- should be disposed of at proper waste facilities.
ing your vehicle with an insufficient amount of oil We recommend having your oil changed by an
can damage the engine. Such damage is not cov- INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.
ered by the warranty.
• It is normal to add some oil between oil mainte-

• Be careful not to burn yourself, as the engine oil
may be hot.
nance intervals or during the break-in period, de-
pending on the severity of operating conditions.

5. Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand.
6. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface
with a clean cloth.
CAUTION
Be sure to remove any old rubber gasket remain-
ing on the mounting surface of the engine. Failure
to do so could lead to engine damage.
7. Apply new engine oil to the gasket of a new
JVM0310XZ JVM0427XZ
oil filter.
2.2L diesel engine 2.0L turbo petrol engine
8. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slight
resistance is felt, and then tighten an addi-
tional 2/3 of a turn to secure the oil filter.
Oil filter tightening torque:
25 N·m
(2.6 kg-m, 19 ft-lb)
9. Clean and reinstall the drain plug and new
washer. Securely tighten the drain plug with
JVM0428XZ
a wrench. Do not use excessive force.
JVM0311XZ
2.2L diesel engine 2.0L turbo petrol engine Drain plug tightening torque:
1. Place a large drain pan under the drain plug. 30 N·m
(3.1 kg-m, 22 ft-lb)
2. Remove the drain plug j
1 with a wrench.
10. Sufficiently refill with the recommended en-
3. Remove the oil filler cap and completely drain
gine oil. (See “Recommended fluids/lubricants
the oil.
and capacities” in the “9. Technical information”
(Perform steps 4 to 8 only when the engine section.)
oil filter change is needed.)
11. Securely install the oil filler cap.
4. Loosen the oil filter j
2 with an oil filter
12. Start the engine.
wrench.

FUEL FILTER DRIVE BELTS
13. Check the drain plug and the oil filter for any DRAINING WATER
sign of leakage. Correct as required.
Drain water in the fuel filter according to the
14. Stop the engine. maintenance log shown in a separate mainte-
nance booklet.
15. Wait at least 15 minutes. Check the engine
oil level according to the proper procedure. If the water-in-fuel-filter warning light m illu-
(See “Checking engine oil level” earlier in this minates while the engine is running, there might
section.) Add engine oil if necessary. be water in the fuel filter.
The fuel filter is located on the engine. There-
fore, INFINITI recommends that you contact an JVM0314XZ
INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop for servic- 2.2L diesel engine

ing. 1. Alternator
BLEEDING FUEL SYSTEM 2. Water pump

Bleed air out of the fuel system after refilling an 3. Crankshaft pulley
empty fuel tank with the following procedure: 4. Drive belt auto-tensioner
1. Place the ignition switch in the ON position 5. Air conditioner
and wait 5 seconds.
2. Place the ignition switch in the “OFF” posi-
tion.
3. Repeat the steps 1 and 2 five or six times.
4. Crank the engine until it starts. Do not crank
the engine for more than 15 seconds.
5. If the engine does not start, stop cranking
and return to step 1 above.
If the engine does not start after performing the
above procedures, see an INFINITI Centre or
qualified workshop.

SPARK PLUGS
WARNING
• Always replace with the recommended iridi-
umtipped spark plugs.
Be sure the engine and the ignition switch are off and
that the parking brake is engaged securely.
Replace the spark plugs according to the main-
tenance log shown in a separate maintenance
booklet. If replacement is required, contact an
JVM0433XZ REPLACING SPARK PLUGS

1. Water pump
2. Crankshaft pulley
3. Drive belt auto-tensioner
4. Air conditioner
5. Alternator
Be sure the ignition switch is in the LOCK posi-
tion. SDI2020Z
Visually inspect belt for signs of unusual wear,

cuts, fraying or looseness. Check the condition Iridium-tipped spark plugs
regularly. If the belt is in poor condition or loose, It is not necessary to replace the iridium-tipped
have it replaced or adjusted by an INFINITI Centre spark plugs as frequently as the conventional
or qualified workshop. type of spark plugs. These spark plugs are de-
signed to last much longer than the conventional
type of spark plugs.
CAUTION
• Do not reuse the iridium-tipped spark plugs by

cleaning or re-gapping.

BRAKES
CHECKING PARKING BRAKE From the released position, pull the parking Left-Hand Drive (LHD) Right-Hand Drive (RHD)
brake lever slowly and firmly. If the number of model model
Pedal type clicks is out of the range listed, see an INFINITI 126 mm (5 in) or more 133 mm (5.2 in) or more
7 to 8 clicks Self-adjusting brakes
Pulling force 196 N (20 kg, 44 lb)
Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjusting
CHECKING FOOTBRAKE brakes. The disc-type brakes self-adjust every
time the footbrake pedal is applied.
Brake pad wear indicator

The disc brake pads on your vehicle have au-
SDI1391DZ
dible wear indicators. When a brake pad
requires replacement, it will make a high pitched
scraping or screeching sound when the vehicle
From the released position, depress the parking
is in motion. The noise will be heard whether or
brake pedal slowly and firmly. If the number of
not the footbrake pedal is depressed. Have the
clicks is out of the range listed, see an INFINITI
brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear
Centre or qualified workshop. DI1020MMZ
indicator sound is heard.
2 to 3 clicks under a depressing force of 196
N (20 kg, 44 lb) Under some driving or climate conditions, occa-
WARNING
sional brake squeaks, squeals or other noises
Lever type See an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop for a may be heard. Occasional brake noise during
brake system check if the brake pedal height does not light to moderate stops is normal and does not
return to normal. affect the function or performance of the brake
system.
With the engine running, check the distance be-
tween the upper surface of the pedal and the Proper brake inspection intervals should be fol-
metal floor. If it is out of the range listed, see an lowed. For additional information, see a sepa-
INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop. rate maintenance booklet.
Depressing force
490 N (50 kg, 110 lb)
SDI1447AZ

BRAKE FLUID
BRAKE BOOSTER the MAX line j 1 . (See “Recommended fluids/lubri-

WARNING cants and capacities” in the “9. Technical information”
Check the brake booster function as follows:
1. With the engine off, depress and release the
• Use only new fluid from a sealed container. Old, section.)
inferior, or contaminated fluid may damage the If fluid must be added frequently, the system
footbrake pedal several times. When the footbrake system. The use of improper fluids can dam- should be thoroughly checked by an INFINITI
brake pedal movement (distance of travel) re- age the brake system and affect the vehicle’s stop- Centre or qualified workshop.
mains the same from one pedal application ping ability.
to the next, continue on to the next step.
2. While depressing the footbrake pedal, start
• Clean the filler cap before removing.
the engine. The pedal height should drop a • Brake fluid is poisonous and should be stored care-
little. fully in marked containers out of the reach of chil-
dren.
3. With the footbrake pedal depressed, stop the
engine. Keep the pedal depressed for about CAUTION
30 seconds. The pedal height should not Do not spill the brake fluid on painted surfaces. This
change. will damage the paint. If brake fluid is spilled, wash it
4. Run the engine for 1 minute without depress- off with plenty of water immediately.
ing the foot brake pedal, then turn it off. De-
press the footbrake pedal several times. The
pedal travel distance will decrease gradually
with each depression as the vacuum is re-
leased from the booster.
If the brakes do not operate properly, have the
brakes checked by an INFINITI Centre or quali-
fied workshop.
JVM0325XZ
Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the brake
fluid is below the MIN line j 2 , the brake warn-
ing light will illuminate. Add brake fluid up to

CLUTCH FLUID (where fitted) AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID (ATF)
(where fitted)
If the fluid must be added frequently, the clutch Contact an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop
WARNING system should be thoroughly checked by an if checking or replacement is required.
• Use only new fluid from a sealed container. Old, INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.
CAUTION
inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the
clutch system. • Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic G ATF. Do not mix
with other fluids.
• Clean the filler cap before removing.
• Using transmission fluid other than Genuine
• Clutch fluid is poisonous and should be stored NISSAN Matic G ATF will cause deterioration in
carefully in marked containers out of the reach of driveability and transmission durability, and may
children. damage the transmission, which is not covered by
CAUTION the warranty.
Do not spill the clutch fluid on painted surfaces. This

will damage the paint. If clutch fluid is spilled, wash it
off with plenty of water immediately.
JVM0325XZ
Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluid
is below the MIN line j 2 , add fluid up to the
MAX line j 1 . (See “Recommended fluids/lubricants
and capacities” in the “9. Technical information” sec-
tion for the recommended types of fluid.)

POWER STEERING FLUID (where fitted) AIR CLEANER FILTER WIPER BLADES
HYDRAULIC PUMP ELECTRIC POWER WINDSCREEN WIPER BLADES

WARNING
STEERING TYPE Cleaning
Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can
cause you or others to be burned. The air cleaner filter If the windscreen does not become clear after
not only cleans the intake air, it also stops flame if the using the windscreen washer or if the wiper
engine backfires. If the air cleaner filter is not installed blades chatter when operating the windscreen
and the engine backfires, you could be burned. Never wipers, wax or other materials may be on the
drive with the air cleaner filter off. Be cautious work- windscreen and/or wiper blades.
ing on the engine when the air cleaner filter is off. Clean the outside of the windscreen surface with
When maintenance is required, see an INFINITI a washer solution or mild detergent. Your wind-
Centre or qualified workshop for servicing. screen is clean if beads do not form when rins-
JVM0332XZ ing with water.
Clean the blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked
WARNING in a washer solution or a mild detergent. Rinse
the blade with water. If your windscreen is still
Power steering fluid is poisonous and should be
not clear after cleaning the blades and using the
stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach
wipers, replace the blades.
of children.
Check the fluid level in the reservoir. The fluid When a washer nozzle is clogged
level should be checked when the fluid is cold at See an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop if a
fluid temperatures of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). The washer nozzle is clogged or any malfunction oc-
fluid level can be checked with the level gauge curs. Do not attempt to clean the nozzle using a
which is attached to the cap. To check the fluid needle or a pin. Doing so may damage the
level, remove the cap. The fluid level should be nozzle.
between the MAX j 1 and MIN j 2 lines.
If the fluid is below the MIN j 2 line, add Genu-
ine NISSAN E-PSF. Remove the cap and fill
through the opening. (See “Recommended fluids/
lubricants and capacities” in the “9. Technical
information” section.) Do not overfill.

WINDOW WASHER FLUID
SDI2359Z JVM0253XZ
Replacing CAUTION WARNING

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn. • After wiper blade replacement, return the wiper
• Anti-freeze is poisonous and should be stored
arm to its original position. Otherwise the wiper carefully in marked containers out of the reach of
Before replacing the wiper blades, the wiper
arm or the engine bonnet may be scratched and children.
should be in the fully up position to avoid
may cause damage.
scratching the engine bonnet or damaging the
wiper arm. To pull up the wiper arm, see “Wind- • Worn windscreen wiper blades can damage the
• Always use window washer fluid recommended by
NISSAN.
screen wiper and washer switch” in the “2. Instru- windscreen and impair driver vision.
ments and controls” section. Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodi-
cally. Add window washer fluid when the low
1. Pull the wiper arm. washer fluid warning appears in the vehicle in-
2. Push and hold the release tab jA , and then formation display.
move the wiper blade down j 1 the wiper arm To check the fluid level, use your finger to plug
to remove. the centre hole j 1 of the cap/tube assembly,
3. Remove the wiper blade. then remove it from the reservoir.
4. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm If there is no fluid in the tube, add fluid.
until it clicks into place. Add a washer solvent to the water for better
cleaning. In the winter season, add a windscreen
washer anti-freeze. Follow the manufacturer’s
instructions for the mixture ratio.

BATTERY
VEHICLE BATTERY
Caution symbols for battery
m WARNING WARNING
No smoking Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is
j
1 No exposed flames
Never smoke around the battery. Never expose the battery to open flames or
m No sparks
electrical sparks. low. Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the
battery which can generate heat, reduce battery life,
and in some cases lead to an explosion.
j Handle the battery cautiously. Always wear eye protection glasses to protect
m
2 Shield eyes Main battery location
against explosion or battery acid.
See “Engine compartment” in the “0. Illustrated table
of contents” section for the battery location.
j Keep away from Never allow children to handle the battery. Keep the battery out of the reach of
m
3
children children. Auxiliary battery location
Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin, eyes, fabrics, or painted
surfaces. After handling the battery or battery cap, immediately wash your
j
4 Battery acid
hands thoroughly. If the battery fluid gets into your eyes, or onto your skin or
m clothing, flush with water immediately for at least 15 minutes and seek medical
attention. Battery fluid is acid. If the battery fluid gets into your eyes or onto
your skin, it could cause eyesight loss or burns.
j Note operating Before handling the battery, read this instruction carefully to ensure correct and
5
m instructions safe handling.
JVM0304XZ
j
6 Explosive gas Hydrogen gas, generated by battery fluid, is explosive.
m CAUTION
• Do not place the battery in the interior of the ve-

hicle if you remove the auxiliary battery.
• Do not place electrically conductive objects such

as tools around the auxiliary battery.

To check the auxiliary battery, open the boot. Main battery: 2. Add demineralised/distilled water up to the
UPPER LEVEL j
Remove the clips j
1 line.
1 to remove the boot trim as
illustrated. If the side of the battery is not clear, check
the distilled water level by looking directly
Checking battery fluid level above the cell.
• Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under •j
A indicates OK.
severe conditions require frequent checks of the
battery fluid level. j
• indicates that more water needs to be
B
added.
• Clean the battery with a firmly wrung out moist
cloth. 3. Replace and tighten the cell plugs.
DI0137MDZ
• Make certain the terminal connections are clean Auxiliary battery:

and securely tightened.
• If the vehicle is not to be used for more than 30

days, disconnect the negative (−) battery terminal
cable to prevent battery discharge.
SDI2685Z
SDI1480DZ
Main battery Auxiliary battery
Check the fluid level in each cell. The battery •jA indicates OK.
fluid level should be between the UPPER LEVEL
j 1 and LOWER LEVEL j 2 lines.
•jB indicates that water needs to be added.
j
• C indicates that charging is necessary.
If it is necessary to add fluid, add only deminera-
lised/distilled water to bring the level to the in- If it is necessary to add fluid, contact an INFINITI
dicator in each filler opening. Do not overfill. Centre or qualified workshop.
1. Remove the cell plugs j

3 using a suitable
tool.

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY
Jump starting BATTERY REPLACEMENT

If jump starting is necessary, see “Jump starting” CAUTION
in the “6. In case of emergency” section. If the en-
gine does not start by jump starting or the bat-
• Be careful not to allow children to swallow the bat-
tery and removed parts.
tery does not charge, the battery may have to be
replaced. Contact an INFINITI Centre or qualified • An improperly disposed battery can harm the envi-
workshop for replacing the battery. ronment. Always confirm local regulations for bat-
tery disposal.
• When changing batteries, do not let dust or oil get

on the components.
• There is danger of explosion if lithium battery is

incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same
or equivalent type.
• Do not expose the battery to excessive heat such

as sunshine, fire, etc.
JVM0317X
To replace the battery:

1. Release the lock knob at the back of the Intel-
ligent Key and remove the mechanical key.
(See “Mechanical key” in the “3. Pre-driving checks
and adjustments” section.)

VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM FUSES
(where fitted)
2. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver wrapped with The variable voltage control system measures
a cloth into the slit of the corner and twist it the amount of electrical discharge from the bat-
to separate the upper part from the lower tery and controls voltage generated by the alter-
part. nator.
3. Replace the battery with a new one. CAUTION
• Recommended battery: CR2025 or equivalent • Do not ground accessories directly to the battery
terminal. Doing so will bypass the variable voltage
• Do not touch the internal circuit and electric ter- control system and the vehicle battery may not
minals as doing so could cause a malfunction.
charge completely. JVM0305XZ
• Make sure that the % side faces the bottom of • Use electrical accessories with the engine running
the case.
to avoid discharging the vehicle battery.
JVM0330XZ
SDI2452Z
2.2L diesel engine model
4. Align the tips of the upper and lower parts

j1 , and then push them together until it is
securely closed j2 .
5. Operate the buttons to check its operation.
See an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop if
you need assistance for replacement.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT OR BOOT 1. Be sure the ignition switch is in the “OFF” or Fusible links
ROOM LOCK position.
If any electrical equipment does not operate and
2. Be sure the headlight switch is in the “OFF” the fuses are in good condition, check the fus-
position. ible links. If any of these fusible links are melted,
replace only with genuine NISSAN parts.
3. Open the engine bonnet or boot lid to access
the cover on the fuse/fusible link holder.
4. Remove the fuse/fusible link cover.
5. Locate the fuse which needs to be replaced.
JVM0331XZ
SDI1754Z
6. Remove the fuse using the fuse puller located

in the passenger compartment fuse box.
JVM0306XZ
2.2L diesel engine models (located in the boot) 7. If the fuse is open jA , replace it with a new
CAUTION fuse j B . Spare fuses are stored in the pas-
senger compartment fuse box.
Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating
than that specified on the fuse box cover. This could If the new fuse also opens, after installing,
damage the electrical system or cause a fire. have the electrical system checked, and if
necessary repaired, by an INFINITI Centre or
If any electrical equipment does not operate, qualified workshop.
check for an open fuse.

JVM0323XZ SDI1754Z
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 1. Be sure the ignition switch is in the “OFF” or 6. If the fuse is open j
A , replace it with a new
LOCK position. fuse j B .
CAUTION
2. Be sure the headlight switch is in the “OFF” If the new fuse also opens, after installing, have
Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating
position. the electrical system checked, and if necessary
than that specified on the fuse box cover. This could
repaired, by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-
damage the electrical system or cause a fire. 3. Remove the fuse box cover.
shop.
If any electrical equipment does not operate, 4. Locate the fuse which needs to be replaced.
Extended storage fuse switch
5. Remove the fuse using the fuse puller j
A
(Left-Hand Drive (LHD) model) or j
B (Right-
Hand Drive (RHD) model).
JVM0257XZ
To reduce battery drain, the extended storage
fuse switch comes from the factory switched off.

LIGHTS
Prior to delivery of your vehicle, the switch is 5. Pull the extended storage fuse switch HEADLIGHTS
pushed in (switched on) and should always re- straight out from the fuse box j
2 .
Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the
main on.
exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. A tem-
If the extended storage fuse switch is not perature difference between the inside and the
pushed in (switched on), the [Shipping Mode On outside of the lens causes the fog. This is not a
Push Storage Fuse] warning may appear in the malfunction. If large drops of water collect in-
vehicle information display. See “18. Extended side the lens, contact an INFINITI Centre or quali-
storage fuse warning ” in the “2. Instruments and fied workshop.
controls” section.
LED headlight model
If any electrical equipment does not operate, re-
If replacement is necessary, see an INFINITI
move the extended storage fuse switch and
NOTE Halogen headlight model
The headlight is a semi-sealed beam type which
If the extended storage fuse switch malfunctions or if
uses a replaceable headlight (halogen) bulb.
the fuse is open, it is not necessary to replace the
switch. In this case, remove the extended storage fuse CAUTION
switch and replace it with a new fuse of the same rat-
ing. • Do not leave the bulb out of the headlight reflector
for a long period of time. Dust, moisture, smoke,
How to remove the extended storage fuse etc. entering the headlight body may affect bulb
switch: performance.
1. To remove the extended storage fuse switch, • High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the
be sure the ignition switch is in the “OFF” or halogen bulb. The bulb may break if the glass en-
LOCK position. velope is scratched or the bulb is dropped.
2. Be sure the headlight switch is in the “OFF” • Only touch the plastic base when handling the
position. bulb. Never touch the glass envelope.
3. Remove the fuse box cover. • Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb.
4. Pinch the locking tabs j
When aiming adjustment is necessary, contact an
1 found on each side
of the extended storage fuse switch.

• Use the same number and wattage as originally
installed:
High/low beams
Wattage: 55W
Bulb no.: HIR2
High beams
Wattage: 35W
Bulb no.: H8LL
JVM0334X
1. Disconnect the battery negative cable. 6. Remove the headlight bulb by turning it
counter clockwise. Do not shake or rotate the
2. Open the bonnet.
bulb when removing it.
3. Turn over the weather strip j
A .
7. Install the new bulb in the reverse order of
4. Remove the bulb cover. removal.
5. Disconnect the electrical connector from the
rear end of the bulb.

EXTERIOR LIGHTS INTERIOR LIGHTS
Item Wattage (W) Item Wattage (W)
Daytime running light Map light* LED
(models with halogen 21 Rear personal light 8
headlight) Step light 5
Daytime running light* Boot light 3.4
LED
(models with LED headlight) Vanity mirror light 2
Clearance light (models with
5 *: See an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop for re-
halogen headlight)
placement.
Clearance light* (models with
LED
LED headlight)
Front turn signal light* LED
Front fog light* (where fitted) LED
Front side marker light*
LED
(where fitted)
Side turn signal light* LED
Rear combination light
Turn signal light 21
Stop/Tail light* LED
Rear side marker light*
LED
(where fitted)
Reverse light* LED
Rear fog light* LED
High-mounted stop light* LED
Number plate light 5
Courtesy light* (where fitted) LED
*: See an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop for re-
placement.

LIGHT LOCATIONS 1. Daytime running light*1
2. Headlight (high/low-beam)
3. Headlight (high/low-beam)*1 or (low-
beam)*2
4. Map light
5. Clearance light and daytime running
light*2
6. Rear personal light
7. Side turn signal light
8. Front turn signal light
9. Front fog light (where fitted)
10. Clearance light*1 or Clearance light and
daytime running light*2
11. Front side marker light*3
12. Step light
13. Courtesy light (where fitted)
14. High-mounted stop light
15. Reverse light
16. Rear turn signal light
17. Stop/Tail light
18. Rear side marker light*
19. Rear fog light *3
20. Number plate light
21. Boot light
JVM0443X

*1: For models with halogen headlight. Replacement procedures
*2: For models with LED headlight.
*3: The layout illustrated is for the Left-Hand
Drive (LHD) model. On the Right-Hand Drive
(RHD) model, the light is located on the
opposite side.
SDI2306
REMOVE
m:
INSTALL
m:

1. Remove the cover j
A .
2. Remove the nuts jB and pull off the rear com-
bination light assembly, then remove the
bulb socket and replace the bulb as illus-
trated.
JVM0336XZ
Daytime running light (where fitted)
JVM0337XZ
Clearance light (bulb type) (where fitted)
To access the daytime running light and clear-
ance light bulb locations, see “Halogen headlight
model” earlier in this section.
JVM0308X
Rear combination light (turn signal light)

SDI2650Z SDI1839Z SDI1258AZ
Number plate light Vanity mirror light Boot light
SDI2031Z SDI2330Z
Rear personal light Step light

TYRES AND WHEELS
If you have a flat tyre, see “Flat tyre” in the “6. In on the tyre placard. (For the location of the tyre Summer tyres
case of emergency” section. placard, see “Tyre placard” in the “9. Technical
INFINITI specifies summer tyres on some mod-
information” section.)
TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM els to provide superior performance on dry
(TPMS) Insufficient pressure can lead to an overheating roads. Summer tyre performance is substan-
of the tyre and subsequent internal damage. At tially reduced in snow and ice. Summer tyres do
The Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) high speeds, this could result in tread separa- not have the tyre traction rating M&S on the tyre
monitors tyre pressure of all tyres. When the low tion and even bursting of the tyre. sidewall.
tyre pressure warning light is lit and the [Low
Tyre Pressure] warning appears in the vehicle TYPES OF TYRES If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or
information display, one or more of your tyres is icy conditions, INFINITI recommends the use of
CAUTION
significantly under-inflated. snow or all season tyres on all four wheels.
When changing or replacing tyres, be sure all four
The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is
tyres are of the same type (that is, summer, all season
Snow tyres
driven at speeds above 25 km/h (16 MPH). Also, If snow tyres are needed, it is necessary to se-
or snow) and construction. An INFINITI Centre or quali-
this system may not detect a sudden drop in tyre lect tyres equivalent in size and load rating to
fied workshop may be able to help you with informa-
pressure (for example a flat tyre while driving). the original equipment tyres. If you do not, it
tion about tyre type, size, speed rating and availabil-
For more details about the TPMS, see “Tyre Pres- ity. can adversely affect the safety and handling of
sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5. Starting and your vehicle.
Replacement tyres may have a lower speed rat-
driving” section. Generally, snow tyres have lower speed ratings
ing than the factory equipped tyres, and they
For additional information, see “Low tyre pressure may not match the potential maximum vehicle than factory equipped tyres and may not match
warning” in the “2. Instruments and controls” section. speed. Never exceed the maximum speed rating the potential maximum vehicle speed. Never ex-
of the tyre. ceed the maximum speed rating of the tyre. If
TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE you install snow tyres, they must be the same
All season tyres size, brand, construction and tread pattern on
Periodically check the pressure of the tyres. An
incorrect tyre pressure may adversely affect tyre INFINITI specifies all season tyres on some mod- all four wheels.
life and vehicle handling. The tyre pressure els to provide good performance all year, includ-
For additional traction on icy roads, studded ty-
should be checked when tyres are COLD. Tyres ing snowy and icy road conditions. All season
res may be used. However, some states and
are considered COLD after the vehicle has been tyres are identified by ALL SEASON and/or M&S
provinces prohibit their use. Check local, state
parked for 3 or more hours, or driven less than on the tyre sidewall. Snow tyres have better
and provincial laws before installing studded
1.6 km (1 mile). COLD tyre pressures are shown snow traction than all season tyres and may be
tyres. Skid and traction capabilities of studded
more appropriate in some areas.
snow tyres on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer
than that of non-studded snow tyres.

Run-flat tyres (where fitted) sound for 10 seconds. A [Flat Tyre] warning also • Do not drive at speeds above 80 km/h (50 MPH)
appears in the vehicle information display. and do not drive more than approximately 150 km
If your vehicle is equipped with run-flat tyres,
(93 miles) with a punctured run-flat tyre. The ac-
you can continue driving to a safe location even The chime will only sound at the first indication
tual distance the vehicle can be driven on a flat
if they are punctured. Always use run-flat tyres of a flat tyre and the low tyre pressure warning
tyre depends on outside temperature, vehicle
of the specified size on all four wheels. Mixing light will illuminate continuously. When the flat
load, road conditions and other factors.
tyre sizes or construction may reduce vehicle tyre warning is activated, have the system reset
handling stability. If necessary, contact an and the tyre checked and replaced if necessary • Drive safely at reduced speeds. Avoid hard corner-
INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop for assis- by an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop. ing or braking, which may cause you to lose con-
tance. Even if the tyre is inflated to the specified COLD trol of the vehicle.
tyre pressure, the low tyre pressure warning
Frequently check the tyre pressure and adjust
light will continue to illuminate until the system
• If you detect any unusual sounds or vibrations
pressure of each tyre properly. The tyre pres- while driving with a punctured run-flat tyre, pull
is reset by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-
sure can be also checked in the vehicle informa- off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle
shop.
tion display. as soon as possible. The tyre may be seriously
If the low tyre pressure warning light illuminates damaged and need to be replaced.
It can be difficult to tell if a run-flat tyre is under-
and the [Flat Tyre] appears in the vehicle infor-
inflated or flat. Check the tyre pressures as de- CAUTION
mation display:
scribed earlier in this section. If the tyre be-
comes under-inflated while driving, the low tyre • Do not exceed 80 km/h (50 MPH). • Never install tyre chains on a punctured run-flat
tyre, as this could damage your vehicle.
pressure warning light will illuminate. If the tyre
becomes flat while driving, the low tyre pres-
• Increase your following distance to allow for in- • Avoid driving over any projection or pothole, as
creased stopping distances.
sure warning light will illuminate and the [Flat the clearance between the vehicle and the ground
Tyre] warning will appear. • Avoid sudden manoeuvres, hard cornering and is smaller than normal.
hard braking.
Low tyre pressure: • Do not enter an automated car wash with a punc-
tured run-flat tyre.
If the vehicle is being driven with low tyre pres- WARNING
sure, the low tyre pressure warning light will il- • Have the punctured tyre inspected by an INFINITI
luminate. • Although you can continue driving with a punc- Centre or qualified workshop or other authorised
tured run-flat tyre, remember that vehicle handling repair shop. Replace the tyre as soon as possible if
Flat tyre: stability is reduced, which could lead to an acci- the tyre is seriously damaged.
If the vehicle is being driven with one or more dent and personal injury. Also, driving a long dis-
flat tyres, the low tyre pressure warning light tance at high speeds may damage the tyre.
will illuminate continuously and a chime will

TYRE CHAINS TYRE ROTATION For models equipped with the Tyre
Use of tyre chains may be prohibited according Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
to location. Check the local laws before install- After the tyres are rotated, the TPMS must be
ing tyre chains. When installing tyre chains, reset. See “Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)”
make sure that they are of proper size for the in the “5. Starting and driving” section for details
tyres on your vehicle and are installed accord- about the resetting procedure.
ing to the chain manufacturer’s instructions.
TYRE WEAR AND DAMAGE
Use chain tensioners when recommended by the
tyre chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit.
Loose end links of the tyre chains must be se- SDI1662Z
cured or removed to prevent the possibility of
whipping action damage to the fenders or un-
INFINITI recommends that tyres be rotated every
derbody. If possible, avoid fully loading your ve-
10,000 km (6,000 miles). However, the timing
hicle when using tyre chains. In addition, drive
for tyre rotation may vary according to your driv-
at a reduced speed. Otherwise, your vehicle may
ing habits and the road surface conditions. (See
be damaged and/or vehicle handling and per-
“Flat tyre” in the “6. In case of emergency” section.)
formance may be adversely affected.
SDI1663Z
Tyre chains must be installed only on the rear WARNING

wheels and not on the front wheels. 1. Wear indicator
Never install tyre chains on a punctured run-flat
• After rotating the tyres, adjust the tyre pressure.
2. Wear indicator location mark
tyre (where fitted), as this could damage your • Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has
vehicle. been driven for 1,000 km (600 miles) (also in cases Tyres should be periodically inspected for wear,
of a flat tyre, etc.). cracking, bulging or objects caught in the tread.
Do not drive with tyre chains on paved roads If excessive wear, cracks, bulging or deep cuts
which are clear of snow. Driving with chains in • Incorrect tyre selection, fitting, care or mainte-
are found, the tyre should be replaced immedi-
such conditions can cause damage to the vari- nance can affect vehicle safety with risk of acci-
ately.
ous mechanisms of the vehicle due to some dent and injury. If in doubt, consult an INFINITI
overstress. Centre or qualified workshop or the tyre manufac- The original tyres have a built-in tread wear indi-
turer. cator. When the wear indicator is visible, the tyre
should be replaced.

Improper service of a spare tyre may result in aim and bumper height. Some of these effects WHEEL BALANCE
serious personal injury. If it is necessary to re- may lead to accidents and could result in seri-
Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling
pair the spare tyre, contact an INFINITI Centre or ous personal injury.
and tyre life. Even with regular use, wheels can
qualified workshop.
If the wheels are changed for any reason, always get out of balance. Therefore, they should be
TYRE AGE replace with wheels which have the same offset balanced as required.
dimension. Wheels of a different offset could
Never use a tyre over six years old, regardless of
cause early tyre wear, possibly degraded vehicle EMERGENCY TYRE PUNCTURE REPAIR
whether it has been used or not. KIT (where fitted)
handling characteristics and/or interference
Tyres degrade with age as well as with the ve- with the brake discs/drums. Such interference The emergency tyre repair kit is supplied to the
hicle usage. Have your tyres checked and bal- can lead to decreased braking efficiency and/or vehicle instead of a spare tyre. The kit must be
anced often by a repair shop or, if you prefer, an early brake pad/shoe wear. used for temporarily fixing a minor tyre punc-
INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop. ture. After using the repair kit, see an INFINITI
Confirm the following for the TPMS.
Centre or qualified workshop as soon as pos-
CHANGING TYRES AND WHEELS sible for tyre inspection and repair/replace-
WARNING
ment.
WARNING
• After a tyre or a wheel is replaced, the TPMS must
See “Flat tyre” in the “6. In case of emergency”
Do not install a deformed wheel or tyre even if it has be reset. (See “Tyre Pressure Monitoring System
section.
been repaired. Such wheels or tyres could have struc- (TPMS)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section
tural damage and could fail without warning. for details about the resetting procedure.)
When replacing a tyre, use the same size, speed • When a spare tyre is mounted or a wheel is re-
rating and load carrying capacity as originally placed, the TPMS will not function and the low tyre
equipped. (See “Tyres and wheels” in the “9. Tech- pressure warning light will flash for approximately
nical information” section.) The use of tyres other 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute.
than those recommended or the mixed use of Contact an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop
tyres of different brands, construction (bias, as soon as possible for tyre replacement and/or
bias-belted, or radial), or tread patterns can ad- system resetting.
versely affect the ride, braking, handling,
ground clearance, body-to-tyre clearance, snow
by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the
chain clearance, Tyre Pressure Monitoring Sys- TPMS.
tem (TPMS), speedometer calibration, headlight

9 Technical information
Recommended fluids/lubricants and Vehicle identification ........................................ 9-8

capacities ........................................................ 9-2 Vehicle identification plate ........................... 9-8
Fuel information........................................... 9-4 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate
Recommended SAE viscosity number............. 9-4 (where fitted) ............................................... 9-8
Air conditioner system refrigerant and Vehicle Identification Number (chassis
lubricant...................................................... 9-5 number) ...................................................... 9-8
Engine ............................................................. 9-6 Engine serial number.................................... 9-9
Tyres and wheels .............................................. 9-7 Tyre placard ................................................. 9-9
Tyres ........................................................... 9-7 Air conditioner specification label ................. 9-9
Wheels ........................................................ 9-7 Number plate installation (for Europe)................ 9-9
Dimensions ...................................................... 9-7 Radio approval number and information............. 9-10
When traveling or registering your vehicle in For Europe ................................................... 9-10
another country ................................................ 9-8 For Russia and Ukraine ................................. 9-12
RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill quantities may be slightly different. When refilling, follow the procedures instructed in the “8.
Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.
Approximate Capacity
Recommended fluids/Lubricants
Metric Measure Imperial Measure
Fuel 2.0L Turbo Petrol engine models 80 L 17-5/8 gal See “Fuel information” later in this section.
2.2L Diesel engine model 74 L 16-1/4 gal
The approximate capacities listed are for refilling during an
engine oil change. For additional information, see “Engine oil” in
the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.
2.0L Turbo Petrol engine
6.3 L 5-1/2 qt For 2.0L Turbo Petrol engine model
models
• Genuine NISSAN engine oil. Viscosity SAE 0W – 30
Engine oil* • Viscosity SAE 0W-30
Drain and With oil filter change • Use engine oil listed in MB229.5 as an equivalent.
refill For 2.2L Diesel engine model
• Total Quartz INEO MC3 5W-30
• Viscosity SAE 5W-30
2.2L Diesel engine model 6.5 L 5-3/4 qt
• ACEA C3
• For additional information, see “Recommended SAE viscosity
number” later in this section
• BASF Glysantin® G48®
• Use BASF Glysantin® G48® or equivalent in its quality, in
total 9.0 L 7-7/8 qt order to avoid possible aluminium corrosion within the engine
cooling system caused by the use of non-genuine engine cool-
Cooling
ant.
system
• Note that any repairs for incidents within the engine cooling
reservoir 0.9 L 3/4 qt system while using non-genuine engine coolant may not be
covered by the warranty even if such incidents occurred dur-
ing the warranty period.
9-2 Technical information

Approximate Capacity
Recommended Fuel/Lubricants
Metric Measure Imperial Measure
Automatic Transmission Fluid — — • Genuine NISSAN Matic G ATF
(ATF) • Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic
G ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmis-
sion durability, and may damage the automatic transmission, which
is not covered by the warranty.
Manual Transmission (MT)
— — • Exxon mobil Gear Oil MB317
gear oil
• Genuine NISSAN E-PSF or equivalent
Refill to the proper fluid level according to
Power steering fluid • Use of a power steering fluid other than Genuine NISSAN E-PSF will
the instructions in the “8. Maintenance and
prevent the power steering system from operating properly.
do-it-yourself” section.
Brake and clutch fluid • Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid, or equivalent DOT3 or DOT4
• Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super-S GL-5 synthetic
75W-90 or equivalent.
Differential gear oil — —
• See an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop for service for synthetic
oil.
Multi-purpose grease — — • NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)
For Europe:
Air conditioner system • HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf)
— —
refrigerant Except for Europe:
• HFC-134a (R-134a)
Air conditioner system
— — • Compressor Oil ND-OIL12
lubricant
*: For additional information, see “Changing en-

gine oil and oil filter” in the “8. Maintenance and
do-it-yourself” section.
Technical information 9-3

FUEL INFORMATION CAUTION Outside Temperature Range
Petrol engine • Do not use home heating oil, petrol or other alter- Anticipated Before Next Oil Change
nate fuels in your diesel engine. The use of those PETROL ENGINE OIL
CAUTION
or adding those to diesel fuel can cause engine
Do not use leaded petrol. Using leaded petrol will damage.
damage the three-way catalyst.
• Do not use summer fuel at temperatures below
Use UNLEADED PREMIUM petrol with an octane −7°C (20°F). The cold temperatures will cause wax
rating of 95 (RON). to form in the fuel. As a result, it may prevent the
engine from running smoothly.
If premium petrol is not available, UNLEADED
REGULAR petrol with an octane rating of least 91 RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY
(RON) may be temporarily used, but only under NUMBER
the following precautions:
Petrol engine
• Have the fuel tank filled only partially with
0W-30 is preferable. If 5W-30 is not available,
unleaded regular petrol, and fill up with unleaded
premium petrol as soon as possible. select the viscosity, from the chart below, that
is suitable for the outside temperature range.
• Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration.
However, for maximum vehicle performance,
the use of unleaded premium petrol is recom-
mended.
Diesel engine*
Diesel fuel above 50 cetane and with less than
10 ppm of sulphur (EN590) must be used.
m JVT0302X
* If two types of diesel fuel are available, use
summer or winter fuel properly according
to the following temperature conditions.
• Above −7°C (20°F) ... Summer type diesel fuel.

• Below −7°C (20°F) ... Winter type diesel fuel.

Diesel engine oil Differential gear oil AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
5W-30 is preferable. If 5W-30 is not available, 75W-90 for the differential gear is preferable. REFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT
select the viscosity, from the chart below, that Outside Temperature Range The air conditioner system of your vehicle must
is suitable for the outside temperature range. Anticipated Before Oil Change be charged with the specified refrigerant and
Outside Temperature Range DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL compressor oil or equivalent.
Anticipated Before Next Oil Change
DIESEL ENGINE OIL
• Refrigerant
– For Europe: HFO1234yf (R-1234yf)
– Except for Europe: HFC-134a (R-134a)
• Compressor Oil
m
– Compressor Oil ND-OIL12
CAUTION
m
Use of any other refrigerants or lubricants will cause
severe damage, and you may need to replace your ve-
hicle’s entire air conditioner system.
The release of refrigerants into the atmosphere
is prohibited in many countries and regions. The
refrigerant in your vehicle will not harm the
Earth’s ozone layer. However, it may contribute
in a small part to the global warming effect.
INFINITI recommends that the refrigerant be ap-
propriately recovered and recycled. Contact an
TI0003-C INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop when ser-
vicing the air conditioner system.
STI0387B

ENGINE
Engine Model 2.0L turbo petrol engine 2.2L diesel engine

Type Petrol, 4-cycle, DOHC Diesel, 4–cycle,
DOHC
Cylinder arrangement 4-cylinder, in-line 4–cylinder in–line
Bore × Stroke mm (in) 83.0 x 92.0 83.0 x 99.0
(3.268 x 3.622) (3.268 x 3.897)
Displacement cm3 1,991 (121.49) 2,143 (130.77)
(cu in)
Idle speed at the “N” (Neutral) posi- rpm 750±50
750
tion
Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) – 15° to 20° —
Spark plugs With catalyzer Standard SILZKFR8C7S —
Spark plug gap mm (in) 0.7 (0.028) —
Camshaft operation Timing chain Timing chain

TYRES AND WHEELS DIMENSIONS
TYRES mm (in)
Overall length 4,790 (188.6)*1
225/55R-F17 97W 4,800 (189.0)*2
Conventional 225/55R17 97W 225/50R-F18 95W
Tyre size 245/40R-F19 94W Overall width 1,820 (71.7)
Spare *1 — Overall height 1,445 (56.9)

1,545 (60.8)*3
Front tread
*1: The tyre puncture repair kit is supplied. 1,535 (60.4)*4
1,565 (61.6)*3
WHEELS Rear tread
1,555 (61.2)*4
17 × 7J Wheelbase 2,850 (112.2)
Size 17 × 7.5J 19 × 8.5J
Road wheel Conventional 18× 7.5J *1: Base/Premium grade
Offset mm (in) 45 (1.77) 50 (1.97) *2: Sport grade
*3: 17 or 18-in tyre models
*4: 19-in tyre models

WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY
When planning to travel in another country or VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION PLATE VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
region, find out whether the fuel required for (chassis number)
your vehicle is available in that country or re-
gion. Using a low octane rated fuel may cause
engine damage. Therefore, be sure that the re-
quired fuel is available wherever you go. For ad-
ditional information regarding recommended
fuel, see earlier in this section.
When transferring the registration of your ve-
hicle to another country, state, province or dis-
trict, contact the appropriate authorities to find JVT0253XZ
out that the vehicle complies with the local legal STI0717Z
requirements. In some cases, a vehicle cannot The plate is affixed as shown.

meet the legal requirements, and it may be nec- The number is stamped as shown.
essary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
and regulations. In addition, there may be pos- (VIN) PLATE (where fitted)
sibilities that a vehicle cannot be adapted in cer-
tain areas.
The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis-
sion control and safety standards vary accord-
ing to the country, state, province or district;
therefore, the vehicle specification may differ.
When any vehicles are to be taken into another
country, state, province or district, its modifica-
tion, transportation, registration, and any other STI0716Z
expenses which may result, are the responsi-
bility of the user. INFINITI is not responsible for The vehicle identification number plate is at-
any inconveniences that may result. tached as shown.

NUMBER PLATE INSTALLATION (FOR EUROPE)
ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER TYRE PLACARD Contact an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop
for the front and rear number plate installation.
Incorrect mounting may cause the improper op-
eration of the parking sensor system and the
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (where
fitted).
JVT0288XZ JVT0220XZ
The cold tyre pressures are shown on the tyre
placard affixed to the driver’s side centre pillar.
AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION

LABEL
JVT0221XZ
2.2L diesel engine
The number is stamped on the engine as shown.
STI0721Z
The air conditioner specification label is

attached as shown.

RADIO APPROVAL NUMBER AND INFORMATION
FOR EUROPE Intelligent Key system tuner Intelligent Key system

Hereby, Continental Automotive, declares that
these Body Control Module (BCM), INFINITI Ve-
hicle Immobilizer System, Intelligent Key sys-
tem are in compliance with the essential require-
ments and other relevant provisions of Directive
1999/5/EC.
BCM (Body Control Module)
JVT0246X JVT0251X
JVT0245X

BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW) Tyre Pressure Monitoring System
SYSTEM/BLIND SPOT INTERVENTION (TPMS) transmitter
SYSTEM (where fitted) Hereby, CONTINENTAL AUTOMOTIVE GMBH de-
Hereby declares that this short range device is clares that this S180052020/S180052036/
in compliance with the essential requirements S180052352 is in compliance with the essential
and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/ requirements and other relevant provisions of
5/EC. Directive 1999/5/EC.
JVT0248X

FOR RUSSIA AND UKRAINE
Front radar sensor
JVT0258XZ
j
A Type approval number
JVT0345XZ JVT0346XZ

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

10 Index
Automatic deactivation .................................................... 5-33

A
Automatic drive positioner ............................................... 3-28
Activate or cancel entry/exit function ................................ 3-28 Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) ................................... 8-13
Active head restraints ....................................................... 1-10
Active lane control ........................................................... 5-19 B
Active lane control .......................................................... 5-30
Active lane control system operation ................................. 5-32 Battery .................................................................. 5-115, 8-16
Active noise control ........................................................ 5-117 Battery saver system ....................................................... 2-46
Active noise control/Active sound control ......................... 5-117 Before starting the engine .................................................. 5-6
Active sound control ....................................................... 5-117 Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system/Blind Spot Intervention
Active trace control .......................................................... 5-23 system ............................................................................ 9-11
Adaptive Shift Control (ASC) .............................................. 5-15 Blind Spot Warning/Blind Spot Intervention/Back-up Collision
Additional information ....................................................... 5-4 Intervention systems ....................................................... 5-40
Adjusting outside mirrors ................................................. 3-25 Bonnet ............................................................................ 3-19
Air cleaner filter ............................................................... 8-14 Boot hooks ..................................................................... 2-44
Air conditioner specification label ...................................... 9-9 Boot lid ........................................................................... 3-21
Air conditioner system refrigerant and lubricant .................. 9-5 Boot lid release switch ..................................................... 3-21
Air fresheners ................................................................... 7-4 Boot light ........................................................................ 2-46
Air pollution ...................................................................... 7-5 Boot open request switch ................................................. 3-21
Aluminium alloy wheels ..................................................... 7-3 Brake assist ................................................................... 5-113
Antenna ............................................................................ 4-3 Brake booster .................................................................. 8-12
Anti-lock Braking System ................................................ 5-113 Brake fluid ...................................................................... 8-12
Approved child restraint positions .................................... 1-20 Brake force distribution .................................................... 5-21
Armrest ............................................................................. 1-7 Brake system ................................................................. 5-113
Ashtrays .......................................................................... 2-41 Brakes ............................................................................. 8-11
Audible reminders ........................................................... 2-14 Braking precautions ........................................................ 5-113
Auto door lock releasing mechanism ................................... 3-5
Automatic anti-glare type ................................................. 3-25
Coupling device installation ............................................ 5-110
C
Courtesy light .................................................................. 2-45
Car phone or CB radio ........................................................ 4-3 Cruise control .................................................................. 5-57
Card holder ..................................................................... 2-42 Cruise control operations ................................................. 5-58
Care when driving .............................................................. 5-7 Cup holders .................................................................... 2-42
Changing engine coolant ................................................... 8-6
Changing engine oil and filter ............................................ 8-7 D
Changing flat tyre .............................................................. 6-4
Changing tyres and wheels .............................................. 8-32 DAB radio antenna ............................................................. 4-3
Chassis control ................................................................ 5-25 Defogger switch .............................................................. 2-34
Checking bulbs ................................................................. 2-6 Defogging outside mirrors ................................................ 3-25
Checking engine coolant level ............................................ 8-6 Dimensions ....................................................................... 9-7
Checking engine oil level ................................................... 8-7 Direct adaptive steering type ........................................... 5-111
Checking footbrake .......................................................... 8-11 Distance Control Assist (DCA) system ................................ 5-90
Checking parking brake .................................................... 8-11 Distance Control Assist operation ...................................... 5-91
Child restraint installation using 3-point type seat belt ....... 1-27 Door locks ......................................................................... 3-3
Child restraints ................................................................ 1-18 Drive belts ........................................................................ 8-9
Child safety ...................................................................... 1-13 Driving in wet conditions .................................................... 5-7
Child safety rear door locks ................................................ 3-5 Driving in winter conditions ................................................ 5-7
Chrome parts .................................................................... 7-3 Driving the vehicle ........................................................... 5-12
Cigarette lighter ............................................................... 2-41 Driving with Automatic Transmission (AT) ........................... 5-12
Cleaning exterior ............................................................... 7-2 Driving with Manual Transmission (MT) .............................. 5-16
Cleaning interior ................................................................ 7-3
Clutch fluid ...................................................................... 8-13
E
Coat hooks ...................................................................... 2-43
Cockpit ............................................................................. 0-6
Electric steering wheel adjustment ................................... 3-24
Cold weather driving ....................................................... 5-115
Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) system ..................... 5-21
Confirming memory storage ............................................. 3-29
Emergency Stop Signal ...................................................... 6-2
Console box .................................................................... 2-42
Emergency tyre puncture repair kit ................................... 8-32
Console light ................................................................... 2-45
Engine .............................................................................. 9-6
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode ......... 5-71, 5-87
– Engine compartment .................................................... 8-5
Corrosion protection ................................................ 5-116, 7-5
– Engine specifications ................................................... 9-6
10-2 Index
Engine cold start period ..................................................... 5-7
G
Engine compartment ........................................................ 0-13
Engine coolant ................................................................ 5-115 Gear shift indicator ........................................................... 5-17
Engine coolant temperature gauge ..................................... 2-3 General maintenance ......................................................... 8-2
Engine cooling system ....................................................... 8-6 Getting emergency tyre puncture repair kit ......................... 6-8
Engine oil .......................................................................... 8-7 Glass .......................................................................... 7-3, 7-4
Engine overheat .............................................................. 6-16 Glove box ........................................................................ 2-41
Engine serial number ......................................................... 9-9
Entry/exit function .......................................................... 3-28
Environmental factors influence the rate of corrosion ........... 7-5 H
Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) .......................................... 5-2
Explanation of maintenance items ...................................... 8-2 Hazard indicator operation ............................................... 3-16
Exterior front ..................................................................... 0-3 Hazard warning flasher switch ........................................... 6-2
Exterior lights ................................................................. 8-24 Head restraints .................................................................. 1-7
Exterior rear ...................................................................... 0-4 Headlight and turn signal switch ...................................... 2-26
Headlight beam select ..................................................... 2-27
Headlight switch ............................................................. 2-26
F Headlights ...................................................................... 8-22
High beam assist ............................................................. 2-27
Fail-safe .......................................................................... 5-15 Hill Start Assist system .................................................... 5-24
Flat tyre ............................................................................ 6-2 Horn ............................................................................... 2-36
Floor mats ......................................................................... 7-4 How to set the PERSONAL mode ........................................ 5-18
Fog light switch ................................................................ 2-31 Hydraulic power steering type ......................................... 5-110
Foldable outside mirrors .................................................. 3-26
Folding ............................................................................. 1-6
Forward emergency braking system .................................. 5-97 I
Front seats ........................................................................ 1-2
Fuel filler cap ................................................................... 3-23 Idling Stop System ........................................................... 5-25
Fuel filler lid .................................................................... 3-22 Ignition switch positions .................................................... 5-9
Fuel filter .......................................................................... 8-9 Impact sensing door lock releasing mechanism ................... 3-5
Fuel information ......................................................... 0-1, 9-4 Indicator lights ................................................................ 2-11
Fuses .............................................................................. 8-19 Indicators for maintenance ............................................... 2-21
Indicators for operation .................................................... 2-17
Index 10-3
INFINITI drive mode selector .............................................. 5-17
K
INFINITI In Touch Owner’s Manual ....................................... 4-2
INFINITI vehicle immobilizer system .................................. 3-19 Keys ................................................................................. 3-2
INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System, Intelligent Key system and
BCM (Body Control Module) .............................................. 9-10
Initialise entry/exit function ............................................. 3-28 L
Injured persons ................................................................ 1-13
Inside rearview mirror ...................................................... 3-24 Lane camera unit maintenance ................................. 5-34, 5-39
Inside the vehicle .............................................................. 8-3 Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system ........................... 5-36
Instrument panel ............................................................. 0-10 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system .............................. 5-35
Integrated keyfob operation ............................................. 3-21 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system/Lane Departure Prevention
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system ............................... 5-74 (LDP) system ................................................................... 5-34
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system for Automatic Transmission Light locations ................................................................ 8-25
(AT) model) ...................................................................... 5-59 Lights ............................................................................. 8-22
Intelligent Key ................................................................... 3-2 Linking Intelligent log-in function to a stored memory
Intelligent Key battery discharge ........................................ 5-9 position .......................................................................... 3-29
Intelligent Key battery replacement ................................... 8-18 Loading luggage ................................................................ 5-7
Intelligent Key operating range ........................................... 3-7 Locking doors and fuel-filler lid ......................................... 3-14
Intelligent Key system ................................................. 3-6, 5-7 Locking with inside lock knob ............................................. 3-4
Interior boot lid release .................................................... 3-22 Locking with key ................................................................ 3-4
Interior light control switch .............................................. 2-46 Locking with power door lock switch ................................... 3-5
Interior lights ......................................................... 2-45, 8-24
Iridium-tipped spark plugs ............................................... 8-10 M
ISOFIX ............................................................................. 1-21
ISOFIX child restraint system ............................................ 1-24 Maintenance
– Maintenance requirements ........................................... 8-2
J – Scheduled maintenance ............................................... 8-2
Maintenance precautions .................................................. 8-4
Jump starting .................................................................. 6-10 Manual anti-glare type ..................................................... 3-24
Manual seat adjustment ..................................................... 1-2
Manual shift mode ........................................................... 5-14
Manual steering wheel adjustment ................................... 3-23
10-4 Index
Map lights ....................................................................... 2-45 Power steering ............................................................... 5-110
Mechanical key ................................................................. 3-3 Power steering fluid ......................................................... 8-14
Memory storage .............................................................. 3-29 Power windows ............................................................... 2-36
Meters and gauges ................................................... 0-12, 2-2 Pre-crash seat belts with comfort function (front seats) ....... 1-14
Mirrors ........................................................................... 3-24 Precautions on Active Lane Control .................................... 5-31
Moisture ........................................................................... 7-5 Precautions on child restraints usage ................................ 1-18
Most common factors contributing to vehicle corrosion ........ 7-5 Precautions on cruise control ........................................... 5-58
Precautions on DCA system .............................................. 5-90
Precautions on LDP system ............................................... 5-36
N
Precautions on LDW system .............................................. 5-35
Precautions on push-button ignition switch operation .......... 5-7
Number plate installation .................................................. 9-9
Precautions on seat belt usage .......................................... 1-11
Precautions on Supplemental Restraint System .................. 1-31
O Precautions when starting and driving ................................ 5-2
Predictive forward collision warning system ..................... 5-102
Odometer/twin trip odometer ............................................ 2-2 Pregnant women .............................................................. 1-13
Opening or closing windows ............................................. 3-15 Push starting ................................................................... 6-16
Opening the fuel filler lid .................................................. 3-23 Push-button ignition switch ................................................ 5-7
Operating range ................................................................ 5-8
Outside mirrors ............................................................... 3-25
R
Outside the vehicle ........................................................... 8-2
Radio approval number and information ............................ 9-10

P Rear personal lights ......................................................... 2-45
Rear seats ......................................................................... 1-6
Parking ......................................................................... 5-106 Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities .................. 9-2
Parking brake ......................................................... 3-27, 5-116 Recommended SAE viscosity number .................................. 9-4
Parking brake break-in .................................................... 5-113 Relative humidity ............................................................... 7-5
Passenger compartment .................................................... 0-5 Remote keyless entry system ............................................ 3-14
PERSONAL mode .............................................................. 5-18 Removing spots ................................................................. 7-2
Petrol station information .................................................. 0-1 Repairing flat tyre (for model with emergency tyre puncture repair
Pop-up engine bonnet ...................................................... 1-41 kit) ................................................................................... 6-7
Power outlet ................................................................... 2-40 Replacing spark plugs ...................................................... 8-10
Index 10-5
Reverse tilt-down feature ................................................. 3-26 Status of Active Lane Control ............................................ 5-33
Run-flat tyres .................................................................... 6-3 Steering lock ..................................................................... 5-8
Running-in schedule .......................................................... 5-2 Steering wheel ................................................................ 3-23
Stop/Start System ........................................................... 5-25
Storage ........................................................................... 2-41
S
Storage box .................................................................... 2-42
Suggested maximum speed in each gear ........................... 5-16
Safety chains ................................................................. 5-109
Sun visors ....................................................................... 2-44
Scheduled maintenance .................................................... 8-2
Sunglasses holder ........................................................... 2-42
Seat belt maintenance ...................................................... 1-18
Sunroof .......................................................................... 2-38
Seat belts .................................................................. 1-11, 7-5
Super lock system ............................................................. 3-3
Seats ................................................................................ 1-2
Supplemental air bag systems .......................................... 1-37
– Lumbar support ........................................................... 1-5
Supplemental restraint system .......................................... 1-31
– Thigh extension ........................................................... 1-6
System operation .................................................... 3-29, 5-98
Seats, seat belts and Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) . 0-2
Security systems .............................................................. 3-17
Selecting the memorised position .................................... 3-29 T
Shift lever indicator .......................................................... 5-17
Shift lock release ............................................................. 5-15 Tachometer ....................................................................... 2-2
Shifting ........................................................................... 5-13 Temperature ...................................................................... 7-5
Shifting gear ................................................................... 5-16 Three-point type seat belt ................................................. 1-15
SNOW mode .................................................................... 5-18 Three-way catalyst ............................................................. 5-3
Soft bottle holder ............................................................ 2-43 To protect your vehicle from corrosion ................................. 7-5
Spark plugs ..................................................................... 8-10 Towing
Special winter equipment ............................................... 5-116 – Trailer towing ........................................................... 5-108
Speed limiter ................................................................... 5-55 Towing precautions .......................................................... 6-17
Speedometer .................................................................... 2-2 Towing recommended by INFINITI ...................................... 6-17
Speedometer and odometer ............................................... 2-2 Towing your vehicle .......................................................... 6-17
SPORT mode .................................................................... 5-18 Trailer brakes ................................................................. 5-109
STANDARD mode .............................................................. 5-18 Trailer detection ............................................................. 5-109
Starting the engine .......................................................... 5-10 Trailer towing ................................................................. 5-108
Starting the vehicle .......................................................... 5-12 Trip computer .................................................................. 2-23
Starting vehicle ............................................................... 5-16 Troubleshooting guide ..................................................... 3-12
10-6 Index
Turn signal switch ............................................................ 2-30 Vehicle information display .............................................. 2-15
Tyre age .......................................................................... 8-32 Vehicle security .............................................................. 5-115
Tyre chains ...................................................................... 8-31 Vehicle speed sensing door lock mechanism ....................... 3-5
Tyre equipment .............................................................. 5-115 Vents ................................................................................ 4-2
Tyre inflation pressure ..................................................... 8-29
Tyre placard ...................................................................... 9-9
W
Tyre pressure ................................................................. 5-109
Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ............. 5-3, 6-2, 8-29
Warning lights .................................................................. 2-6
Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) transmitter .......... 9-11
Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders .................. 2-5
Tyre rotation .................................................................... 8-31
Washing ............................................................................ 7-2
Tyre wear and damage ...................................................... 8-31
Waxing .............................................................................. 7-2
Tyres ................................................................................. 9-7
Wet brakes ..................................................................... 5-113
Tyres and wheels ...................................................... 8-29, 9-7
Wheel balance ................................................................. 8-32
Wheels ....................................................................... 7-3, 9-7
U When travelling or registering your vehicle in another
country ............................................................................. 9-8
Under the bonnet and vehicle ............................................ 8-4 Where to go for service ...................................................... 8-2
Underbody ........................................................................ 7-3 Window antenna ............................................................... 4-3
Universal child restraints for front seat and rear seats ........ 1-19 Window washer fluid ........................................................ 8-15
Unlocking doors and fuel-filler lid ..................................... 3-14 Windows ......................................................................... 2-36
Using the brakes ............................................................ 5-113 Windscreen deicer switch ................................................. 2-35
Windscreen wiper and washer switch ................................ 2-32
Wiper blades
V
– Cleaning .................................................................... 8-14
– Replacing .................................................................. 8-14
Vacuum assisted brakes .................................................. 5-113
Vanity mirror ................................................................... 3-27
Vanity mirror lights .......................................................... 2-46
Variable voltage control system ........................................ 8-19
Vehicle battery ................................................................ 8-16
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system ............................... 5-19
Vehicle identification ......................................................... 9-8
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate ............................ 9-8
Index 10-7
PETROL STATION INFORMATION ENVIRONMENT (End of Life Vehicles)
FUEL INFORMATION CAUTION ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERN

Petrol engine • Do not use home heating oil, petrol or other alter- Today, the efforts made by INFINITI to fulfil our
nate fuels in your diesel engine. The use of those responsibilities to protect and sustain the envi-
CAUTION
or adding those to diesel fuel can cause engine ronment are far-reaching. Within INFINITI, we
Do not use leaded petrol. Using leaded petrol will damage. promote the highest levels of practice in every
damage the three-way catalyst. region and in every area of operations.
• Do not use summer fuel at temperatures below
Use UNLEADED PREMIUM petrol with an octane −7°C (20°F). The cold temperatures will cause wax COMPLIANCE AT EVERY STEP
rating of 95 (RON). to form in the fuel. As a result, it may prevent the
engine from running smoothly. INFINITI focuses on ensuring that end of life ve-
If premium petrol is not available, UNLEADED hicle components are reused, recycled or recov-
REGULAR petrol with an octane rating of least 91 RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL ered, and guarantees compliance with EU legis-
(RON) may be temporarily used, but only under lation (the End of Life Vehicle Directive).
See “Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities”
the following precautions:
in the “9. Technical information” section. WE BUILD OUR VEHICLES WITH
• Have the fuel tank filled only partially with
Petrol engine RECYCLING IN MIND
unleaded regular petrol, and fill up with unleaded
premium petrol as soon as possible. • Genuine NISSAN engine oil, Viscosity SAE 0W-30 Reducing landfill waste, emissions, conserving
natural resources, and enhancing recycling ac-
• Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration. • Use engine oil listed in MB229.5 as an equivalent. tivities are emphasised daily in our manufactur-
However, for maximum vehicle performance, Diesel engine ing, sales and service operations and in the dis-
the use of unleaded premium petrol is recom- posal of end of life vehicles (ELV).
mended. • Total Quartz INEO MC3 5W-30
Design phase
Diesel engine* • Viscosity SAE 5W-30
To reduce environmental impact we have devel-
Diesel fuel above 50 cetane and with less than • ACEA C3 oped your INFINITI vehicle to be 95% recover-
10 ppm of sulphur (EN590) must be used. able. We mark the components to facilitate dis-
mantling, recycling and to reduce hazardous
* If two types of diesel fuel are available, use
substances. We carefully verify and control sub-
summer or winter fuel properly according
stances of concern. We have already reduced to
to the following temperature conditions.
a minimum the cadmium, mercury and lead in
• Above −7°C (20°F) ... Summer type diesel fuel. your INFINITI vehicle. INFINITI includes recycled
• Below −7°C (20°F) ... Winter type diesel fuel.

material in your vehicle and looks for opportuni- PROTECT THE ENVIRONMENT WHEN alert and have better visibility when window de-
ties to increase the percentage of recycled ma- DRIVING misting/defogging becomes necessary. How-
terials used. ever, use of the air conditioning system will in-
Your driving behaviour has significant impact on
crease fuel consumption substantially in an ur-
Production and distribution phase fuel economy and the environment. Follow the
ban environment. Optimise the use of air
tips below for better fuel-efficiency, better driv-
Using resources efficiently to reduce the amount conditioning by using the vents as much as pos-
ing habits, and to be environmentally friendly
of waste generated during the production and sible.
by reducing emissions:
distribution stage. INFINITI promotes activities
based on Reducing, Reusing, and Recycling ma- Use the parking brake on slopes
Fuel efficient driving
terials whenever possible. INFINITI’s goal is to Use the parking brake when holding your vehicle
Anticipating traffic conditions and acting
achieve a 100% recycling rate for operations in on a slope. Avoid using the clutch (manual trans-
accordingly reduces fuel consumption, helping
Japan and globally. mission) or the accelerator (automatic transmis-
to protect of our natural environment. Take your
sion) to hold your vehicle as this leads to unnec-
Use and service phase foot off the accelerator while approaching traf-
essary fuel consumption and wear.
fic lights and avoid last minute braking when
INFINITI Centres are our window to you, our cus-
tomer. In order to meet your expectations they
the light turns red. Maintain a safe distance
Avoid speeding, harsh acceleration, and strong
provide not only high quality services but are Anticipate traffic conditions for a smoother drive
braking. The gain in time does not offset pollu-
also environmentally responsible. INFINITI pro- and to assure comfort and safety during your
tion of the environment. Try to maintain speed
motes activities to recycle the waste generated trip. Drive and maintain a safe distance from
when driving uphill to reduce fuel consumption
as a result of service centre activities. other vehicles while in traffic. This will help re-
and pollution. Maintain speed or allow the ve-
duce fuel consumption as you will not be con-
Disposal phase hicle to go slower where traffic allows.
stantly tapping your brakes.
Recycle your end of life vehicle or its compo- Close windows when driving
nents. When your INFINITI reaches the end of its
Check your tyre pressure
Driving with a window open at 100 km/h (62
life, and is no longer suitable for daily use, it Low tyre pressure increases fuel consumption
MPH) increases fuel consumption by up to 4%.
still has value. You can help prevent waste af- as well as the use of non-recommended tyres.
Driving with the windows closed allows for bet-
fecting the environment by bringing your Correct tyre pressure will maximise the grip of
ter fuel economy.
INFINITI to be recycled at our collection networks your vehicle and optimise fuel consumption.
in your area. Our collection networks guarantee Optimise the use of air conditioning
no cost for the treatment of your ELV. For further
The air conditioning system has a positive effect
information on how and where to dispose of your
on driving and vehicle safety through comfort
ELV refer to your local INFINITI Centre.
cooling and dehumidifying, drivers are more
Have your car serviced regularly
Regular service allows you to run your vehicle in
optimal condition and with the best fuel effi-
ciency. Have your vehicle serviced by your
INFINITI Centre or a qualified workshop to en-
sure that it is maintained to its original stan-
dard.
AIRBAG LABEL (where fitted)
m
m
QUICK REFERENCE
• In case of emergency ... 6-2

(Flat tyre, engine will not start, overheating,
towing)
• How to start the engine ... 5-2

• How to read the meters and gauges ... 2-2
• Maintenance and do-it-yourself ... 8-2
• Technical information ... 9-2
INFSEC
3ULQWLQJ)HEUXDU\3XEOLFDWLRQ1XPEHU20(9((3ULQWHGLQ)UDQFH
20(9((

Infiniti Q50 ENG

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Infiniti Q50 ENG

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Infiniti Q50 ENG

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE

“NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an

11. Front passenger air bag status light

1. Child restraint anchorage (P. 1-18) 6. Front seats (P. 1-2)

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

6. Outside rearview mirrors (P. 3-24)

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

9. Fuel filler lid

1. Boot 5. Parking sensor (sonar) system* (See the

0-4 Illustrated table of contents

10. Rear armrest/Boot pass-through (P. 1-7)

1. Coat hooks (P. 2-43) 7. Door armrest

6. Sunglasses holder (P. 2-42) 9. Inside rearview mirror (P. 3-24)

Illustrated table of contents 0-5

0-6 Illustrated table of contents

Illustrated table of contents 0-7

0-8 Illustrated table of contents

Illustrated table of contents 0-9

8. Defogger switch (P. 2-34)/Windscreen

0-10 Illustrated table of contents

Illustrated table of contents 0-11

1. Tachometer (P. 2-2) 5. Vehicle information display (P. 2-15)

0-12 Illustrated table of contents

10. Window washer fluid reservoir (P. 8-15)

2. Battery* (P. 8-16) 8. Engine drive belt location (P. 8-9)

Illustrated table of contents 0-13

2.2L Diesel ENGINE MODEL 5. Engine coolant reservoir (P. 8-6)

0-14 Illustrated table of contents

Seats ............................................................... 1-2 Three-point type seat belt ............................. 1-15

• Do not drive and/or ride in the vehicle with the WARNING

1-2 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Forward and backward:

1. Pull up the adjusting lever j

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

Forward and backward:

The reclining feature allows the adjustment of

1-4 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Power adjustment type (where fitted):

Move the adjusting lever j 1 forward or back-

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5

• Closely supervise children when they are around

The front portion of the front seats can be ex-

• Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area (boot) JVR0195X

or on the rear seat when it is in the fold-down posi-

1-6 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7

• If the head restraint has been removed, ensure that

ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT

Use the following procedure to remove the head

1. Removable head restraint 4. Store the head restraint properly in a secure

1-8 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

For non-adjustable head restraint

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9

• Do not attach anything to the head restraint stalks.

• Always wear seat belts. Active head restraints are

1-10 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11